(5 ^pcM ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICATIONS _ OF / THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA First Series ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS Volume 10 1944-1947 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1947 ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICATIONS ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS Volume 10 1944-1947 THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 1947 B^OLCGiCAL LADORATOriY LIBRARY WOODS HOLE, MASS. W. H. 0. I. CONTENTS Pages 1. Polychaetous Annelids Part V. Eunicea Olga Hartman 1-237 2. Polychaetous Annelids from California Olga Hartman 239-307 3. Polychaetous Annelids Part VI. Paraonidae, Magelonidae, Longosomidae, Ctenodrilidae, and Sabellariidae Olga Hartman 311-389 4. Polychaetous Annelids Part VII. Capitellidae Olga Hartman 391-481 5. Polychaetous Annelids Part VIII. Pilargiidae Olga Hartman 483-523 Index 525- CORRECTIONS p. 262 for Spirahranchia read spirabrancha. p. 264 for A'^. cal'tforniensis read M. californiensis. p. 318 for pitelkae read pitelkai REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, in 1940, and in 1941. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part V. Eunicea (Plates 1-18) By OLGA HARTMAN The University of Southern California Publications Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions Volume 10, Number 1 Issued August, 1944 Price $3.00 The University of Southern California Press Los Angeles, California POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Part V. Eunicea (Plates 1-18) By Olga Hartman ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION The superfamily Eunicea (herein considered to include six families, p. 2) comprises one of the most diversified yet most closely allied among the numerous families of the order Polychaeta. More than any other group, save perhaps the elytral-bearing chaetopods including the polynoids and their relatives, they are related to one another by characters of unique distinction. These, however, are largely internal, som.e of the most signifi- cant being in the proboscidial armature. Externally the Eunicea dififer from one another so w^idely that their aflSnities might not be surmised, as, for example, among species of the genera Diopatra and Lumbrineris. The distinguished Scottish zoologist, W. C. Mcintosh (1910, pp. 343-352), has given a summarized account of the extensive studies de- voted to this superfamily. Some of the earliest accounts M^ere made by several renowned French scientists, including Savigny (1809), who erected the family and several genera; Blainville (1825 and 1828), whose classification was more detailed but based on unnatural affinities (placing genera from widely related families in the same category) ; and Audouin and M. Edwards (1834), who divided the group into 2 great divisions, the abranchiate and the branchiate. This last-named plan was later fol- lowed by Johnston (1865), Quatrefages (1865), and others. The system by Kinberg (1865) was based, not on branchial and cir- ral structures, but on proboscidial parts. It recognized 10 families in the superfamily Eunicea and proposed many new genera. Ehlers (1868) greatly elaborated the then known schemes, recognized only one family, the Eunicidae, instead of 10, but proposed the erection of 2 major groups: (1) the Eunice labidognatha and (2) the Eunice prionognatha. Grube later (1878, p. 55) recognized 3 main groups in the Eunicea; this was an elaboration of the systems of Kinberg and Ehlers, but with change in emphasis such that the main groups were the Labidognatha Ehlers, the Lu?nbriconereidea Schmarda, and the Staurocephalidea Kinberg. The Labidognatha included the Onuphaea, Eunicea, and Lysidicea of Kin- berg, but excluded Lumbriconereis and Ninoe; the Lumbriconereidea in- cluded 5 families of Kinberg, the Ninoidea, Lumbriconereidea, Oeno- [1] 2 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 nidea, Laidea, and Larandidea; and the last included only Staurocephalus. This plan now has only historical interest, since it disregarded important natural affinities. Gravier (1900) elaborated the systems still further, using as a basic character the presence or absence of dorsal and ventral cirri and branchial structures ; but, since this places the Eunicidae and Dorvilleidae at once in the same group, it is also an unnatural plan. Still later Treadwell ( 1921 ) considered all members in the family Leodicidae, recognizing only 3 sub- families, the Leodicinae, Lumbrinereinae, and Stauronereinae; but, since only 7 genera of a total of about 34 in these families are considered, the scheme is not extensive enough to be basic. Kinberg (1865, p. 560) recognized and erected 10 families, based on characters of the proboscidial armature. These included the ( 1 ) Onuphi- acea, (2) Eunicea, (3) Lycidicea [sic], (4) Ninoidea, (5) Lumbrico- nereida, (6) Lysaretea, (7) Oenonidea, (8) Laidea, (9) Larandidea, and (10) Staurocephalea. Six of the 10 are herein retained, 3 are regarded as synonyms, and one (Larandidea) as incertae sedis. These are: 1. Onuphidae, including Onuphiacea Kinberg 2. Eunicidae, including Eunicea and Lycidicea of Kinberg 3. Lumbrineridae, including Lumbriconereida and Ninoidea of Kinberg 4. Arabellidae, new name, including Laidea Kinberg 5. Lysaretidae, including Lysaretea and Oenonidea of Kinberg 6. Dorvilleidae, including Staurocephalea Kinberg Larandidea Kinberg was erected for 2 species, Laranda gracilis and L. sulcata; both are not recognizable from their descriptions. (See also p. 135.) Ehlers' (1868) scheme is of particular significance, since it immedi- ately recognized (though without stressing) a major distinction separat- ing the Eunicea labidognatha (maxillae disposed in a semicircle) from the Eunice prionognatha (maxillae in parallel rows). This at once groups the onuphids, eunicids, and lumbrinerids together and places the arabellids with the lysaretids. The dorvilleids (=Staurocephalidae) depart more widely from any of the others than these do among themselves. It is of particular note that, although Kinberg (1865) had earlier made provision for this distinction in erecting the family Laidea (thus retaining the ara- bellids distinct from the lumbrinerids), Ehlers was able to evade the issue by referring all genera to a single family, Eunicea. Since Ehlers' scheme is more or less accepted herein but has remained neglected, the main outlines are restated. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 3 A. Maxillary pairs dissimilar; forceps lack teeth, other maxillary pieces disposed in a semicircle, in retraction. Parapodia uniramous, provided with several kinds of setae Eunice Labidognatha (Includes the Onuphidae, Eunicidae, and Lumbrineridae.) I. Left maxillae with one more piece than the right, or left maxil- lae with pieces III and IV separate, right with pieces III and IV fused ; prostomium with antennae Eunice Labidognatha Tentaculata (Onuphidae includes 1 and 2 below, Eunicidae 3 to 6 below.) 1. With 2 long anterior and 5 long posterior antennae . . . Heptaceras Ehlers 2. With 2 short anterior and 5 long posterior antennae . . a a. With a pair of tentacular cirri Dtopatra Audouin and Edwards b. Without a pair of tentacular cirri Onuphis Audouin and Edwards 3. With 5 antennae; branchiae present a a. With a pair of tentacular cirri . . . Eunice Savigny b. Without a pair of tentacular cirri Marphysa Quatrefages 4. With 5 antennae ; branchiae absent . . N icidio n Kinherg 5. With 3 antennae; without branchiae . Lysidice Lamarck (J?nphtro Kinberg was retained by Ehlers as branchiate form, but, since it was based on an error and rightly goes to Marphysa, it is eliminated.) 6. With one antenna Nematonereis Schmarda (Includes the synonj^m Blainvillea Quatrefages, which Ehl- ers retained.) II. Maxillary plates paired ; prostomium without antennae . . . Eunice Labidognatha Nuda (Includes only the Lumbrineridae.) 1. With branchiae N'fno^' Kinberg 2. Without branchiae Lumbrineris Blainville B. Maxillae disposed in parallel rows, more or less resemble one an- other; parapodia uniramous, with a single kind of seta, or biramous with 2 kinds of setae Eunice Prionognatha I. Parapodia uniramous, with simple setae . Eunice Prionognatha Monocopa (Arabellidae includes 1 below, and Lysaretidae includes 2 be- low.) 4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 1. Dorsal cirri reduced or absent a a. First pair of maxillae resemble forceps . Arabella Grube (Ehlers considered 3 others in this category, including Aracoda Schmarda, which is herein referred to Arabella, also Laranda and Larymna, considered indeterminable.) b. Maxillae I do not resemble forceps ( 1 ) (1) Dorsal cirri reduced . . AT'o^oaVrw^ Schmarda (2) Dorsal cirri absent .... Notopsilus Ehlers 2. Dorsal cirri foliaceous a a. Maxillary carriers long, slender ( 1 ) ( 1 ) Prostomium covered by peristomium Aglaurides Ehlers (Includes Oenone Savigny, originally based on an error.) (2) Prostomium not covered (a) (a) With one pair of eyes ; maxillae vs^ith 5 pairs of dissimilar plates . . Cirrobranchia Ehlers (b) With 2 pairs of eyes; maxillae w^ith 6 pairs of plates Dany/nene Kinberg b. Maxillary carriers short, platelike . Lysarete Kinberg II. Parapodia biramous, provided with simple and composite setae . Eunice Prionognatha Dicopa (Includes only the Dorvilleidae, =Staurocephalidae.) Since this extensive classification was proposed, many genera have been erected. To the family Onuphidae may be added (1) Nothria Malmgren, (2) Epidiopatra Augener, (3) Hyalinoecia Malmgren, (4) Leptoecia Chamberlin, (5) Paradiopatra Ehlers, (6) Paronuphis Ehlers, (7) Paranorthia Moore, and (8) Rhatiiphobrachium Ehlers. To the family Eunicidae are to be added (1) Palola Gray, (2) Paramarphysa Ehlers, (3) Heterotnarphysa Verrill, (4) Lithognatha, and possibly (5) Coelobranchus Izuka, an aberrant form. To the Lumbrineridae are to be added (1) Cenogenus Chamberlin and (2) Augeneria Monro (see also Aotearia Benham, p. 134). In the Arabellidae are to be added (1 ) Drilo- nereis Claparede, (2) Biborin Chamberlin, and (3) Labidognathus Caul- lery. In the Lysaretidae, Cirrobranchia is a synonym of Halla Costa, Dany- mene is insufficiently known, and Iphitime Marenzeller is to be added. Enonella Stimpson (1853) may be the same as Iphitime, but it too is in- completely known. Pterothrix Chamberlin ( 1919, p. 325) is questionable, since it is based on Notocirrus scoticus Mcintosh, which Fauvel (1923, p. 451 ) believes to be based on pieces of 2 species in other genera. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS Aberrant parasitic genera are Haematocleptes Wiren, Labrorostratus St. Joseph, Oligognathus Spengel, and Ophiuricola Ludwig. Diagnostic characters of the superfa7nily Eunicea. — The proboscis is provided with a ventral mandible and dorsal maxillae. These parts are usually corneous or also calcified and of diagnostic significance. The man- dibles consist of a pair of flattened plates, more or less fused along their median line. The dorsal maxillary pieces consist of several (to many) pairs of pieces, including the maxillary carriers, with or without a ventral median piece, and paired maxillae numbered from I to IV or V (or even VI, but very numerous in the Dorvilleidae). Maxillae I may be falcate, thus designated forceps, or have dentations along a longer or shorter por- tion of the cutting length. Maxillae II are often the largest pieces and sometimes called the major plates. Maxillae III and IV are sometimes fused on the right side (characteristic for Eunicidae and Onuphidae) or free from one another on both sides. The proboscidial armature is of 3 major kinds, as illustrated in ( 1 ) the Onuphidae, Eunicidae, and Lum- brineridae, (2) the Arabellidae and Lysaretidae, and (3) the Dorvillei- dae. In the first group the maxillary carriers are typically short, without a ventral median, unpaired piece; in the second group they are long, slender, with an unpaired piece; in the last group the entire maxillary ap- paratus is strikingly different. In all the Eunicea the parapodia appear to be uniramous, but the noto- podium is often represented (even in the Lumbrineridae) by a more or less reduced fascicle of notoacicula, or also a dorsal cirrus. Setae consist of one to many kinds, including simple or also composite ; they are character- istic for family, genus, or species. Chart Showing Approximate Affinities of the Families of the superfamily eunicea Onuphidae, Eunicidae Lumbrineridae Arabellidae, Lysaretidae Dorvilleidae maxillary parts III and IV fused on right side maxillary parts III and IV not fused maxillary parts typically include 5 paired parts maxillary parts with very numerous pieces in longitudinal series carriers short, broad, embedded in pharyngeal tissue or absent carriers long, slender, usually with unpaired ventral piece ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 The collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation, almost entirely obtained by the cruises of the Velero III, under the direction of Captain Allan Hancock, include the most comprehensive lot of species of the super- family Eunicea that has ever been brought together from the eastern Pa- cific. Twenty genera (or subgenera) vi^ith a total of 83 species (or sub- species), of which 19 are new to science, are included. Some genera, such as Eunice, Lumbrineris, and Diopatra, are especially well represented (with 14, 18, and 6 species, respectively) — probably a greater number than has ever been brought together in a comparable collection. The following alphabetically arranged list includes the species of Eunicea discussed below, with pagination. Bold faced type indicates a new name or species. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Aglaurides fulgida, family Lysaretidae, p. 185 Arabella iricolor, family Arabellidae, p. 173 " mutans, " " , p. 173 " semimaculata, " " Diopatra cuprea, family Onuphidae, p. " neotridens, " " " obliqua, ornata, splendidissima, " tridentata, " " Dorvillea articulata, family Dorvilleidae, p. 189 " cerasina, " " , p. 190 " gracilis, " " , p. 189 " rudolphii, " " , p. 191 " rubrovittata, " " , p. 190 Drilonereis falcata, family Arabellidae, p. 179 ,p. 180 ,p. 178 family Eunicidae, p. 1 10 ,p- 173 , p- 54 , p- 63 , p. 57 , p. 55 , p- 56 , p- 61 filum, nuda, Eunice afra, " afuerensis, " amertcana, antennata, aphroditois, filamentosa, guanica, longicirrata, multipectinata, mutilata. 108 118 115 109 107 111 , p. 104 ,p. 112 ,P. ,P- ,P- ,P- ,P- ,P- ,P- 113 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 29. > rubra. ,p.n7 30. >> schemacephala. ,P.121 31. )} tridentata, " " ,p.ll4 32. >> vittata, " " ,p.ll8 33. >) (Nicidion) cariboea, " >> , p. 123 34. >> y^m^£?r^i, " » , p. 124 35. Hyalinoecta juvenalis, family Onuphidae ,p. 46 36. Labidognathus forcipes, family Arabellidae, p. 180 37. Lumbrineris acuta, family Lumbrineridae, p. 145 38. > ^055/^ " ,p.l50 39. > bicirrata, " ,p.l56 40. > bifilaris, " ,p.l53 41. J > calif orniensis, " , p. 163 42. > cruzensis, " , p. 165 43. > erecta, " , p. 149 44. > index, " , p. 162 45. »> inflata, " ,p. 160 46. H januarii, " , p. 167 47. > latreilli, " ,P.158 48. J > " japonic a, " p. 159 49. J limicola, " ,P.161 50. >> minima, " ,P.155 51. l> pallida. , p. 166 52. > simplex, " ,P.152 53. >> tetraura, " , p. 147 54. >> zonata, " , p. 146 55. Lysidice ninetta, family Eunicidae ,P.125 56. Marphysa aenea, " " ,P.128 57. >) conferta. ,P.129 58. I) mortenseni, " " ,P.129 59. >> sanguinea, " " p. 127 60. >j stylobranchiata. , p. 129 61. Ninoe gemmea, family Lumbrineridae , p. 169 62. Nothria conchylega, family Onu phidae, p. 85 63. M elegans, " ,p. 88 64. >> iridescens, " " ,P. 87 65. >> stigmatis, " .p. 89 66. >> " cirrata, " " ,P. 92 67. » " intermedia, " " ,P. 93 68. >> " paradiopatra, " " ,P. 91 it p- 72 p. 70 p- 78 p- 75 p. 70 p- 73 p. 80 p. 71 8 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 69. Notocirrus calif orniensis, family Arabellidae, p. 175 70. Onuphis eremita, family Onuphidae p. 75 71. " litoralis, 72. " magna, 73. " microcephala, 74. " nebulosa, 75. " parva, 76. " peruana, 77. " vexillaria, 78. " zebra, 79. Ophryotrocha puerilis, family Dorvilleidae, p. 191 80. Palola palolotdes, family Eunicidae , p. 131 81. " siciliensis, " " , p. 131 82. Paramarphysa longula, " " , P- 130 83. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum, family Onuphidae, p. 48 A station list follows, including only those stations of the Allan Han- cock Pacific Expeditions which were represented in the families investi- gated in this report. Under each are listed the species identified. St. 4-33. Tangola-Tangola Bay, Oaxaca, Mexico. Marphysa aenea {"BAznoh^irA) St. 10-33. La Libertad, Ecuador. Shore. ^Lufjtbrineris simplex, new species St. 12-33. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 4 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 15-33. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 10 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 41-33. Chatham Island, Galapagos. In 4 fms. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 62-33. Albemarle Island, Galapagos. Rocky shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 85-33. North Seymour Island, Galapagos. Shore. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 94-33. Tower Island, Darwin Bay, Galapagos. In coral. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 99-33. Tower Island, Darwin Bay, Galapagos. With tangles. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 114-33. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 2 fms, from coral. Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 127-33. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. Shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice antennata (Savigny) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 9 St. 129-34. Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, Mexico. In 14-18 fms, coral sand. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 143-34. Wenman Island, Galapagos. In 100-150 fms, coral. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos. In 30 fms, coral and rocks. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 148-34. Same. In 12-15 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 152-34. Same. Shore, in coral. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 157-34. Same. In 10-18 fms, sand and shells. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos. Dredged, rocks and algae. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 209-34. La Libertad, Ecuador. In 8-10 fms, rock and shell. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 210-34. Same. In 7-10 fms. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 211-34. La Plata Island, Ecuador. Shore, rocky reefs. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 216-34. Cape San Francisco, Ecuador. In 20 fms, fine mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 217-34. Same. In 2 fms, rocks. Eunice tridentata Ehlers Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 221-34. Gorgona Island, Colombia. In 20 fms, rock and shell. Nothria stigmatis cirrata, new subspecies St. 232-34. Port Utria, Colombia. Shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 234-34. Same. In 20 fms, sand and shells. Nothria conchylega (Sars) St. 239-34. Same. Shore, reefs. Eunice mutilata Webster Palola siciliensis (Grube) 10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 St, 244-34. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-35 fms, fine shell, mud, coarse sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 245-34. Same. In 15-25 fms. Eunice longicirrata Webster Eunice tridentata Ehlers St. 247-34. Same. In coral. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 248-34. Same. In 25-30 fms, mud and shell. Eunice longicirrata Webster Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 249-34. Same. In 15-20 fms, rocks. Eunice (Nicidion) carihoea Grube St. 250-34. Secas Islands, Panama. In 25 fms, mud and dead shells. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 251-34. Same. In 15 fms, rocks. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 257-34. Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica. Dredged, sand and shells. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 259-34. Tangola-Tangola, Mexico. In 15-20 fms, sand, gravel mud. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 260-34. Same. Shore. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 264-34. Petatlan Bay, Mexico. In 25 fms, rocky. Eunice americana, new species Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 273-34. Tenacatita Bay, Mexico. In 75 fms, mud and sand. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 277-34. Isabel Island, Mexico. In 10-25 fms, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 279-34. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. In 10 fms, rocky. Eunice antennata (Savigny) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 11 St. 283-34. Thurloe Bay, Lower California. In 8-10 fms, rocks. Diopatra ornata Moore St. 285-34. Same. In 30 fms, shells. Nothria stigmatis Tread well St. 287-34. South Bay, Cerros Island, Mexico. In 10-15 fms, rocks near kelps. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 298-34. Clarion Island, Mexico. Rocky shore. Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 364-35. Callao, Peru. In 3 fms. Diopatra ohliqua, new species St. 365-35. Same. In 10 fms. Diopatra ohliqua, new species St. 369-35. Same, near Tronton Island. In 5 fms. Diopatra ohliqua, new species St. 373-35. Independencia Bay, Peru. In 12 fms. Diopatra ohliqua, new species St. 374-35. Same. In 12 fms. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 375-35. Same. Shore. Lumhrineris tetraura (Schmarda) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 379-35. Same. In 20 fms. Arabella semimaculata (Moore) Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 380-35. Same. Shore. Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) St. 384-35. Same. In 5 fms. Lumhrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 385-35. Same. In 9-10 fms. Diopatra ohliqua, new species St. 391-35. Lobos de Afuera, Peru. Rocky shore. Eunice afuerensis, new species Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) St. 395-35. Same. In 14-16 fms. Onuphis peruana, new species St. 402-35. Manta, Ecuador. In 1 fm. Diopatra ohliqua, new species St. 412-35. Gorgona Island, Colombia. In coral. Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube 12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 414-35. Port Utria, Colombia. In 3 fms, coral. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 419-35. Same. In 2 fms, coral. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 429-35. Octavia Bay, Colombia. In 30-35 fms, coarse sand and gravel. Eunice longicirrata Webster Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 433-35. Same. Shore, rocky shingle. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 435-35. Same. In coral. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 437-35. Pinas Bay, Panama. In coral. Eunice ?nutilata Webster St. 438-35. Same. In 25 fms, coarse sand. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 444-35. Same. In 2-4 fms, coral. Eunice tridentata Ehlers St. 445-35. Panama City, Panama. Shore. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 446-35. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore, reefs. Eunice mutilata Webster Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 448-35. Same. In 12 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 450-35. Same. In 14 fms, shells and corals. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 457-35. Same. In 12 fms. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 458-35. Same. In 5-20 fms. Diopatra neotridens^ new species St. 460-35. Playa Blanca, Costa Rica. In 3-5 fms, mud, sand, algae. 1 Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 461-35. Same. In 15 fms, mud, sand, algae. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 464-35. Same. In coral. Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 466-35. Parker Bay, Costa Rica. Shore. Eunice mutilata Webster NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 13 St. 473-35. Same. In coral. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) Palola siciliensis (Grube) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 491-36. Rosario Bay, Lower California. In 10-15 fms, sand and kelp. Diopatra ornata Moore St. 497-36. Fraile Bay, Lower California. In 4-10 fms, sand. Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 498-36. San Lorenzo Channel, south of Santo Espiritu Island, Low- er California. In algae, 5-15 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 501-36. Same. In 1-6 fms, in coral heads. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 503-36. La Paz Bay, Lower California. In corallines, 21 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 513-36. Off San Francisco Island, Lower California. In corallines, 30 fms. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 523-36. South of Coronados Island, Lower California. In 100-120 fms, shell fragments. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 525-36. Channel west of Coronados Island, Lower California. In 3-10 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 530-36. Off San Francisquito Bay, Lower California. In 10-20 fms, gray mud, corals. Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 532-36. In San Francisquito Bay, Lower California. In 20 fms, sand and kelp. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 533-36. Same. In 40 fms, broken shell and sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller 14 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 541-36 Off Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower ; California. In 60 fms, broken shell. i Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 542-36. In same. In 15-30 fms, broken shell. j Eunice antennata (Savigny) j St. 544-36. Same. In 65 fms. * j Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore I St. 545-36. Same. Shore. j Arabella iricolor (Montagu) i St. 546-36. North of Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California. ! In 40-70 fms. i Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore i St. 549-36. East of same. In 40 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) ' Eunice longicirrata Webster Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) i St. 559-36. Off Isla Partida to the south, Lower California. In 45 j fms, sand. i Lumbrineris inflata Moore I St. 563-36. South end of Tiburon Island, Lower California. In 40-55 fms, muddy sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 588-36. Concepcion Bay, Lower California. In 14 fms, mud. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 596-36. Port Escondido, Lower California. In 20 fms, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 616-37. San Juanico Bay, Lower California. In 16 fms, sand and kelp. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg ^Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 618-37. San Jaime Banks, off Cape San Lucas, Lower California. In 75 fms, rocks and algae. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 628-37. Ensenada de los Muertos, Lower California. In 10-12 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 633-37. San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 18 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice longicirrata Webster NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 15 Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 634-37. Same. Shore. Eunice afra Peters Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) Palola siciliensis (Grube) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Drilonereis falcata Moore Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 638-37. Same. Shore, in coral. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 639-37. San Lorenzo Channel, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower Cali- fornia. In 3-5 fms, sand, algae, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 642-37. Off Ballena Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. In 25 fms, sand and corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 643-37. Same. In 8 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 662-37. Agua Verde Bay, Lower California. In 8 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Arabella mutans Chamberlin Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 675-37. Off Pulpito Rock, Lower California. In 55 fms, sand, small rocks. Eunice longicirrata Webster St. 683-37. Outside Concepcion Bay, Lower California. In 12 fms, corallines. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 701-37. Angeles Bay, Lower California. In 32 fms, sand and shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 704-37. Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia, Lower California. In 20 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster Arabella mutans Chamberlin 16 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 708-37. Same. In 60 fms, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 724-37. North of Lobos Point, Sonora, Mexico. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 728-37. San Esteban Island, Gulf of California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 738-37. Ensenada de San Francisco, Sonora, Mexico. In 30 fms, shells. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 739-37. Same. Shore, rock shingles. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 745-37. Isabel Island, Sinaloa, Mexico. In 10-18 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 747-37. Same. In 10-18 fms, corallines. Eunice longicirrata Webster Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 767-38. Chacahua Bay, Oaxaca, Mexico. In 40-50 fms, mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis vexillaria Moore St. 769-38. Ofif San Jose light, Guatemala. In 20 fms, mud. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis zebra Berkeley St. 770-38. Same. In 7-11 fms, black sand, shell, mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species Diopatra neotridens, new species Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis nebulosa Moore "^Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, Galapagos. Rocky shore. Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) St. 810-38. Barrington Island, Galapagos. In 48-73 fms, sand, rocks. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 812a-38. Off Freshwater Bay, Chatham Island, Galapagos. In 400 fms, coarse sand. Rha?nphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 17 St. 814-38. North of Hood Island, Galapagos. In 20-40 fms, sand and shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 820-38. San Nicholas Bay, Peru. In 10-25 fms, mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 823-38. San Juan Bay, Peru. In 30-40 fms, mud. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 831-38. Independencia Bay, Pei-u. Rocky shore. Marphysa aenea ( Blanchard ) St. 832-38. Same. In 10 fms, shells, sand, algae. Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 833-38. Same. In 8 fms, sand and shell. Diopatra obliqua, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 834-38. Same. In 21 fms, mud. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 835-38. South end of Independencia Bay, Peru. In 18 fms, sand, shell, rocks. Diopatra obliqua, new species Onuphis peruana, new species Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 843-38. Lobos de Afuera Island, Peru. In 25-30 fms, sand and shell. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 844-38. Same. Rocky shore. Eunice afuerensis, new species Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) St. 845-38. Sechura Bay, Peru. In 9^/^ fms, coarse sand and red algae. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 850-38. Cape San Francisco, Ecuador. In 15 fms, mud, rock. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 863-38. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-50 fms, rock, sand, mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 867-38. Secas Islands, Panama. Shore, in coral. Eunice mutilata Webster Palola siciliensis (Grube) Onuphis peruana, new species Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) 18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 868-38. Off Acapuico, Mexico. In 11 fms, fine sand. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 873-38. East of Anacapa Island, California. In 50 fms, dead shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 874-38. Northeast of same. In 45 fms, dead shell. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 875-38. Same. In 50 fms. Eunice inultipectinata Moore St. 876-38. Same. In 45 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 878-38. North of Anacapa Island, California. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis microcephala, new species St. 879-38. North of Santa Cruz, California. In 50 fms. Drilonereis falcata Moore Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 887-38. East of Middle Farallon Island, California. In 37 fms. Nothria elegans (Johnson) Lzimbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 888-38. Monterey Bay, California. In 10-13 fms, fine sand. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lurnbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 889-38. Off Point Piiios, Monterey Bay, California. In 36 fms, broken shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lurnbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 890-38. Same. In 49-54 fms. Rhamphobrachiurn longisetosum Berkeley St. 892-38. In and around Carmel Bay, California. Shoal to 40 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lurnbrineris calif orniensis, new species Drilonereis falcata Moore St. 893-38. Off Point Arguello, California. In 15-30 fms, sand and algae. Eunice americana, new species NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 19 Diopatra ornata Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lunibrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lu/nbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 894-38. South of San Miguel Island, California. In 5-15 fms, kelp. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 897-38. Off Santa Barbara, California. In 33 fms. Diopatra ornata Moore St. 900-38. Off Long Point, California. In 40 fms, brachiopods and sponges. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 902-38. Portuguese Bend, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella semimaculata (Chamberlin) St. 903-38. Anaheim Slough, California. Shore, hard packed sand. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbrineris minima, new species St. 904-38. Laguna Beach, California. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 905-38. Anaheim Slough, California. Shore, muddy sand. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris minima, new species Dorvillea gracilis (Hartman) St. 906-38. Portuguese Bend, California. Shore, reefs. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 907-38. Bluff Cove, between Portuguese Bend and Redondo Beach, California. Shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) 20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 908-39. Off Whites Cove, Catalina Island. In 45 fms, coarse sand. Rhamphobrachiurn longisetosuin Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 909-39. Emerald Bay, Catalina Island. In 60-90 fms. Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris latreillt Audouin and Edwards St. 910-39. Portuguese Bend, California. Rocky shore. Diopatra ornata Moore Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 911-39. San Clemente Island, California. In 60-85 fms. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 913-39. Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 35-46 fms. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) W Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edw^ards ■ j Arabella iricolor (Montagu) \ Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 914-39. Same. In 78-110 fms. ' Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 915-39. Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, Mexico. In 5 fms, corallines. Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) ' St. 918-39. Same. In 48-60 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 926-39. Cornwallis Bay, Socorro Island, Mexico. In 41-45 fms. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 927-39. Chacahua Bay, Mexico. In corals. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards j St. 928-39. Same. In lagoon. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 930-39. Off San Jose light, Guatemala. In 2-5 fms, fine black sand. Diopatra neotridens, new species Diopatra obliqua, new species ' Diopatra tridentata, new species ' Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards i Onuphis microcephala, new species NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 21 St. 936-39. Port Parker, Costa Rica. In 5-10 fms, sandy mud. Diopatra tridentata, new species Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 937-39. Same. Shore, sandy beach. Eunice mutilata Webster St. 943-39. 3 mi. south of Ladrones Island, Panama. In 54 fms, green mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore St. 944-39. 10 mi. southwest of Secas Islands, Panama. In 30 fms, gray sand. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 945-39. Secas Islands, Panama. In 25-26 fms, gray sandy mud. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 948-39. Bahia Honda, Panama. In 30-35 fms, rock and mud. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 957-39. Taboga Island, Panama. Rocky shore. Arabella mutans (Chamberlin) St. 963-39. White Friars Rock, Mexico. In 20-25 fms, hard sand. Onuphis magna (Andrews) St. 970-39. Maria Magdalena Island, Mexico. In 13 fms, corallines and algae. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice tridentata Ehlers Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 971-39. Same. In 3-5 fms. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 972-39. Same. Rocky shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 975-39. Santa Barbara Island, California. In 25-27 fms, white sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 981-39. 5i/'2 mi. north of same. In 76-78 fms, gray sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosmn Berkeley Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lu/nbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 983-39. 151/^ mi. northwest of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 70 fms, rocks. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 984-39. 5^2 nii- south of same. In 39-48 fms, large rocks. Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) 22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 985-39. 3y2 mi. south of same. In 240-275 fms, large rocks. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 987-39. South of San Miguel Island, California. In 155-170 fms, rocks. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 990-39. San Miguel Passage, California. In 37-39 fms, shale, mud, and sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Notocirrus calif orniensis, new species St. 994-39. Santa Cruz Island, California. In 114-127 fms, gray mud, shell. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 995-39. Beechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, California. In 10 fms, coralline sand. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 996-39. Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 35- 45 fms, mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Ninoe ffemmea Moore St. 1002-39. Off Longs Point, Catalina Island. In 50 fms, mud and sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 1003-39. Beechers Bay, north of Santa Rosa Island, California. In 14 fms, sand, shells. Diopatra ornata Moore Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1005-39. Santa Cruz Channel, California. In 24-32 fms, sand and shells. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1008-39. San Benito Island, Mexico. In 51-52 fms, fine green sand, pebbles. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley St. 1009-39. Between east and west ends of San Benito Island, Mexico. In 35 fms, rock, sand, kelp. Drilonereis falcata Moore St. 1010-39. San Benito Island, Mexico. In 92-95 fms, fine green sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice americana, new species NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 23 Lumbrineris bicirrata (Tread well) Drilonereis falcata Moore St. 1012-39. South of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 55-69 fms, dead shells. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Tread well) St. 1013-39. Portuguese Bend, California. Rocky shore. Marphysa sanguinea Montagu Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 1018-39. Off Wilsons Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 50-150 fms. Rhamphobrachiu7n longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1020-39. North of same. In 135-150 fms. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley St. 1022-39. South of Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 150-170 fms, green mud, sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 1023-39. Same. In 55-110 fms. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 1024-39. Pyramid Cove, San Clemente Island, California. In 10 fms, kelp. Diopatra ornata Moore Lu/nbrineris calif orniensis, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1026-39. North of San Clemente Island, California. In 118-120 fms, mud. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1027-39. 5 mi. southeast of Catalina Island, California. In 140- 150 fms. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1028-39. 1/^ mi. east of Catalina Island, California. In 83-125 fms. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1030-40. Off Turtle Bay, Lower California. In 26-31 fms. Eunice americana, new species Diopatra neotridenSj new species Diopatra tridentata, new species 24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1031-40. Santa Maria Bay, Lower California. In 18-25 fms. Onuphis erernita Audouin and Edwards Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 1037-40. Off Boca de la Trinidad, Lower California. In 51-54 fms. Ilyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 1042-40. Turners Island, south of Tiburon Island, Gulf of Califor- nia. Shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Aglaiirides fulgida (Savigny) St. 1045-40. South shore of Tiburon Island, Gulf of California. Shore, rocky shingle. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Eunice filamentosa Grube Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 1048-40. Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Mexico. In 11-22 fms. Nothria stigmatis cirrata, new subspecies Alarphysa sanguinea (Montagu) St. 1049-40. Same. Shore, reefs. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice filamentosa Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 1051-40. Same, west side. In 21 fms, shells. Eunice filamentosa Grube St. 1053-40. Same. Rocky shore. Eunice filamentosa Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) Lumbrineris sijuplex, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1057-40. Outside Granite Island, Puerto Refugio, Lower Califor- nia. In 51-56 fms, sand, shell, and mud. Diopatra neotridens, new species St. 1063-40. Gonzaga Bay, Willards Point, Lower California. Shore, rock shingle. Eunice filamentosa Grube Lumbrineris simplex, new species Arabella semimaculata (Moore) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 25 St. 1069-40. iy2 mi. east of Consag Rock, Gulf of California. In 21 fms. Diopatra tridentata, new species St. 1072-40. Rocky Point, Mexico, In 10-11 fms, sand and shell. EuTiice antennata (Savigny) Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 1074-40. Same. In 11 fms, sandy mud. Diopatra obliqua, new species Onuphis vexillaria Moore St. 1075-40. Georges Island, Gulf of California. In 11-13 fms, sand and shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards ?AIarphysa sanguinea ( Montagu ) St. 1076-40. Tepoca Bay, Mexico. Shore, rocky reef. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) St. 1077-40. Same. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 1078-40. Same. In 11-13 fms. Diopatra obliqua^ new species Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lu?nbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1079-40. Pond Island, Mexico. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 1081-40. North of Isla Partida, Gulf of California. In 46-76 fms, rocks, coral. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 1084-40. San Pedro Nolasco Island, Gulf of California. In 93-1 1 1 fms. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) St. 1088-40. Ensenada de San Francisco, Gulf of California. In 2-6 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species St. 1091-40. Puerto San Carlos, Gulf of California. Shore, rock shingle. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 1092-40. Bahia Catalina, outside Guaymas, Mexico. Shore, rock shingle. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice filamentosa Grube Palola siciliensis (Grube) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) 26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1093-40. Puerto Escondido, Lower California. In 8-14 fms, sponges, coral. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola siciliensis (Grube) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1101-40. Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California. In 10 fms, mud and coral. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) St. 1103-40. Same. Shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 1104-40. Same. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1105-40. Same, off Marcial Point. In 113-127 fms, green sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 1110-40. San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Lower Califor- nia. In 1-2 fms, coral. Palola siciliensis (Grube) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) St. 1111-40. San Lorenzo Channel, Lower California. In 6-13 fms, coral, sand. Eunice antennata (Savigny) St. 1112-40. San Gabriel Bay, Lower California. Shore. Palola siciliensis (Grube) St. 1120-40. East side of San Nicolas Island, California. In 30 fms, sand and shell. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1121-40. Same. In 40 fms, sand and shell. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1122-40. Same. In 30 fms, sand, rock, and shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 1123-40. South side of San Nicolas Island, California. In 30 fms, rocky. Eunice multipectinata Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1125-40. Southeast side of same. In 97 fms, green sand, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 27 St. 1126-40. Off Huntington Beach, California. In 8-15 fms, fine black sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Diopatra tridentata, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensts, new species Notocirrus calif orniensis, new species St. 1128-40. Off Newport Harbor, California. In 4-10 fms, mud and sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 1 129-40. Off Newport Beach, California. In 36-50 fms, mud. Eunice americanaj new species St. 1130-40. Off Laguna Beach, California. In 25-28 fms, sandy mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis nebulosa Moore Diopatra ornata Moore Diopatra tridentata, new species Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lu?nbrineris bicirrata (Tread well) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species Drilonereis filum (Claparede) St. 1131-40. Same. In 54-57 fms, mud. Rharnphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species "^Lumbrineris pallida, new species St. 1132-40. Off Redondo Beach, California. In 43-85 fms, mud. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lu?nbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1133-40. Same. In 136-172 fms, mud. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris index (Moore) Driloncreis falcata Moore St. 1134-40. Same. In 16-32 fms, sand and shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris index (Moore) St. 1135-40. Same. In 18-45 fms, coarse sand and gravel. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore St. 1136-40. Same. In 70-240 fms, green mud. Onuphis vexillaria Moore Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Lumbrineris index (Moore) St. 1137-40. Same. In 96-120 fms, gray mud and shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris index (Moore) St. 1142-40. Ofl[ Point Vincente light, California. In 17-40 fms, coarse sand and mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Marphysa confer ta Moore Lufnbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris index (Moore) Lumbrineris calif or niensis, new species St. 1143-40. Off Portuguese Point, California. In 16-20 fms, gray sand and seaweed. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1144-40. North end of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 77-81 fms, fine sand. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1146-40. East of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 36-48 fms, sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 29 St. 1149-40. Avalon Bay, Catalina Island, California. In 82-88 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 1151-40. Southeast end of Catalina Island. In 117-128 fms, rock and sand. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1 156-40. 61^ mi. east of Longs Point, Catalina Island. In 230-380 fms, rocks. Lumbrineris index (Moore) St. 1157-40. 3^2 mi- east of same. In 285-290 fms, mud. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 1159-40. 10 mi. southeast of Long Beach, California. In 23-25 fms, fine sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 1160-40. 111^^ mi. southeast of same. In 32-52 fms, mud, sand, dead shell. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1163-40. 131/2 mi. south of Seal Beach, California. In 215-225 fms, green mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris index (Moore) Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1165-40. Off San Pedro breakwater, California. In 14 fms, sand, shell. Diopatra ornata Moore Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards St. 1171-40. Whites Cove, Catalina Island. In 25-38 fms, sand, gravel. Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1173-^0. 4 mi. southeast of Catalina Island. In 108-117 fms, fine green sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1177-40. North of Santa Barbara Island, California. In 125-150 fms, gray sand. Eunice multipectinata Moore 30 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1178-40. Off Eagle Bank north of Catalina Island, California. In 40-43 fms, gray sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1181-40. Rowlands Landing, north of Catalina Island, California. In 47-64 fms, broken shells. Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1182-40. Same. In 160 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosutn Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1183-40. Same. In 130-160 fms, mud. Ninoe gemmea Moore St. 1189-40. Santa Cruz Island, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) St. 1191-40. South side of Santa Cruz Island, California. In 37-40 fms, gray sand, shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Eunice ariiericana, new species Lu7nbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lwnbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1192-40. Off Bowen Point, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 58- 90 fms, sand, broken shell. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1193-40. Willow anchorage, south side of Santa Cruz Island, Cali- fornia. Shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 1194-40. Santa Cruz Island, off Gull Island, California. In 39-43 fms, gray sand, mud. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1195-40. Same. In 64-138 fms, sand, rock, broken shell. Eunice americana, new species Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 31 St. 1197-40. Gull Island, east side of Santa Cruz Island, California. In 6-10 fms, sand, algae. Nothria stigmatis paradiopatra, new subspecies Lujnbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1200-40. Catalina Island, west end, California. In 126-132 fms, green mud. Eunice americana, new species Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Ninoe gemmea Moore St. 1201-40. Off west end of Catalina Island, California. In 134-150 fms, green mud. Eunice americana, new species St. 1202-40. Off Point Fermin, California. In 16-18 fms, gray mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Lurnbrineris calif orniensis, new species Lumbrineris limicola, new species St. 1204-40. West of Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, California. In 8-9 fms, rocky. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Diopatra ornata Moore Onuphis vexillaria Moore Lurnbrineris limicola, new species St. 1205-40. South side of San Nicolas Island, California. In 24-34 fms, green sand. Diopatra ornata Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Nothria stigmatis (Treadwell) Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species Lumbrineris pallida, new species Notocirrus calif orniensis, new species St. 1208-40. Playa del Rey, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella sernimaculata (Moore) Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) 32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1209-40. Laguna Beach, California. Rocky shore. Lu7nbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella semimacidata (Moore) St. 1210-40. La Jolla, California. Rocky shore. Eunice longicirrata Webster Marphysa conferta Moore Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lu?nbrineris zonata (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1211-40. Mission Bay, California. Shore, muddy sand. Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 1214-40. 70 fm bank, San Pedro Channel, California. In 150-200 fms, black mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1216-40. Point Fermin, California. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) St. 1218-40. Laguna Beach, California. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola paloloides {M.oove) Lu?nbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella se?ni?naculata (Moore) St. 1219-40. Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, Cah'fornia. In 22 fms, fine sand. Onuphis ereinita Audouin and Edwards Ltnnbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1220-41. li/'o mi. off Dutch Harbor, San Nicolas Island, California. In 63-83 fms, gray sand, mud, dead shell. Onuphis litoralis Monro Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1222-41. Newport and Balboa Channel, California. Shore. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1223-41. San Pedro Channel, Cah'fornia. In 225-235 fms, green sand. Lumbrineris index (Moore) NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 33 St. 1224-41. Newport Channel, California. Rocky shore. Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1226-41. 4^2 mi. southwest of Balboa, California. In 135-140 fms, fine gray mud. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Eunice americana, new species St. 1228-41. 11 mi. southeast of San Pedro breakwater, California. In 126-138 fms, gray-green sand. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1229-41. 10 mi. south of same. In 81-83 fms, gray-green sand. Onuphis parva Moore Lu/nbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lu?nbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1230-41. San Pedro breakwater, California. Rocky shore. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 1232-41. 5 mi, from same. In 18-19 fms, coarse sand, dead shell. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1235-41. 3% mi. off Huntington Beach, California. In 18 fms, green mud, fine sand. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris calif or niensis, new species St. 1236-41. 6 mi. southwest of Seal Beach, California, In 26-27 fms, green sand, mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis parva Moore Diopatra tridentata, new species Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1237-41. 80 fm bank off Huntington Beach, California. In 62-74 fms, gray-green mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis parva Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species 34 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1240-41. 9 mf. off San Diego, California. In 78-81 fms, green sand, pebbles. Lu?nbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1241-41. 1\<2, ^' south of Point Loma, California. In 30-31 fms, coarse sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Nothria stigtnatis Treadwell Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1245-41. 4 mi. off Todos Santos Island, Lower California. In 40 fms, shell, mud, gray sand. Rhamphobrachiiim longisetosum Berkeley Hyalifioecia juvenalis Moore Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris pallida, new species St. 1246-41. North end, Ranger Bank, off Cedros Island, Lower Cali- fornia. In 78-83 fms, loose rock, shells, pebbles. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice multipectinata Moore Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 1249-41. 1 mi. south of San Benito Island, Lower California. In 34-44 fms, fine white sand. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards St. 1250-41. Same. In 44-49 fms, sand, shell. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards St. 1251-41. 51/^ mi. south of same. In 66-81 fms, green and gray sand. Rha?nphobrachium longisetosian Berkeley Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Lumbrineris acuta Verrill Drilonereis nuda Moore Labidognathus forcipes, new species St. 1252-41. 8i/'2 mi. south of same. In 71-72 fms, coral sand, fine pebbles. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1253-41. 8 mi. west of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 64-65 fms, gravel and loose rock. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 35 Nothria conchylega (Sars) Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1254-41. 8 mi. southwest of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 63-65 fms, fine green sand, coral. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice americafia, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1256-41. Si^ mi. south of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 52-55 fms, fine green-gray mud, small shells. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Onuphis parva Moore Onuphis vexillaria Moore Eunice antennata (Savigny) Eunice ?nultipectinata Moore St. 1259-41. 81^ mi. south of Dewey Channel, Lower California. In 23-26 fms, sand, broken shell, gravel. Elyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) St. 1260-41. Dewey Channel, San Eugene Point, Mexico. In 21-26 fms, corallines, rocks. Diopatra neotridens, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1261-41. 4 mi. north of same. In 24-25 fms, gray-green sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1264-41. 1^2 mi. off north end of Cedros Island, Lower California. In 55-60 fms, shale and pebbles. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1265-41. 2 mi. southeast of Cedros Island light, Lower California. In 55 fms, green and brown sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1267-41. 3 mi. northwest of Anacapa Island light, California. In 47 fms, gray-green sand. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore 36 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Onuphis parva Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lunibrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1268-41. 21^ mi. northwest of same. In 51-52 fms, gray-green sand. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1271-41. % mi. southeast of Cat Rock, Anacapa Island, California. In 23-25 fms, corallines and coarse gray sand. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lianbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1272-41. 61/^ mi. north of Anacapa Island light, California. In 124-125 fms, gray sand. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Eunice americana, new species St. 1274-41. 3y2 mi. south of Hueneme, California. In 29-30 fms, shell, mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore St. 1275-41. iy2 mi. southeast of Point Mugu, California. In 26-30 fms, mud. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Nothria conchylega (Sars) Eunice americana, new species Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris calif or niensiSj new species St. 1276-41. 1076-41. IO3/4 mi. west of Point Dume, California. In 47-48 fms, loose rock. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1283-41. 21/4 mi. east of South Point, Santa Rosa Island, California. In 23-28 fms, gravel, sand. Drilonereis nuda Moore Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1284-41. 1 mi. south of same. In 15-16 fms, loose rock, sand. Palola paloloides (Moore) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1288-41. Off Eraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 74- 103 fms, green mud. Onuphis nebulosa Moore NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 37 Nothria conchylega (Sars) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris acuta (Verrill) Lumbrineris cruzensis, new species St. 1289-41. 2.6 mi. east of East Point, Santa Rosa Island, California. In 47-49 fms, green mud. Rhamphobrachiurn longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis parva Moore Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Drilonereis nuda Moore Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 1290-41. 4.2 mi. southeast of same. In 51-53 fms, green mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis parva Moore St. 1295-41. 1 mi. southeast of Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 15-21 fms, corallines, sand, pebbles. Eunice antennata (Savigny) Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) "^.Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller St. 1297-41. 1/2 mi. east of San Pedro Point, California. In 26-40 fms, rocky. Palola paloloides (Moore) Marphysa sanguinea (M.ontagu) St. 1299-41. 3 mi. northwest of same. In 65-80 fms, green mud. Rhamphobrachiuin longisetosum Berkeley Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1300-41. 11/^ mi. northwest of Cavern Point, Santa Cruz Island, California. In 54-56 fms, mud, sand, dead shell. Onuphis nebulosa Moore St. 1301-41. 0.3 mi. northwest of Pelican Point, Santa Cruz Island. In 35-39 fms, mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1302-41. 1/^ mi. northeast of Piatt Harbor, Santa Cruz Island. In 31-37 fms, green mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) 38 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1304-41. 3 mi. north of Arch Rock, Santa Cruz Island. In 55-60 fms, mud, broken shell. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Li/?nbrineris cruzensis, new species St. 1310-41. Fourth of July Cove, Catalina Island. Rocky shore. Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1311-41. Southeast of west end, Catalina Island. In 40-50 fms, sand, mud. Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1314-41. South of Catalina Head, Catalina Island. In 90-104 fms, mud. Lurnbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1315-41. Montecito, California. Rocky shore. Lurnbrineris erecta (Moore) Lurnbrineris zonata (Johnson) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1316-41. 1 mi. southwest of Ben Weston Point, Catalina Island. In 45 fms, mud, sand, gravel. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Nothria conchylega (Sars) Lurnbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lurnbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) St. 1318-41. AY2 nii- west of Church Rock, Catalina Island. In 50 fms, sticky mud. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1321-41. 2 mi. west of Church Rock, Catalina Island. In 45-53 fms, mud, sand. Rhajuphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Onuphis parva Moore Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Lumbrineris calif or niensis, new species St. 1325-41. 21/^ mi. southeast of same. In 59-61 fms, rock and shell. Lurnbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1326-41. 1 mi. northeast of Castle Rock, San Clemente Island, Cali- fornia. In 46-50 fms, gray sand. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 39 St. 1332-41. 3 mi. east of buoy, Cortes Bank, California. In 56 fms, sand, shell. Maryphysa mortensent Monro Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species St. 1333-41. 6 mi. southeast of same. In 56 fms, sand, shell. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) St. 1334-41. 4% mi. southeast of same. In 125-131 fms, sand. Lujnbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1335-41. 1 mi. southwest of same. In 32 fms, corallines, shells. Onuphis ere?nita Audouin and Edwards St. 1340-41. Tanner Bank, California. In 37-38 fms, loose rock. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice rnultipectinata Moore St. 1341-41. AY2 mi. northwest of buoy, Cortes Bank, California. In 60-61 fms, black sand and rock. Lumbrineris calif or niensis, new species St. 1342-41. 9^2 mi. northwest of same. In 50 fms, white sand, rock. Eunice rnultipectinata Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1345-41. 181/^ mi. south of San Nicolas Island, California. In 57 fms, rocks. Palola siciliensis (Gnihe) St. 1347-41. 11 mi. northwest of buoy, Cortes Bank, California. In 45-46 fms, corallines. Eunice rnultipectinata Moore Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 1348-41. Tanner Bank, California. In 45-46 fms, rocks. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) St. 1355-41. 4 mi. east of Church Rock, Catalina Island. In 106-110 fms, gray sand. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1356-41. 1/^ mi. east of Abalone Point, Catalina Island. In 44-46 fms, mud, kelp. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1358-41. 1 mi. east of Whites Cove, Catalina Island. In 36-38 fms, brachiopods and mud. Lumbrineris calif orniensis, new species 40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 St. 1359-41. 1% mi. east of same. In 100-108 fms, gray sand, shell. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards St. 1369-41. 1 mi. east of Empire Landing, Catalina Island. In 15-30 fms. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) St. 1406-41. North side of Whites Cove, Catalina Island. Rocky shore. Palola paloloides (Moore) St. 1411-41. Off San Miguel Island, California. In 44-48 fms, sand, shell. Rhamphobrachium longisetosu7n Berkeley St, 1412-41. South of Crook Point, San Miguel Island, California. In 41-43 fms, sand, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley St. 1415-41. 11/^ mi. east of Cardwell Point, San Miguel Island, Cali- fornia. In 20-21 fms, sand and flat rocks. Palola paloloides (Moore) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1417-41. 4 mi. northeast of Sandy Point, Santa Rosa Island, Cali- fornia. In 35-36 fms, flat rocks. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1426-41. West of Longs Point, Catalina Island. In 21-40 fms, sand, brachiopods. Eunice multipectinata Moore St. 1435-41. 1^2 n^i- southwest of Gull Island, Santa Cruz Island, Cali- fornia. In 48 fms, mud. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Eunice multipectinata Moore Drilonereis falcata Moore St. 1437-41. Flat Rock Point, near Redondo Beach, California. Rocky shore. Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1439-41. Same. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 1441-41. Corona del Mar, California. Shore, mud and sand flats. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Marphysa sanguinea ( Montagu ) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 41 Lumbrineris acuta (Verrill) Lumbrineris minima^ new species Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1441a-41. Newport channel, California. From under side of floats. Marphysa sanguinea ( Montagu ) LuTnbrineris erecta (Moore) St. 1442-41. Newport channel, California. Sand flats at northern end. Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris minima, new species Drilonereis nuda Moore St. 1443-41. Arch Rock, south of Corona del Mar, California, Rocky shore. Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1444-42. Newport Bay, California. In 3 fms. Lumbrineris minima, new species St. 1445-42. Anaheim Landing, California. Shore, muddy sand. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris minima, new species St. 1446-42. Palos Verdes Estates, California. Rocky shore. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Eunice antennata (Savigny) Palola paloloides (Moore) Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Drilonereis nuda Moore Arabella iricolor (Montagu) St. 1447-42. Arguello, California. Rocky shore. Eunice multipectinata Moore Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbrineris minima, new species Arabella iricolor (Montagu) Arabella semimaculata (Moore) St. 1448-42. Same. Rocky shore. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Complete data for stations of the Allan Hancock Atlantic Cruise of 1939, stations A1-A59, are given in separate reports of that cruise. 42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Family Onuphidae The Onuphidae have characteristic prostomial parts : there are 5 con- spicuous occipital tentacles, including paired outer and inner lateral, and a median unpaired one, each mounted on a more or less annulated base called a ceratophore. In addition, there is a pair of simple, frontal an- tennae at the anterior margin of the prostomium, and a pair of thick palpi on the ventral side. Two anterior segments are apodous, the second with (Onuphis and Rhamphobrachium) or without (Hyalinoecia and Epidiopatra) tentacular cirri ; and succeeding rings are provided with uniramous parapodia, although the dorsal cirrus carries a reduced noto- acicular fascicle, indicating that it represents a greatly reduced noto- podium. The first few (3 or 2) pairs of parapodia are sometimes greatly enlarged and directed anteroventrally (Rhamphobrachium) , or they are no longer than succeeding parapodia. The dorsal cirrus is simple, cirriform, sometimes giving rise from its dorsal edge near the base to a branchial stioicture, which in turn may be simple cirriform (Nothria), pectinately branched (Onuphis, Rhampho- brachium), or more or less strongly spiraled (Diopatra, Epidiopatra). Ventral cirri of the first few parapodia (2 to 10 or rarely more) are usually cirriform, more posteriorly they are reduced to a flattened, cush- ionlike, glandular pad. The postsetal lobe is frequently more or less pro- longed, triangular, especially in anterior parapodia, but typically de- creases in size farther back; the presetal lobe is usually inconspicuous (though moderately large in some species, or m anterior segments of some species of Nothria). Setae may include (1) simple, bilimbate, which may be present throughout or absent from a few anterior segments, those in a superior position usually provided with a longer, slenderer, bladed portion than those more inferior; (2) simple or composite hooded hooks, with or with- out lateral dentations in anterior segments; (3) pectinate (or comb) setae in all or some segments; and (4) simple, j^ellow, hooded, bidentate hooks, subacicular in position, in median and posterior segments. The neuropodium is supported by 2 to 5 embedded, pale or yellow acicula, often prolonged and projecting from the parapodial lobe. In some species (Onuphis, Nothria, Rhamphobrachium) the inferior, bilimbate, simple setae may be partly replaced by similar, composite setae designated com- posite spinigers. The proboscidial armature is much like that in the family Eunicidae, with which the Onuphidae may have their nearest affinities, but propor- tionately much more delicate. Mandibles consist of a pair of thin, elon- NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 43 gate, distally flaring pieces, fused for a short distance along their median line near the anterior end, and sometimes more or less calcified distally. The maxillae are often also thin, translucent, or only slightly chitinized ; the carriers are usually broad, short, basally rounded or somewhat pointed, lacking a median unpaired piece. Forceps (maxillae I) are broad, falcige- rous, without dentations at the base; maxillae II to IV on the left side are usually multidentate, and maxilla V on either side is either a single smaller tooth or a simple plate; on the right side maxillary plates III and IV are fused (such that maxilla IV appears to be absent). The dental formula within any one species is believed to be too variable to be of specific significance or, conversely, too consistently alike between species to be significant in the differentiation of species. Since these parts are relatively weakly developed, it appears that the onuphids are not the rapacious predators that some other members of the Eunicea are. Tubes, on the whole, are very characteristic of species; they usually consist of a thinner or thicker parchmentlike base (translucent in Hyali- noecia), smooth within, on the outside of which are attached foreign particles of various sorts. In some there may be only a thin layer with a coat of fine sand particles (Nothria iridescens Johnson), or the sand may be partially replaced by similar, larger particles, including gravel, shell fragments, debris, etc. Tubes may be very slender, nearly filamen- tous, long, stiff, resembling those of some phoronids, externally covered with fine gravel (Onuphis nebulosa Moore). They may be proportion- ately much broader in diameter, covered externally with coarse particles, bits of shells and sticks, presenting a very untidy appearance (Diopatra ornata Moore), or the tube may present a neatly annulated appearance (Diopatra tridentata n. sp.) in which there are inner and outer parch- mentlike layers, between which fine sand and mud particles are placed. The form or structure of the tubes is nearly as great as the numbers of species constructing them. However, it would be unsafe to base any determination on the tube alone, since it has been found that similar tubes are constructed by species in widely related groups, or that the same species may use different building materials, depending on what is available. On the whole, the Onuphidae are difllicult to determine specifically without a careful examination of internal and external microscopic parts. Superficial gross structures, such as distribution and kind of branchiae, proportions of parapodial lobes, proportionate lengths of prostomial parts, are of generic use but are too uniform within genera to have any specific significance. Then, too, collections often include individuals largely in- 44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 complete posteriorly. Autotomy is frequent, and regeneration of lost parts, including tail and anterior ends with parapodial parts, not un- usual; abnormal structures such as bifurcated dorsal and ventral cirri are occasionally observed, indicating a notable potentiality for replace- ment of lost parts. Many species have been described with accent only on macroscopic parts, such that their uniqueness is indeterminable; con- sequently much confusion exists in the literature. Eight genera are usually recognized in the family Onuphidae. These are: 1. Diopatra Audouin and Edwards, p. 49. 2. E pidio pair a Augtntr (1918), p. 45. 3. Hyalinoecia Malmgren, p. 46. 4. Leptoecia Chamberlin (1919), p. 45. 5. Nothria Malmgren, p. 83. 6. Onuphis Audouin and Edwards, p. 66. 7. Paranorthia Moore (1903), p. 45. 8. Rhamphobrachiutn Ehlers, p. 47. Key TO Genera of Onuphidae 1. Peristomium with tentacular cirri 2 1. Peristomium without tentacular cirri 6 2. Branchiae spiraled in part Diopatra, p. 49 2. Branchiae absent, cirriform, simply branched or pectiniform 3 3. First 2 or 3 parapodia greatly enlarged, prolonged forward. . 4 3. First few parapodia only slightly enlarged, if at all ... . 5 4. These enlarged parapodia provided with numerous, slender, recurved hooks capable of being projected far forward . . . Rhamphobrachiurn, p. 47 4. These enlarged pai'apodia provided with coarser hooks, resem- bling those in Onuphis Paranorthia Moore 5. Branchiae unbranched, if present .... Nothria, p. 83 5. Branchiae branched on some segments . . . Onuphis, p. 66 6. Branchiae spiraled on some segments . Epidiopatra Augener 6. Branchiae not spiraled, if present 7 7. Without branchiae Leptoecia Chamberlin 7. With cirriform branchiae Hyalinoecia, p. 46 It should be noted that Nothria and Onuphis are frequently united, since their separation (branchiae simple filaments, or more or less branched) is based on an artificial character; their separation is here maintained for convenience. Similarly, Leptoecia and Hyalinoecia might be regarded congenerically. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 45 In addition, (1) Heptaceras Ehlers (1868, p. 284) has been erected for a Diopatra-like form from Ceylon, in which the frontal antennae are said to be long, filiform, resembling the occipital tentacles in length, and (2) Paronuphis Ehlers (1887, p. 73) for a form which Augener (1932, p. 38) has referred to Flyalinoecia, since it is believed to represent a juve- nile of this genus. (3) Paradiopatra Ehlers (1887, p. 75) was erected as a subgenus of Diopatra^ with 2 species, P. fragosa and P. glutinatrix, both from Florida. The genus was thought to be an abranchiate Diopatra, but at least one of its species, P. glutinatrix, was later (Augener, 1906, p. 142) shown to have trifid branchiae, hence referred to the genus Onuphis. The other species, P. fragosa, requires re-investigation. However, 3 other abranchiate species of Onuphis have been described by other authors, and might come under this category (Paradiopatra) if it is retainable; these are O. minuta Mcintosh (1885, p. 334) from New Zealand. O. som- breriana Mcintosh (1885, p. 310) from the West Indies, and O. notialis Monro (1930, p. 129) from the Antarctic region. Unfortunately for this view, the collections herein reported contain some specimens believed to be very close to a species of Nothria (N. stigmatis, p. 89) so as to be at most of subspecific rank, since they agree with the stem species in all respects save that branchiae are totally lacking. A similar variation in number of branchial structures is to be found in O. nebulosa (p. 75) ; it seems that the actual distribution of branchiae or the amount of their branching, when limited to a few filaments, has doubtful specific value in this group. Since separation of some of these genera (see key above) depends on the amount of branching of branchial structures, and since this is unques- tionably a variable character at least in some species (see below under Nothria stigmatis and Onuphis nebulosa), it may become necessary to refer some genera in the key above to others ; thus, Leptoecia may prove to be only an abranchiate form of Hyalinoecia and Paradiopatra an abranchiate Onuphis. Such a conclusion necessitates further investiga- tion, especially of all setal structures of the species involved. Five genera of those keyed above are present in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation. These are Hyalinoecia, Rhamphobrachium, Diopatra, Onuphis, and Nothria. The other 3, Epidiopatra, Leptoecia, and Paranorthia, are small, known through only one or 2 species each. Epidiopatra Augener (1918, p. 355) is known through only 2 African species, E. hupferiana and E. drewinensis, described by the same author. Paranorthia Moore (1903, p. 448) is known for a single species, P. brevi- cornuta Moore from Japan. Leptoecia Chamberlin (1919, p. 264) is known through only 2 species, L. abyssorurn Chamberlin off western Peru and L. antarctica Monro (1930, p. 133) from the Antarctic. 46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Genus HYALINOEGIA Malmgren Type H. tubicola (Miiller) Hyalinoecia is characterized in lacking peristomial cirri and in having usually simple, cirriform branchiae; anterior parapodia are provided with falcate (usually also dentate) hooded hooks, with or without articulation; other setae include (1) simple limbate, (2) pectinate, and (3) bidentate hooded, subacicular ones; their distribution resembles that in Onuphis (p. 66). The tube is typically horny, translucent, in life freely carried about by the occupant. Most species are known only from deep water (over several hundred fathoms). Eight species have been described from the Western Hemisphere, all save one, H. juvenalis Moore, in depths of 300 fms or over. These are : 1. H. branchiata Treadwell (1934, p. 6) from Puerto Rico, in 300 fms. 2. H. juvenalis Moore (1911, p. 277) from Santa Rosa Island, Cali- fornia, in 38-45 fms. 3. H. leucacra Chamberlin (1919, p. 277) from western Mexico, in 660 fms. 4. H. solenotecton (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 306) from Pacific Panama, in 1,270 fms. 5. H. tecton Chamberlin (1919, p. 310) from western Mexico, in 679 fms. 6. H. tubicola (Miiller) first described from Norway, since reported from cosmopolitan areas. From the Western Hemisphere it has been described as H. tubifex Verrill (1880, p. 357) off northeast America, and as Onuphis (Paronuphis) gracilis Ehlers (1887, p. 78) off Florida. 7. H. tubicola stricta Moore (1911, p. 280) from southern California, in 1,059 fms. 8. H. varians Baird (1870, p. 359) from the West Indies. Only one species, H. juvenalis, but this in abundance, has been found in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation, but the operations of the Velero III have not included the great depths at which the other spe- cies typically occur. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 277-280, pi. 18, figs. 86-95 ; Treadwell, 1937, p. 152. Collections.— 2AA-3A (1); 448-35 (1); 461-35 (9); 523-36 (3); 541-36 (4) ; 544-36 (8) ; 546-36 (about 20) ; 701-37 (1) ; 863-38 (1) ; 873-38 (1) ; 878-38 (1) ; 936-39 (about 15) ; 990-39 (about 20) ; 1037- 40 (about 20); 1081-40 (1); 1128-40 (3); 1130-40 (10); 1131-40 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 47 (6); 1134-40 (2); 1135-40 (5); 1142-40 (5); 1143-40 (1); 1159-40 (11); 1160-40 (2); 1163-40 (2); 1202-40 (2); 1236-41 (5); 1237-41 (1); 1241-41 '(1); 1245-41 (2) ; 1246-41 (1); 1253-41 (15); 1254-41 (7); 1256-41 (3); 1261-41 (1); 1267-41 (7); 1268-41 (1); 1275-41 (3) ; 1299-41 (1) ; A 13-39 (about 15) ; A 14-39 (about 40) ; A 15-39 (4); A 18-39 (2); A 32-39 (1); A 42-39 (about 30). Distribution. — H. juvenalis occurs abundantlj^ from southern Cali- fornia, south to Panama, and into the West Indian region through Co- lombia, Venezuela, and the West Indies. Its bathymetric range is from 8 to 225 fms, based on these records. Genus RHAMPHOBRACHIUM Ehlers Type R. agassizi Ehlers Rhamphobrachium is distinguished from other genera of this family for having the first few (3, rarely 2) pairs of parapodia greatly enlarged, directed ventrally and forward, and provided with long, slender, distally curved setae which are prolonged basally and carried far back in the body. The prostomial parts are typical of the family, but the occipital tentacles are proportionately short, blunt. The second apodous ring has a pair of dorsal tentacles. Eight species have been described in, or referred to, this genus. They are: 1. R. agassizi Ehlers (1887, p. 70) from Florida, in 333-539 fms. 2. R. bipes Monro (1937, p. 293) from the Gulf of Aden, in 91 m. 3. R. brevibrachiatum (Ehlers) (1875, p. 49) from off western France, in 725 fms. 4. R. chuni Ehlers (1912, p. 76) from eastern Africa, in 677-1,362 m. 5. R. diversosetosum Monro (1937, p. 295) from the Maldives, in 183- 274 m. 6. R. ehlersi Monro (1930, p. 126) from the South Shetlands, in 525 m. 7. R. longisetosum Berkeley (1938, p. 428) from Corona del Mar, Cal- ifornia, in 17-33 fms. 8. R. pacifica Hoagland (1920, p. 618) from the Philippines, in 375- 484 fms. Most of these species are known through only their original account. It is of interest that Rhamphobrachium is probably largely a deep-water genus and that its species are widely distributed over the earth. Only 2, R. agassizi and R. longisetosum, are known from the Western Hemi- sphere; the first is an abyssal form and is not represented in the collec- tions; the second is present through numerous individuals (below). 48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Rhamphobrachium longisetosum Berkeley Plate 1, Figs. 1-8 Berkeley, 1938, pp. 428-436, 8 figs. Collections.— ^\2^-3^ (1); 890-38 (1, with tube); 908-38 (1) 981-39 (2); 1008-39 (3); 1010-39 (23 anterior ends); 1012-39 (2) 1018-39 (1) ; 1020-39 (12) ; 1023-39 (1) ; 1125-40 (2) ; 1130-40 (4) 1131-40 (1); 1149-40 (1); 1178-40 (2); 1182-40 (1); 1245-41 (1) 1251-41 (1); 1264-41 (1); 1265-41 (2); 1267-41 (3); 1289-41 (1) 1290-41 (1); 1299-41 (2); 1316-41 (1); 1321-41 (1); 1411-41 (1) 1412-41 (1); 1435-41 (1). R. longisetosum has heretofore been known through only an original description, based on 2 small anterior ends that measured only 4 and 18 mm long (Berkeley, 1938) ; an additional account is therefore given. Length of an individual that may be nearly two thirds complete is 53 mm; another larger anterior end of 45 setigers measures 32 mm long; another of 50 setigers is about equally long. The prostomium has 2 pairs of tiny black eyespots at the base of the inner lateral tentacles, along the anterior and outer lateral sides. The frontal antennae are depressed spherical; the occipital tentacles are short, the ceratophores with 4 or 5 shorter articles and a longer distal one ; their styles are smooth, taper dis- tally. The first 3 pairs of parapodia are progressively enlarged, the third much the largest; all are directed anteroventrally. The segments from which they arise, however, are only about as long as those following. Ven- tral cirri of the first 3 setigers taper rapidly from thick bases to bluntly pointed tips; they increase in length from the first to the third, all com- pare favorably in size with their respective dorsal cirri. The other para- podial lobes on the first 3 pairs of parapodia are variable in length or ap- pearance, owing to the varying amount of setal projection. On some speci- mens the setae are completely retracted, their respective lobes correspond- ingly withdrawn ; on others the lobes are very conspicuous and the long setae project for a distance greater than that of the entire anterior portion of the body. From the fourth setiger the ventral cirrus is represented only by a pale, glandular pad. Branchiae are present from the eighth or ninth setiger, as a simple filament, continued so through the fourteenth; there are 2 filaments on the fifteenth, 3 on the eighteenth, 4 on the twentieth, the arrangement neatly pectinate, 5 or 6 filaments on the twenty-second, increasing to 8 or 10 filaments in a median region (pi. 1, fig. 3) and probably continued through much of the body length. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 49 The fourth parapodium (pi, 1, fig. 4) has 5 yellow acicula that taper distally to blunt straight rods, and 9 or 10 shorter limbate setae inferiorly. The acicula are slenderer than those farther back. A fifteenth parapodium is provided with the following setal structures: 3 heavy yellow acicula that are rodlike but taper distally, many smooth simple limbate setae in the upper and middle parts of the fascicle, and a stout, subacicular, bi- dentate hook (pi. 1, fig, 6), together with 5 composite spinigers (pi. 1, fig. 5) below. In the sixteenth to twentieth parapodium the arrangement is similar, but the composite spinigers are replaced by a second subacicular hook (pi, 1, fig, 7) and there are only 2, instead of 3, yellow acicula. Composite spinigers occur in the fourth to fifteenth parapodium, in a ventral position of the fascicle. Pectinate setae (pi, 1, fig, 8), nowhere conspicuous, are present from the sixteenth setiger to the ends of the pieces. The proboscidial armature, not originally described, is typically onu- phid, both mandibles and maxillae well developed. The mandibles are hard, calcareous, with sharp, white, cutting edges, and have long basal rods that are separated for most of their length (pi. 1, fig. 2). The max- illae have carriers that are longer than broad and basally rounded (pi. 1, fig. 1 ) ; the forceps are falcate. On the left side the maxillary pieces have, from the second to fourth piece, 7, 7, and 8 teeth, respectively; the fifth is a flat, edentate plate. On the right side, the second piece has 7 teeth and the third has 9 teeth; the fifth piece resembles the corrsponding one on the left side (pi, 1, fig, 1). The tube is tough, parchmentlike, covered with debris and gravel. Distribution. — Based on these collections, R. longisetosum occurs ex- tensively off southern California, south at least to Cedros Island, Mexico, and the Galapagos Islands, in depths ranging from 10 to 400 fms. It is usually associated with sandy or muddy bottoms. Genus DIOPATRA Audouin and Edwards Type D. cuprea (Bosc) Diopatra has many characters common to Onuphis (below), but is most clearly distinguished in having spiraled branchiae on some anterior segments. The prostomium is similarly provided with a pair of short, frontal antennae and 5 long, occipital tentacles, with longer or shorter annulated ceratophores. In addition, there is usually a pair of clear, cir- cular areas posterior to the insertion of the inner lateral tentacles, which incorrectly have been called eyes; they are pale, translucent, probably sensory organs. The first ring or segment, sometimes designated peri- 50 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 stomium, is apodous and provided on its dorsal side with a pair of cirri, as in Onuphis. The first few parapodia are often larger than those follow- ing and provided with hooded hooks that terminate in 2 or 3 teeth. Pec- tinate (comb) setae, where present, are disposed in a close fascicle of few to many, in an anterodorsal position of the neuropodium, anterior to the superior limbate setae. The subacicular hooded hooks are usually yellow, number 2 in a parapodium, terminate distally in a bidentate hook, first make their appearance after a short anterior region, and are continued posteriorly perhaps to the end or near it. Dorsal cirri are typically cirri- form ; a fine embedded fascicle of notoacicula is usually present. Ventral cirri are cirriform usually through 4 (to 3 or 5) segments, thereafter they are low, padlike. Branchiae are usually present from the fourth or fifth setiger, continued through a longer or shorter anterior and median region, or totally absent in median and posterior regions. The proboscidial armature is much as in species of Onuphis. Man- dibles consist of a pair of flattened, elongate plates, fused for a short dis- tance. The maxillary parts consist of falcate forceps (maxilla I), dentate plates II to V, the right plates III and IV fused to form a single piece; the distal plate (V) is usually a single tooth or flat plate. Species of this genus are sometimes very difficult to identify with cer- tainty except by examination of microscopic parts. Conspicuous features such as the distribution of the great spiraled branchiae, the occurrence and kind of subacicular hooks, and other characters that have sometimes been used for specific definition are too uniform throughout the genus to have diagnostic value. The branchial arrangement varies within the life his- tory of an individual, juveniles usually having a simpler branched ar- rangement and comparatively fewer branches than have older individuals ; also, the branchiae may look quite dififerent with various methods of fix- ation, especially if fixed within the tube or free from it. All known species have subacicular hooks that are uniformly yellow, distally bidentate, al- though in some there is a tendency toward a simple condition in some pos- terior segments {D. obliqua, p. 57). However, since representatives of this genus are usually fragments when collected, usually lacking posterior ends, this character may be indeterminable. Pigmentation pattern in life, though perhaps specific, is too fugitive to be of practical value. The char- acter of the tube is also believed to be unique for species, but it is fre- quently lacking from collections. A more satisfactory method for determi- nation of species is much needed, but until greater numbers of individuals of described species have been made more thoroughly known, this will be difficult. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 51 The erratic occurrence of species of Diopatra in large collections is unique. Mcintosh (1885) found none in the large collections of the Challenger Expedition; likewise, there are none given in Ehlers (1887) or Treadwell (1921) for the Florida and West Indian regions. (Some species which Ehlers had referred to Diopatra are members of other ge- nera of onuphids.) There are likewise none in Chamberlin's (1919) ac- count of the Albatross collections. Augener (1906) described one — D. spiribranchis — from the West Indian region, which he (1918) later re- ferred to the older D. cuprea (Bosc). Horst (1922) lists only this one in the West Indian chaetopod fauna. Mcintosh (1910, p. 403) says there are none in the British fauna. On the other hand, Kinberg (1865, pp. 559-560) described 7 new species from the collections of the Eugenies Expedition (1851-53), of which 5 are from the Western Hemisphere. Two (D. brasiliensis and D. longicornis) originate from Brazil, 2 {D. arnoena and D. viridis) from the La Plata region, and one (D. splendidissima) from Ecuador. An- other, D. agave Grube (1869, p. 59), was described from Brazil; one, D. rhizophorae Grube (1856, p. 54), from Realejo, Nicaragua; and one, D. chiliensis Quatrefages (1865, p. 342), from Chile. Most of these are so poorly known that they cannot even be compared with other known species. Two others, D. calif ornica and D. ornata, both by Moore (1904 and 191 1 ) , originate in California (but the first is believed to be referable to D. splendidissima) , and one, D. cuprea (Bosc) (1802), comes origi- nally from South Carolina. D. cuprea (Bosc), the oldest known species in the genus, has been widely reported from the Carolinas, south through the West Indian re- gion to Frazil. It has been redescribed as D. fragilis Ehlers (1869) from South Carolina, as D. variegata Hansen (1882, p. 9) from Brazil, and as D. spiribranchis Augener ( 1906) from the West Indies. D. brasiliensis Kinberg (1865) (not Hansen, 1882) is herein believed to be a distinct species because the anterior hooded hooks are distally tridentate, not bi- dentate. D. splendidissima Kinberg (1865) from Ecuador, to which D. californica Moore is herein referred, and D. ornata Moore are 2 well- known representatives from the American west coast. The chaotic state in this group has already been reviewed (Augener, 1918, Fauvel, 1933, and others). Most authors have come to employ chiefly the structure of the pectinate (comb) setae for specific diagnosis, smce other characters have been thought to vary more widely intraspecifi- cally than they do interspecifically. Augener (1918, pp. 350-354) con- sidered the species largely on this difference, separating them approxi- 52 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 mately into 2 groups: one, to which D. cuprca (Bosc) belongs, having comb setae with many fine teeth, and another, to which D. neapolitana delle Chiaje belongs, having comb setae with a few coarse teeth. Monro (1930, p. 124) has partly refuted Augener's conclusions, in distinguish- ing D. punctifera Ehlers from D. cuprea — 2 species which were consid- ered identical by Augener. Fauvel (1933, pp. 28-37) has attempted to separate the various spe- cies of this genus, based only on the character of the comb setae, and has come to the conclusion that actually only one valid species, D. neapolitana delle Chiaje, exists. According to Fauvel, the known species might be grouped as follows, based on the character of the comb setae: 1. Comb setae with few (6 to 12) teeth, including D. neapolitana delle Chiaje, D. variabilis Southern, D. sugokai Izuka, D. monroviensis Augener, D. viridis Kinberg, D. splendidissima Kinberg, D. dentata Kinberg, and D. chiliensis Quatrefages. 2. Comb setae with many (14 to many) teeth, including D. cuprea (Bosc), D. fragilis Ehlers, D. spiribranchis Augener, D. punctifera Ehlers, D. neapolitana (of Crossland, 1903, and Fauvel, 1930 and 1932), D. aniboinensis Willey, D. musseraensis Augener, D. brasil- iensis Kinberg, D. amoena Kinberg, D. longicornis Kinberg, and D. leuckarti Kinberg. It will be noted that D. neapolitana occurs under both lists. D. cali- fornica and D. ornata are not included in this list, but the first would be- long to the group in which comb setae have few teeth, and D. ornata would fall in that in which comb setae have many teeth. In conclusion, Fauvel would refer all of these names to the well-known European form, D. neapolitana, conserving this name rather than the older D. cuprea (Bosc), since it has received wide acceptance by European authors. From all that has been written about the genus Diopatra, it seems that too great stress has been placed on a single character, the nature of comb setae, with concomitant neglect of other available characters. Thus, the development of unusual features in anterior parapodia, arrangement of glandular structures on antennae, minute details of setae, kind of tube, etc., when taken together, appear to afford a more accurate criterion for speciation than those characters heretofore accented. Many species of Diopatra have been described, or reported, from the Western Hemisphere; because of incomplete data I am unable to place them in the scheme proposed below. These species include the following: 1. D. agave Grube (1869, p. 59) from Desterro [Florianopolis], Bra- zil. (This is known only through an original fragmentary account.) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 53 2. D. amoena Kinberg (1865, p. 559) from the La Plata region, Ar- gentina. (This also is known only through a brief, original account.) 3. D. brasiliensis Kinberg (1865, p. 559) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. (Anterior hooded hooks are distally tridentate ; hence it differs from D. cuprea, contrary to Augener's (1934, p. 139) suggestion.) 4. D. chiliensis Quatrefages (1865, p. 342) from Chile, p. 60. 5. D. cuprea (Bosc) (1802, p. 142) from South Carolina, p. 54. 6. D. dentata Kinberg (1865, p. 560), first described from Sidney, Australia, recently reported from Pacific Panama, by Monro (1933, p. 73) ; but see D. ornata, below. 7. D. longicornis Kinberg (1865, p. 560) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 8. D. ornata Moore (1911, p. 273) from California, p. 55. 9. D.rhizophorae Grube (1856, p. 54) from Realejo, Nicaragua. (This is known only through a brief, original account.) 10. D. splendidissima Kinberg (1865, p. 560) from Ecuador, p. 56. 11. D. viridis Kinberg (1865, p. 559) from the La Plata region, Argen- tina. The collections of the Velero III include 6 well-defined species of Dtopatra; for comparison there are also specimens of D. cuprea (Bosc) from North Carolina. Three are believed to be new to science. These 6 species are : 1. D. cuprea (Bosc), p. 54. 2. D. ornata Moore, p. 55. 3. D. splendidissima Kinberg, p. 56. 4. D. obliqua, new species, p. 57. 5. D. tridentata, new species, p. 61. 6. D. neotridens, new species, p. 63. Key to Species of Diopatra 1. Anterior hooded hooks distally tridentate (pi. 2, fig. 42) ; tube smooth, annulate (pi. 2, fig. 41) . . . D. tridentata, p. 61 1. Anterior hooded hooks include both bidentate and tridentate . D. neotridens, p. 63 1. Anterior hooded hooks distally bidentate (pi. 2, fig. 26) . . 2 2. Pectinate setae distally conspicuously oblique, provided with many long, slender dentations (pi. 2, fig. 24) D. obliqua, p. 57 2. Pectinate setae distally straight or nearly so 3 3. Pectinate setae with relatively few large teeth (pi. 1, fig. 22) D. splendidissi?na, p. 56 54 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 3. Pectinate setae with relatively numerous fine teeth .... 4 4. Anterior hooded hooks with main tooth nearly at right angles to shaft (pi. 1, fig. 15) ; papillations of occipital tentacles consist of irregular rows of a single kind ; main tooth of subacicular hooks more strongly prolonged and turned up (pi. 1, fig. 19) D. ornata, p. 55 4. Anterior hooded hooks with main tooth distinctly oblique to the main shaft (pi. 1, fig. 11); papillations of occipital tentacles consist of a row of larger papillae separated by 2 or 3 rows of minute papillae; main tooth of subacicular hooks not so pro- longed and not turned up (pi. 1, fig. 10) . D. cuprea, p. 54 Diopatra cuprea (Bosc) Plate 1, Figs. 9-14 Nereis cuprea Bosc, 1802, pp. 143-144. (The 4 figures here cited were not published until 1830, in a second edition.) Wilson, 1882, pp. 288-291, pi. 21, figs. 89-92, pi. 23, fig. 10. D. spiribranchis Augener, 1906, pp. 145-148, pi. 5, figs. 88-96. Collections. — A 7-39 (1) ; A 53-39 (5) ; Beaufort, North Carolina, and Lemon Bay, Florida (numerous). The styles of the occipital tentacles are covered over with a charac- teristic papillated pattern, consisting of 16 to 18 sets of longitudinal rows of larger and smaller papillae (counted near the base of the style) ; each set includes a row of larger, clear papillae and 2 or 3 intercalary rows of much finer, dark specks. Seen on edge, in profile, only the larger, clear areas are seen as minute elevations. This condition contrasts with that in D. ornata, where the papillae are set in close, irregular rows, and are all of one kind. Anterior parapodia are well developed, with long, triangular dorsal and ventral cirri and postsetal lobe. The presetal lobe is characteristically oblique. Dorsal cirri usually have diffuse pigment spots (pi. 1, fig. 13). Hooded hooks in the first few parapodia are distally bidentate, the distal tooth strongly oblique and the accessory tooth directed more or less parallel to the main tooth (pi. 1, fig. 11) ; it differs from that in D. ornata, where the distal tooth is about at right angles to the main shaft. A second parapodium has 6 or 7 of these hooks, of varying sizes (pi. 1, figs. 11, 14). Limbate setae are long, slender, with very narrow wing, the cutting edge smooth or nearly so (pi. 1, fig. 9). Pectinate setae num- ber 9 to 12 in a fascicle, are distally somewhat oblique, and have 20 to 25 dentations (pi. 1, fig. 12). Subacicular hooks are bidentate (pi. 1, fig. 10). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 55 The tube is coarse, tapers basally to an embedded, parchmentlike end, and widens distally to a coarsely covered, lateral vent. For a short dis- tance, where it projects above the substratum, and a little below, it is externally covered with coarse algal particles, fine sticks, and shell frag- ments, placed more or less transversely on the parchment base; hence the tube looks ragged and untidy. Specimens from Caledonia Bay, Panama, are much smaller than those from North Carolina, though egg-laden, presumably adults. In other respects, however, they agree favorably. Distribution. — D. cuprea has been widely reported from Massachus- etts south to Brazil; it is littoral and occurs most abundantly in muddy sand flats, especially at low-tide level and slightly below. Diopatra ornata Moore Plate 1, Figs. 15-20 Moore, 1911, pp. 273-277, pi. 18, figs. 77-85; Berkeley, 1927, p. 408; 1939, pp. 338-339; Monro, 1933, pp. 73-74. fD. dentata Monro, 1933, pp. 73-76, fig. 31. Collections.— 2^Z-?,A (1); 491-36 (3); 893-38 (2); 897-38 (1); 910-39 (1); 1003-39 (1); 1024-39 (1); 1130-40 (1); 1165-40 (about 6); 1204-40 (1); 1205-40 (1). The occipital tentacles are short and reach back to about the fourth setiger. Ceratophores have about 6 equally long rings, or the first and last rings are a little longer than the others. Tentacular styles are cov- ered over with close, irregular, longitudinal rows of papillae, all of about the same size, which number 40 to 60 around the style, near the base. The papillae are close, crowded, hence contrast with the corresponding condi- tion in D. cuprea (see above), where they are in alternating rows. The first few parapodia are much like those in D. cuprea, but the presetal part of the lobe is distally more truncate, and each of the three prolongations has a dark spot near the base (pi. 1, fig. 17). Branchiae are first present from the fifth (or fourth) setiger, and continued through a long region of about 80 segments. The second (to third or fourth) pairs are the largest. Their filaments are spiraled through 58 to 60 segments, then weakly pinnate for about 10 segments, and the last 10 or more are simple filaments. The branchial stem is weakly annulate in anterior segments. Ventral cirri of the first 4 or 5 setigers are cirriform, others are pad- like. In the first 5 setigers the dorsal cirri are larger and longer than the others, but thereafter they are equally long, though slenderer. The first 56 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 few setigers are provided with hooded hooks and limbate setae, the latter continue through 17 to 20 setigers in the inferior part of the fascicle, but from the eighteenth to twenty-first setiger they are replaced by subacicu- lar hooks. The hooded hooks (pi. 1, fig. 15) of the first few setigers are more strongly cui-ved distally than similar hooks in D. cuprea (above), and the accessory tooth is set at nearly a right angle to the shaft. The subacicular hooks, present from about the twenty-first setiger, are pro- longed in their major tooth and directed upward (pi. 1, fig. 19). Pecti- nate setae tend to be cupped at the sides, in their flaring ends, as originally shown by Moore (1911), but when pressed flat (pi. 1, fig. 18) are seen to have numerous (over 20) fine teeth. The proboscidial armature of a younger individual (coll. 1206-40) is shown in pi. 1, figs. 16, 20; mandibles are free from one another through most of their length and have a characteristic cutting edge, with a deep indentation (pi. 1, fig. 16). The maxillary formula on the left side is about 1-8-7-5 or 6-1, and on the right side about 1-10-7-1 (pi. 1, fig. 20). As in other species of onuphids, there is individual variation. D. ornata resembles D. cuprea in many respects, but differs at least in the following: the teeth in anterior hooded hooks are more strongly curved, the subacicular hooks have a longer major tooth which is di- rected upward at its distal end, the papillation of the tentacular styles dififers, and the presetal lobe of anterior parapodia is less oblique, more truncate. Distribution. — D. ornata is typically a southern Californian species, and occurs south to Thurloe and Rosario bays. Lower California, from the intertidal zones to depths of 34 fms. Diopatra splendidissima Kinberg Plate 1, Figs. 21-23 Kinberg, 1857, p. 39; 1910, p. 39, fig. 7; Monro, 1928, pp. 89-90, fig. 13. D. calif ornica Moore, 1904, pp. 484-487, pi. 37, figs. 1-9. Collections.— 6\6-36 (1); 898-38 (3); 1441-41 (many); 1446-42 (1); 3823 Burch, San Pedro, California, in 10 fms. (4); Anaheim Slough, California, shore (coll. H. Crosby) (1); southern California, shore (several) ; Tomales Bay, California, shore (several). The dorsum is almost uniformly dark brown (coll. 888-38) or paler, perhaps because faded. Frontal antennae are covered over with low, coarse papillae. The styles of the occipital tentacles appear finely lined ; they are covered with fine longitudinal rows of papillae, consisting of a very delicate, straight row alternating with another regular row of NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 57 larger, more widely spaced papillae ; there are 28 to 30 sets of these rows around the style near its base. Branchiae are first present from the fourth or fifth setiger, the an- terior ones are heavy, strongly spiraled. Ventral cirri of the first 4 setigers are cirriform, thereafter they are padlike. The postsetal lobe in the first few segments is vaguely bidentate to nearly entire; it is long, triangular in its superior part, and has a smaller, short inferior part, about equaling the presetal lobe in length. Hooded hooks in anterior segments are clearly bidentate, the teeth set obliquely to the shaft (pi. 1, fig. 23). Subacicular hooks are present from about the eighteenth setiger; they are hooded, bidentate (pi. 1, fig. 21) as tj^pical of the genus. Pectinate setae are coarsely toothed (pi. 1, fig. 22) and notably larger than those in D. ornata (above). Limbate setae are finely toothed at the cutting edge, contrasting therein with similar ones in D. ornata, where they are nearly smooth. The tube is coarse, increases in size distally, as in most species of the genus; the aperture is a lateral vent. It is lined with a parchmentlike layer and externally covered with foreign particles including small sticks, shell bits, etc., often attached so as to make close, transverse layers. Its general appearance is far less ragged than that of D. ornata (above), where similar building materials are used. D. calif arnica Moore (1904, p. 484) is herewith referred to the older D. splendidisstma Kinberg because of the striking similarities in details of microscopic parts. Distribution. — First described from Guayaquil, Ecuador, D. splendi- dissima has since been reported from the Perlas Islands (Monro, 1928). The present collections extend the range through Lower California and California north to Monterey. Bathj^metric range is intertidal to 16 fms. Diopatra obliqua, new species Plate 2, Figs. 24-36; Plate 16, Figs. 331-333 Collections.— 2\6-3^ (1); 259-34 (tubes and specimens); 264-34 (1); 364-35 (2); 365-35 (many); 369-35 (3); 373-35 (2); 385-35 (1); 402-35 (many); 770-38 (over 50); 820-38 (1); 832-38 (2); 833-38 (about 10) ; 835-38 (1) ; 845-38 (2) ; 850-38 (3 tubes) ; 868-38 (3) ; 930-39 (4) ; 1074-40 (1) ; 1078-40 (2) ; 1088-40 (1). Most individuals in these collections are marked with a characteristic dorsal color pattern that persists in alcohol. The first (one to 8 or 10) segments are nearly solid reddish brown, or there may be a pale diamond- shaped spot in the middle, or also similar paired spots at the sides. Later 58 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 segments, including the first few branchial ones, have similar though paler, brownish pigment across the middle, with a broad, sometimes dif- fuse brown spot medially and a paler transverse bar on either side. The intersegmental grooves between the parapodial ridges are usually darker, obliquely striped. In some (coll. 259-34) the pale median spot is missing. Most of the specimens are anterior fragments; a few are posterior ends. Length of 40 anterior segments is 17 mm; width in the spiraled region, with parapodia, is about 3.5 mm. The prostomium, like the dor- sum of the body, is diffuse brown, with irregular darker spots scattered over it. Minute eyespots are thought to be present between the bases of the paired tentacles, but they are inconspicuous. Frontal antennae are cirriform, 3 or 4 times as long as broad at the base (pi. 2, fig. 27) ; they are somewhat coarsely papillated. The occipital tentacles are long, slen- der, the longest or inner lateral style is about as long as the first 12 setigers. The ceratophores are marked with 12 or 13 nearly equally long rings, or the distal one is the longest. The styles are covered with longi- tudinal rows of fine papillae of 2 kinds, including a granular row of coarser, paler, alternating with a narrow row of finer papillae ; they num- ber 18 to 20 sets around the stj'le near its base. The anterior 3 or 4 prebranchial parapodia are larger than those following and are directed laterally. They are provided with a long, dorsal cirrus; a similar though smaller ventral cirrus, only about half as large or smaller; and the setigerous lobe, which has a blunt, triangular postsetal portion set ofif from a short ventral portion resembling the short presetal lobe. The relation of these parts is shown in pi. 2, fig. 28. The setae emerge in a vertical, fan-shaped fascicle between the upper presetal lobe and the short lower one which is adjacent to a longer posterior lobe. The notoacicular fascicle consists of a weak bundle extending into the dorsal cirrus. The neuroacicular fascicle includes 3 heavier acicula. Ven- tral cirri of the first 4 or 5 setigers are cirriform, others are padlike. Branchiae are present from the fourth or fifth setiger and continued through about the twenty-fifth ; they are closely spiraled, long, the branchial filaments numerous, forming a bushy top, erected so as to lie over the dorsum or stand upright. The branchial base is closely an- nulated. The largest branchiae are those between the third and seventh pairs. Anterior hooded hooks are distally bidentate (pi. 2, fig. 26), present through 4 or 5 setigers; thereafter they are replaced by limbate setae. Neuroacicula typically occur 3 in a fascicle in anterior segments, increase to 4 farther back (pi. 2, fig. 34). They are weakly geniculate, taper dis- NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 59 tally to a sharp point, and project from the parapodium ; under high magnification they appear pubescent beyond their geniculate part (pi, 2, fig. 25). The simple, bilimbate setae are short, pointed, with scattered serrations along both cutting edges (pi. 2, fig. 31). Pectinate setae, num- bering 8 to 10 in a fascicle, are conspicuously oblique at their free end (suggesting the specific name), and are provided with numerous, long, slender teeth (pi. 1, figs. 24, 35). Those in far posterior segments do not differ materially from those far forward. Subacicular hooks are yellow, distally bidentate (pi. 2, figs. 29, 36), first present from the twelfth setiger (coll. 373-34), fifteenth (coll. 369-35), seventeenth (coll. 930- 39), eighteenth (coll. 930-39), nineteenth (coll. 835-38), or tvt^enty- second (coll. 833-38) segment. In a single collection (930-39) they first occur from the fifteenth to the eighteenth segment. There are typically 2 in a parapodium and they are continued posteriorly to the end. A third hook may be present, deeply embedded in the parapodial lobe. In seg- ments far back the superior hook is sometimes acicular instead of biden- tate, but with a narrow hood (pi. 2, fig. 30) ; its mate is bidentate as usual. The proboscidial armature consists of mandibles (pi. 2, fig. 33) and maxillae (pi. 2, fig. 32). The mandibles have hard, white calcareous cutting edges and slender, black basal ends. The maxillary carriers are broadly rounded (pi. 2, fig. 32) ; forceps are falcate; maxillae II have 8 or 9 teeth on either side; maxillae III have 11 and 8 teeth; maxilla IV (on the left side) has 6 or 7 teeth, and maxilla V on either side is a single tooth. The tube (pi. 16, fig. 331) is pale to dark gray, chitinized, tough, appears straight, cylindrical, except for low ridges at irregular intervals. It is more or less closely, but not densely, covered with attached particles including shell fragments, which are usually attached on their convex side. The tube might be designated trim. Its lining is thin, smooth, parch- mentlike, and between this and the outer layer fine sand is packed, im- parting a darker or lighter cast to the tube. Specimens from Peru, listed above, differ in some details from those from Guatemala (type coll. 770-38). Branchiae are similarly present from the fifth or fourth setiger; they are also largest between the seventh and tenth setigers and diminish in size in about the same way, but they are fuller and bushier than in the type. Occipital tentacles lack the inter- calary rows of fine papillations, or at least they have not been distin- guished. The tubes (pi. 16, figs. 332, 333), where present (coll. 364-35, 60 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 369-35 and 835-38), are coarser, more fragile, with miscellaneous, ir- regularly arranged, attached objects, the shell particles sometimes at- tached on edge instead of convex side; the particles appear much more crowded. In all individuals, however, pectinate setae are strongly oblique, and other details compare favorably. I am inclined to believe that these specimens are identical with some Ehlers (1901, p. 123) designated D. chiliensis Quatrefages (see discussion below, under D. chiliensis). An- other reference is suggested in the figure of a pectinate seta (Moore, 1911, p. 73) based on a posterior end taken from a collection of Onuphis vexillaria from off San Diego, California. One of the collections (930- 39) similarly includes fragments of an Onuphis and of Diopatra obliqua; by comparison of their respective pectinate setae, it is possible to allocate them to their respective species. Holotype. — AHF no. 36. Type locality. — Off San Jose light, Guatemala, in 7-11 fms (coll. 770-38). Distribution. — Peru, north to Lower California; intertidal to 25 fms. Discussion of D. chiliensis and its affinities with D. obliqua (above). — Diopatra chiliensis Quatrefages (1865, p. 342) was originally very generally described, based on collections from Chile; no reference to fig- ures was made. Branchiae were said to be well developed from the fifth ring [fourth setiger?] through 10 to 12 following segments, disappear- ing at the thirty-third ring, but this statement is so general that it might be applied to any of several species of this genus. It is just this character which led Ehlers (1901, p. 123) to refer some specimens from Ecuador and Peru to this species. A comparison of text and figures of Ehlers dis- closes that this author probably had more than one species, but it is not possible to ascertain whether one, all, or none are the same as D. chiliensis Quatrefages. The most conspicuous discrepancy in Ehlers' description and figures concerns the nature of anterior parapodia, as already suggest- ed by Monro (1933, p. 72). These anterior parapodia were described thus: "Mit einer breit dreieckigen vorderen und zwei hinteren Lippen, die am ersten Ruder gleich lang dreieckig zugespitzt [this might be in- terpreted in either of 2 waj^s — that the 2 postsetal lobes were equally long and not compared with the single presetal lobe, or that the single presetal and the 2 postsetal lobes were all equally long] , an den folgenden ungleich lang sind indem die untere um die Halfte kiirzer als die obere fst." But they are shown otherwise (Ehlers, pi. 15, fig. 3). The pecti- nate setae (designated "meisselformig") were described as having an ob- lique cutting edge with "breiten Haaren," but they are shown with NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 61 slender teeth. The fourth parapodium is shown (Ehlers, pi. 15, fig. 3) with a longer [postsetal] lobe and 2 shorter, nearly equal lobes, the low- er presumably postsetal. The hooks in anterior segments were described as "gedeckten Doppelhaken" ; from an examination of pi. 15, fig. 9, one gets an impression that they are partly tridentate, but the artist obviously failed to distinguish the hook from the hood. Branchiae are large, strong- ly spiraled from the fifth to twentieth setiger, rapidly diminish thereafter to the thirtieth, from which there are simple filaments, absent from about the fiftieth segment. Ehlers' figures of anterior parapodia and pectinate setae agree so close- ly with corresponding parts of specimens in collections from Peru, which are designated D. obliqua, that their identity is strongly suggested. Botli have the heavy anterior branchial region, the oblique pectinate setae, the dentate limbate setae, and the same kind of anterior parapodia. They differ, however, from what has been called D. chiliensis Quatrefages by Monro (1933, p. 72) for specimens from the Pacific side of Panama. Here the setal lobe of anterior parapodia is shown to be very different, and the pectinate setae are not obliquely dentate at the distal end. Bran- chiae are present from the fourth or fifth parapodium and continued pos- teriorly to the sixtieth or seventieth segment. The setal lobes are much more like those shown for D. amboinensis Willey (1905, pi. 4, fig. 96) from Ceylon. Diopatra tridentata, new species Plate 2, Figs. 37-43; Plate 17, Figs. 335, 336 Collections.— 24^-3A (2); 273-34 (fragments); 429-35 (2); 588- 36 (1) ; 930-39 (1) ; 936-39 (1) ; 948-39 (1) ; 1030-40 (tubes) ; 1069- 40 (2); 1126-40 (3); 1130-40 (1); 1236-41 (1); A 14-39 (6, with tubes) ; A 15-39 (8) ; A 38-39 (1) ; A 42-39 (2, with tubes). These specimens differ from other species of Diopatra most conspicu- ously in having ( 1 ) tridentate hooks in anterior segments, (2) a uniquely annulate, smooth tube, and (3) pigmentation pattern as described below. Length of an anterior end of 50 setigers is about 55 mm. In some speci- mens the prostomium has a small, black eyespot on either side, between the bases of outer and inner lateral tentacles. The ceratophores of occipi- tal tentacles are pale, annulate, the inner laterals the longest. Each has 8 to 10 rings, the distalmost ring about 3 times longer than the others. The styles are long, the inner lateral one the longest, reaches back to about the eleventh setiger. The styles are covered with coarse papilla- tions in irregular arrangement, not in rows, and the papillae are all of about the same size. 62 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 The first 3 or 4 pairs of parapodia are noticeably larger than the others, their dorsal and ventral cirri together with the postsetal lobe con- siderably prolonged and acutely triangular (pi. 2, fig. 38). Ventral cirri of the first 4 segments are cirriform; the others are padlike. Bran- chiae are present from the fourth or fifth setiger, through about the thirty- seventh to forty-second, then stop abruptly, or a small papilla may be present for about 2 or 3 more segments. The second to sixth branchiae are the largest; the spiraled arrangement is continued throughout except for the last 2 or 3 pairs which are pectinate, but have a rather long base. The filaments are closely spiraled; the branchial stem is long, nearly smooth. Subacicular bidentate hooks are first present from the twelfth to four- teenth setiger, number 2 in a parapodium, as typical of the genus, and are continued posteriorly to the ends of the pieces. Pectinate setae are fine, with nearly straight, flaring end. Anterior parapodia have tridentate, hooded hooks, number 5 to 7 in the second neuropodium, and are accom- panied by 4 slender, yellow acicula with pointed tip and several fine lim- bate setae. In the hooded hooks the distal fang is far the largest, the low- est tooth is smallest (pi. 2, fig. 42). These hooks are continued through the first 4 setigers and thereafter replaced by limbate setae. Median and posterior parapodia are provided with long, slender, narrowly bilimbate setae with smooth cutting edge, an anterosuperior fascicle of 7 or 8 fine, pectinate setae with nearly straight edge (pi. 2, fig. 37), 2 heavy, yellow subacicular hooks (pi. 2, fig. 43) that exceed the acicula in thickness, and 3 yellow geniculate acicula, slightly heavier than those in anterior segments, distally prolonged in a long, slender tip pro- jecting from the parapodial lobe. The proboscidial armature is well developed. Mandibles are pale or white, with calcareous distal ends; they are slightly longer than the length of maxillary carriers and forceps. The mandibular bases are long, slender, separated from one another for most of their length (pi. 2, fig. 40). Maxillae are characterized by their rather high dental count. The carriers are broad, wider than long, basally rounded (pi. 2, fig. 39). The forceps are falcate. On the left side maxillae II to IV have 10, 10, and 5 teeth, respectively; on the right side plate II has 11 teeth, plate III (with IV fused) has 9 teeth; maxilla V on either side is a sharp, slender tooth. The tube is long, cylindrical, externally and internally smooth, lined and covered over with a thin layer, but the outer side is annulate (pi. 2, fig. 41, pi. 17, fig. 336) ; the space between the 2 layers is packed with fine, smooth, gray sand, imparting that color to the tube. It terminates basally in a parchmentlike membrane (pi. 17, fig. 335). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 63 Anterior segments are more or less completely colored with a dark spot on the middle and a pair of broad bands at the sides. Between the median spot and the dark bands is a pale crescent continuous with the pale ground color of the segments. The median spot is sometimes more or less rectangular in shape. D. tridentata is unique in the following: (1) anterior hooded hooks are tridentate, (2) anterior parapodia have prolonged lobes, and (3) the tube is smooth, annulate. In so far as I know, D. brasiliensis Kinberg (1865, p. 559) is the only other species of this genus with tridentate hooded hooks, but in the latter the subacicular hooks appear to be much more strongly curved and the pectinate setae more oblique (Kinberg, 1910, pi. 13, fig. 4) ; however, this species has been only briefly described, so that accurate comparison is difficult. Holotype.—AYiY no. 37. Type locality. — Off Huntington Beach, California, in 8-15 fms (coll. 1126-40). Distribution. — Southern California, south to Octavia Bay, Colombia, including the Gulf of California north to Consag Rock; Caribbean and West Indian seas. The bathymetric range is 5 to 75 fms. Diopatra neotridens, new species Plate 2, Figs. 44-48; Plate 3, Figs. 49-54; Plate 16, Fig. 334 Collections.— A3S-35 (1); 457-35 (1); 458-35 (1); 770-38 (1); 930-38 (2); 944-39 (1); 1030-40 (3) ; 1031-40 (4) ; 1057-40 (about 10); 1260-41 (1). This is a comparatively large, robust species; an anterior piece of 70 setigers measures 60 mm long (coll. 944-39). Gross features include (1) long, filamentous occipital tentacles, crossed by alternating light and dark bands of pigment; (2) greatly prolonged, spiraled branchiae, the fila- ments disposed in widely spaced ranks and consisting of about 12 whorls of rather short filaments; and (3) a coarsely constructed, untidy-appear- ing tube. The prostomial lobe is semicircular, inconspicuous, eyespots seemingly absent. The frontal antennae are about 2^/^ times as long as wide at the base, taper distally, and are weakly annulate but smooth. The occipital tentacles are long, with well-developed ceratophores and styles ; the long- est or inner lateral ones are as long as the first 21 setigers, the median and outer laterals are shorter. Ceratophores are strongly annulate, the median with 10 or 11 rings, the inner laterals with about 12 rings, and the outer laterals with 11 to 13 rings. (In a specimen from coll. 930-39 64 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 the formula is 15- 19- 15- 19- 15, from left to right side.) The styles are crossed by 5 to 7 dark, oblique bands, alternating with paler bands about equally wide or a little narrower (pi. 2, fig. 46). The papillation of the styles consists of 15 to 17 longitudinal rows, measured near the base, of rather large papillae, the rows slightly irregular, but widely spaced from one another; there are no smaller papillae between them. They are brownish, their color about that of the transverse rows of pigment. The first few abranchiate parapodia are larger than those following, provided with a long, slender, triangidar, postsetal lobe and dorsal and ventral cirri. A second has the proportions shown in pi. 2, fig. 47. The dorsal cirri of the first 3 segments are about equally long but exceed in length those of other parapodia. The postsetal lobe and ventral cirri are similarly prolonged but shorter than the dorsal cirrus; the presetal lobe is bidentate, the superior portion the larger. Anterior parapodia are pro- vided with yellow, hooded hooks in which the distal fang is by far the largest, the second tooth is about half as large or smaller, and a more or less minute tooth is immediately below it (pi. 3, figs. 50, 53, 54) ; the latter is sometimes only a tiny rounded boss on the under side of the second tooth (pi, 3, fig. 50), but even in hooks that at first appear bi- dentate the small boss is usually to be distinguished under high magnifi- cations. This tooth is always considerably smaller than the comparable one in D. tridentata (above). In addition, anterior parapodia have 3 yellow, pointed acicula (pi. 3, fig. 49) and one or a few very slender, limbate setae. Anterior hooded hooks are present only in the first 3 pairs of parapodia, and thereafter are replaced by simple, shorter, bilimbate setae. Ventral cirri of the first 5 setigers are cirriform; thereafter they are padlike. Branchiae are present from the fourth setiger, already large, but ex- ceeded by those of the next few segments; those on the third branchial are the largest. All have a slender, tapering stem, with widely spaced, though regular, short branchial filaments, circumscribing about 10 to 15 whorls where best developed. After the fifteenth setiger the branchiae come to be rapidly smaller, but are spiraled through 33 to 40 setigers. The branchial base is long, with about 8 weak annulations on its dorsal side (pi. 2, fig. 48) or smooth. Subacicular hooks are present from the twelfth or thirteenth setiger (coll. 930-39) or not until the fifteenth (coll. 1130-40) ; they number 2 in a parapodium, as typical of the genus, and are continued through segments to the ends of the pieces ; they are clearly bidentate and hooded (pi. 3, fig. 52). Median and posterior parapodia have 4 or 5 yellow, NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 65 geniculate acicula that taper distally, in addition to entire, narrowly bi- limbate setae. The dorsalmost aciculum is larger than the others, and all decrease in size, proceeding ventrally. Pectinate setae are distally nearly straight, with many fine teeth (pi. 3, fig. 51). The proboscidial armature is well developed, the mandibles a little longer than the maxillaiy carriers and forceps together. Mandibles are free from one another for nearly their entire length; the distal calcareous plates are flaring, winglike (pi. 2, fig. 44) ; the long basal ends are dark. The maxillary carriers are broad, basally rounded (pi. 2, fig. 45). On the left side the plates are arranged as follows: I is falcate, II has 8 teeth of which the second from the distal end is minute, III has 8 teeth, IV has 7 teeth, and V is a single tooth. On the right side I is similarly falcate, II has 9 teeth of which the second from the distal end is minute, III (with IV fused) has 10 teeth, and V is a single tooth (pi. 2, fig. 45). The tube (pi. 16, fig. 334) is coarse, large, thick, externally covered with larger and smaller shell fragments, small sticks, and other debris; it appears untidy; distally it is curved, its external opening probably a lateral vent. The dorsal pigmentation pattern (preserved) appears to be unique; on the anteriormost segments, from the peristomial ring, there is a larger, dark reddish brown spot medially, surrounded by a clearer area. A simi- lar, though weaker, pigment is present at the sides in a short, transverse band toward the parapodial bases, across the middle of the segment. A similar pigment sometimes occupies a greater area, but the darker median spot appears to be constant on at least the first few segments. The following color note was made from a living specimen (coll. 944- 39) from Panama: tentacular ceratophores are grayish lavender, the rings darker, tentacles have bands of grayish lavender, alternating with vinaceous purple. The prostomium is pale; the peristomium is light brownish drab, but its cirri are pale vermilion. The first setiger is dull Indian purple, thereafter light brownish drab. The branchial plume is dull pale yellow, becoming darker or vermilion toward the posterior end; its stem is pale yellow with a rose red spiral stripe. The ventrum is light brownish vinaceous. It is iridescent both above and below. (Noted by Mr. Anker Petersen.) D. neotridens resembles D. tridentata (above) in having tridentate hooded hooks in anterior parapodia, but the third tooth is much more re- duced ; it differs further in having a tube that is coarse, untidy (pi. 16, fig. 334), not smooth, annulate. D. neotridens approaches D. cuprea in having pectinate setae that are only slightly asymmetrical and terminate 66 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 in numerous teeth, but differs clearly in having, not bidentate, but tri- dentate hooded hooks. Furthermore, the papillation of the occipital ten- tacles is different. Holotype. — AHF no. 38. Type locality. — Off Turtle Bay, Lower California, in 26-31 fms (coll. 1030-40). Distribution. — Lower California, Mexico, south to Panama, Pacific side ; in depths of 5 to 56 fms. Genus ONUPHIS Audouin and Edwards Type O. eremita Audouin and Edwards Onuphis differs from other genera of Onuphidae in having the fol- lowing combination of characters. The second, apodous ring bears dor- sally a pair of slender cirri; some anterior segments are provided with falcate, toothed, hooded hooks that are usually bidentate, rarely simple. Branchiae are present on some segments, consisting of 2 or more fila- ments in palmate or pectinate arrangement ; subacicular hooks are always yellow, bidentate, present from an anterior region usually between the tenth to fortieth, and continued to the end ; acicula number usually 2 to 5 in a parapodium, are typically pale, geniculate and taper to fine pro- jecting points ; anterior hooded hooks may have one, 2, or 3 teeth ( rarely a fourth) ; occasionally (in O. nebulosa, below) a transitional tridentate, simple hook replaces some of the composite spinigers; the latter, when present, occupy a median or inferior position in some anterior segments. Onuphis is clearly separable from the nearly related Nothria (below) only in that the former has some branchiae that are branched, whereas in Nothria the branchiae are simple filaments, where present. Although this difference may have no phylogenetic significance, it is herein recognized for convenience. The majority of species of Onuphis originate in the Western Hemi- sphere, but the affinities of many are not at all clear and their identity far from certain. In some descriptions only general characters have been cited. A revision based on types is greatly needed. The following de- scribed species are believed to be referable to Onuphis (as distinct from Nothria, p. 83). Seven species are represented in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation and are discussed below. 1. O. africana Augener (1918, p. 335) from West Africa. 2. O. armandi (Mcintosh) (1885, p. 330) from the Antarctic, in 1,950 fms. NO, 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 67 3. O. aucklandensis Augener (1924, p. 418) from New Zealand. 4. O. branchiata Tread well (1931, p. 317) from the Philippines. 5. O. cirrobranchiata Moore (1903, p. 451) from Japan. 6. O. dibranchiata Willey (1905, p. 277) from Ceylon. 7. O. dorsalis (Ehlers) (1897, p. 71) from the Strait of Magellan. 8. O. ehlersi (Mcintosh) (1885, p. 327) off Valparaiso, Chile, in over 2,000 fms. (See also O. socia Chamberlin.) 9. O. eremita Audouin and Edwards, p. 75. 10. O. furcatoseta Monro (1937, p. 290) from the Red Sea. 11. O . glutinatrix (Ehlers) (1887, p. 76) from off Florida. (Augener, 1906, p. 141, has enhanced the original description and referred it to this genus.) 12. O. inter?nedia Kinberg (1865, p. 560) off Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 13. O. investigatoris Fauvel (1932, p. 147) from the Persian Gulf. 14. ? O. litabranchia Chamberlin (1919, p. 274) off Western Mexico, in 1,879 fms. (The tj^pe is said to have only simple branchiae as in Nothria, but the paratypes have compound filaments!) 15. O. litoralis Monro, p. 72. 16. O. magna (Andrews), p. 70. 17. O. nannognathus Chamberlin ( 1919, p. 270) from the Gulf of Cali- fornia. 18. O. nebulosa Moore, p. 75. 19. O. pachytmema Chamberlin (1919, p. 279) off Peru, in 2,370 fms. 20. O. parva Moore, p. 70. 21. O. pourtalesii (Ehlers) (1887, p. 74) from the West Indies. 22. O. proalopus Chamberlin (1919, p. 265) off Peru, in 536 fms. 23. O. quadricuspis Sars (1872, p. 407) from Norway. 24. O. socia Chamberlin (1919, p. 284) off Peru, in 2,600 fms. (I am unable to distinguish this from O. ehlersi (Mcintosh).) 25. O. tenuis Hansen (1882, p. 10) from Brazil. (Augener, 1934, p. 390, has enlarged the original description, based on the type speci- men.) 26. O. teres Ehlers (1868, p. 293) from Sidney, Australia. 27. O. verngreni Kinberg (1865, p. 560) off Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 28. O. vexillaria Moore, p. 80. 9. O. willemoesi (Mcintosh) (1885, p. 322) from Amboina, Dutch East Indies. 30. O. zebra Berkeley, p. 71. In addition, O. tenuissima Grube (1868, p. 51) was described from "Meere am Cap," but is too incompletely known to identify to genus; its tube is translucent and resembles that of a Hyalinoecia. Only 5 (O. lita- 68 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 branchia, O. nannognathus, O. pachytmema, O. proalopus, and O. socta) of the above-named 30 species are included in Chamberlin's (1919, pp. 265, 295) keys; many of the others are very poorly known, through only an original account. The collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation include 9 species of Onuphis (as distinct from Nothria), of which 2 (O. microcephala and 0. peruana) are believed to be new to science. Species of the genus Onuphis are typically very long, slender. Dredged materials often include only a comparatively short anterior portion ; the nature of posterior parts, therefore, has not been made known for most species. Characters that have often been used for specific diagnosis include (1) distribution of branchiae and their arrangement, (2) the maxillary formula, (3) the character of anterior, prebranchial parapodia, and (4) the type of tube. The first 2 are neither sufficiently specific nor constant within a species to prove practical unless correlated with other characters. In the collections I have examined, the microscopic parts of the first few parapodia seem to provide one of the most accurate means for distinction of species. The hooded hooks in these segments are apparently of several kinds, as follows: 1. Anterior hooks are entirely simple, falcate, lacking accessory teeth. A single species, O. teres Ehlers, is known. 2. Anterior hooks are hooded, bidentate. This group includes: O. arjuandi (Mcintosh) O. ehlersi (Mcintosh) O. glutinatrix Ehlers O. litabranchia Chamberlin O. magna (Andrews), p. 70. O. pachytmema Chamberlin O. parva Moore, p. 70. O. socia Chamberlin O. williemoesi (Mcintosh) 3. Anterior hooks include both bidentate and tridentate. This group includes : O. dor sails (Ehlers) 4. Anterior hooks include tridentate, or only rarely bidentate or quadri- dentate, hooks. This is a large group, including most species of the genus, and may be further divided as follows: a. Without composite spinigers or simple acicular hooks in anterior parapodia, including: O. eremita Audouin and Edwards, p. 75. O. zebra Berkeley, p. 71. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 69 b. With composite spinigers but without acicular hooks in anterior parapodia, including: O. litoralis Moore, p. 72. O. peruana, new species, p. 73. c. With composite spinigers and simple acicular hooks in some para- podia, including: O. nebulosa Moore, p. 75. d. With simple acicular hooks in some anterior parapodia but with- out composite spinigers, including: O. micro cephala, new species, p. 78. O. vexillaria Moore, p. 80. Key to Species of Onuphis 1. Heavy acicular hooks (pi. 3, fig. 70) present in some anterior segments; anterior hooded hooks tridentate 2 1. Without such heavy acicular hooks; anterior hooded hooks dis- tally bidentate or tridentate 4 2. Composite spinigers (pi. 3, fig. 63) in some anterior segments O. nebulosa, p. 75 2. Composite spinigers absent 3 3. Anterior dorsal and ventral cirri and postsetal lobe prolonged (pi. 5, fig. 98) O. vexillaria, ^.^0 3. Anterior dorsal and ventral cirri and postsetal lobe much short- er (pi. 3, fig. 67) O. microcephala, p. 78 4. Anterior hooded hooks distally bidentate 5 4. Anterior hooded hooks distally tridentate ....... 6 5. Larger; ventral cirri cirriform through 5 setigers O. magna, p. 70 5. Smaller; ventral cirri cirriform through 3 setigers O. parva, p. 70 6. Branchiae present from first setiger . . . O. eremita, p. 75 6. Branchiae first present after first setiger 7 7. Anterior parapodia very greatly prolonged (pi. 3, fig. 57) ; ventral cirri cirriform through 7 setigers; without composite spinigers O. zebra, p. 71 7. Anterior parapodia much shorter; composite spinigers present 8 8. Branchiae present from sixth setiger, with as many as 8 fila- ments where best developed O. peruana, p. 73 8. Branchiae first present from fourteenth setiger or later, with at most 3 filaments O. litoralis, p. 72 70 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Onuphis magna (Andrews) Diopatra magna Andrews, 1891, p. 121, pi. 2, figs. 1-7; 1891, pp. 286- 287, pi. 14, figs. 14-20. Treadwell, 1921, pp. 78-81, pi. 7, figs. 1-5, text figs. 279-287; Monro, 1928, p. 89; 1933, p. 76; 1933, p. 257; Pearse, 1936, p. 181; Berkeley, 1939, pp. 336-337. Collections. — 963-39 (1); Lemon Bay, Florida, shore (1); Beau- fort, North Carolina, shore (1). Specimens from the type locality (Beaufort, North Carolina) are large and robust, measure about 12 mm across; those from western Mexi- co are much smaller. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 5 segments, thereafter padlike. Composite hooded hooks are present through 5 seti- gers. A single subacicular hook may be present from the seventeenth setiger, where it replaces the setal fascicle. Simple acicular hooks are lacking. This species has been made well known through studies by Andrews and others (synonymy above). Distribution. — O. magna is known from Beaufort, North Carolina, south through the West Indian region, on both sides of Panama, and north to western Mexico. Its bathymetric range is intertidal to 25 fms. Onuphis parva Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 263-266, pi. 17, figs. 51-57, pi. 18, figs. 98, 99. Collections.— \229-A\ (about 8) ; 1236-41 (2) ; 1237-41 (2) ; 1256- 41 (3); 1267-41 (6); 1289-41 (about 14); 1290-41 (2); 1321-41 (about 15). This is a small, white or pale species, the prostomium rather more prolonged behind the occipital tentacles than usual, as Moore (1911) has already described. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 3 setigers, pad- like thereafter. Branchiae are already present from the third setiger (usually), less often from the second or fourth, with a single, small fila- ment, and become larger, with more filaments posteriorly, so that by parapodia 20 to 25 there are 9 or 10 filaments. The first 3 or 4 setigers have composite, bidentate, hooded hooks, together with narrow, longer bilimbate setae; farther back the hooks are entirely replaced by simple limbate setae, including longer, narrower ones in the upper part of the fascicle, and shorter, broader ones in the lower part. There are no com- posite spinigers or stout, simple hooks in any parapodia, in so far as I can determine. Subacicular hooks, distally bidentate, are present from about the fourteenth setiger, number 2 in a parapodium, as typical of the genus. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 71 The tubes are soft, limpid, dark gray, with a thin parchmentlike base and are more or less thickly covered with fine sand and mud particles in- corporated in a mucous base; they appear somewhat ragged to nearly smooth, and are usually tapered somewhat toward each end. The tubes adhere rather closely to the occupant, when preserved. Distribution. — O. parva has heretofore been known only through its original account, but was then reported from Monterey south to Santa Cruz light, in 49-184 fms. The present collections originate from south- ern California, south to Cedros Island, Lower California, in depths of 26-83 fms. Onuphis zebra Berkeley Plate 3, Figs. 55-60 Berkeley, 1939, pp. 337-338, figs. 9-10. Collection.— 769-3S (1). There is a single anterior end of 46 setigers, referred to this species because of its unique, greatly prolonged anterior parapodia through the first 5 setigers. The upper surface of about the first 25 segments is crossed by bold, broad transverse, reddish-brown pigment bands; thereafter the pigment gradually fades and comes to be limited to one median and a pair of lateral spots over the parapodial bases. The ceratophores of the occipital tentacles are boldly ringed with a similar pigment, and the styles are marked with narrow, irregularly transverse bands of the same color; the prostomium has similar diffuse pigment as also the frontal an- tennae; these are weakly annulate. The first 6 pairs of parapodia greatly exxeed the others, the longest occur between setigers 2 and 5 (pi. 3, fig. 57), and thereafter they di- minish in length. Dorsal cirri are very long and slender, through the sec- ond to sixth setiger but diminish in length after the seventh ; the first is only about as long as that of the eighth setiger. Ventral cirri are long, slender, cirriform through 7 setigers, the eighth and ninth successively less so and already thick at the base; by the tenth only a thick padlike base is present. Branchiae are present abruptly from the sixth setiger, with 3 fila- ments in pectinate arrangement, but are greatly exceeded in length by the long dorsal cirri. The number of filaments increases rapidly, so that there are 4 filaments on the seventh and eighth setigers, 5 on the ninth to eleventh, 6 on the twelfth, increasing to 9 on about the thirty-sixth (pi. 3, fig. 56). 72 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Composite, tridentate, hooded hooks (pi. 3, fig. 58) are present through the first 6 setigers; thereafter they are replaced by only simple, limbate setae; the superior ones are longer and slenderer than those be- low. There are no composite spinigers or stout, simple hooks in any seg- ments. Heavy, subacicular, bidentate hooded hooks (pi. 3, fig. 55) are present from setiger 24, number 2 in a parapodium. Acicula typically number 2 in a parapodium, are geniculate, and taper to sharp points (pi. 3, fig. 59). I can find none with rounded ends such as first shown (Berke- ley, 1939). Pectinate setae are slightly oblique distally and have fine teeth (pi. 3, fig. 60). A thirty-sixth parapodium appears to have only about 3 such setae. This specimen is referred to O. zebra because of its greatly prolonged anterior parapodia and cirri, the presence of cirriform ventral cirri through a long, anterior region, the striking pigment pattern, and the dentition of anterior hooded hooks. There are certain differences, how- ever, which may have significance. Our specimen does have subacicular hooks, present already from the twenty-fourth setiger, and here the acicula taper to sharp points. Distribution. — Punta Gorda, Lower California (Berkeley) ; Guate- mala, in 20 fms. Onuphis litoralis Monro Monro, 1933, pp. 78-80, fig. 33. Collection.— \220Al (1). An anterior piece consisting of 60 setigers measures 24 mm long; there are extruded sperm balls, through rupture at fixation; hence this is thought to be part of an adult male. The dorsum of segments is crossed by broad, transverse, reddish-brown pigment bands, over half as wide as the segment, chiefly on the posterior portion of the ring; the pigment tends to be darkest within the parapodial bases and is more or less broken up into a middle and a pair of lateral patches farther back. The tentacular ceratophores are proportionately somewhat longer than first shown, with a few weak articulations and a longer distal arti- cle, but the proportions of the tentacles are as originally shown. Bran- chiae are first present from the eleventh setiger, with a short, slender fila- ment. By the fourteenth the filament has attained the size of its dorsal cirrus. (Branchiae were originally described as first present from the seventeenth setiger.) A second filament makes its appearance at the twenty-first setiger ; at about the thirty-fifth segment the maximum num- ber of filaments is 3. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 73 Hooded, tridentate hooks are present through the first 4 setigers. A third has 3 yellow neuroacicula that terminate in a long, projecting point ; they are geniculate near the point of emergence from the parapodial lobe. In addition, there are 4 clearly composite, tridentate hooks, and 4 longer, pointed, narrowly bilimbate setae. In the hooks the lowest tooth is tiny, acute. A fifth setiger is provided with composite spinigers together with simple, bilimbate setae. The former occur from the fifth to fifteenth setiger and thereafter are replaced by bidentate, hooded, subacicular hooks, numbering 2 in a parapodium, as typical of the genus. No stout, acicular hooks have been found. The far posterior appearance of branchiae and the nearly smooth tentacular ceratophores readily distinguish this species. Distribution. — O. litoralis was originally described from the Gala- pagos Islands, in intertidal zones; this, its second recovery, is from San Nicolas Island, California, in 63-83 fms. Onuphis peruana, new species Plate 3, Figs. 61-66 Collections.— 395-35 (1); 835-38 (1). Fragments of 2 individuals from Peru do not seem to agree with any known described species of this genus. The prostomium has been pulled somewhat out of shape and all occipital tentacles have lost their styles. The specimens are nearly pale save for some darker pigment in the inter- segmental grooves. The prostomium has a pair of eyespots between the bases of the inner lateral and outer lateral paired tentacles; each eyespot consists of about 7 or 8 tiny dark specks in a circle; in addition, there is a pair of minute eyespots anteriorly, near the dorsal base of the frontal antennae. The ceratophores of the tentacles are nearly smooth, showing only weak annulations, and are about 2 or 3 times as long as wide. The peristomial ring is about as long as the second setiger. The first setiger is about % again as long; its parapodia are somewhat larger than those of the second and directed forward slightly, but extend barely to the posterior margin of the prostomium. Its dorsal cirrus is thicker, though shorter, than that of the second parapodium, its postsetal lobe and ventral cirrus both considerably shorter. Farther back dorsal and ventral cirri are longer, slenderer (on the fourth right, the ventral cirrus is bi- furcated near the base and the 2 parts almost equally long). Ventral cirri are cirriform through 5 setigers, thereafter padlike. Dorsal cirri continue large, long, and strong through a long region, even into the branchial portion, and exceed the filaments of the latter in heaviness at least 74 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 through the tenth setiger; thereafter they are exceeded in size by the branchial filaments. Branchiae are first present from the sixth setiger, already with 3 small filaments; the next 2 setigers have 3 longer filaments on each, a ninth parapodium has 4 filaments, continuing so through the thirteenth setiger. The number of filaments increases gradually to 8 on the fifty- eighth setiger, and the branchia is continued as a strong, pectinately branched structure through a long region. The posterior end or post- branchial part is missing. Anterior parapodia through the fifth setiger are provided with tri- dentate hooded hooks (pi. 3, fig. 65) ; a second parapodium has 4 such hooks, with weak articulation ; hooks are accompanied by several fine, pointed, bilimbate setae. From the sixth setiger the ventralmost setae consist of composite spinigers (pi. 3, fig. 63) numbering 3 or 4 in a fascicle; these continue to be present through about the nineteenth or twentieth setiger and are accompanied by 5 to 7 similar, simple setae, and 10 to 15 longer, slenderer, narrowly bilimbate setae, progressively upward. In a seventh parapodium there are also 4 pale acicula, each with acute tip (pi. 3, fig. 66). The composite spinigers are thereafter replaced by a heavy subacicular hook. No simple, heavy acicular hooks have been observed. The subacicular hooks are distally bidentate (pi. 3, fig. 64) ; they occur singly in the nineteenth or twentieth setiger, but thereafter 2 in a fascicle. Pectinate setae are slender, delicate, in inconspicuous fascicles of 3 to 5 ; the flaring end is slightly oblique, the pectinate edge with 15 to 20 fine, long teeth. Acicula are yellow, sharply geniculate, prolonged to a slender point that projects from parapodia; they number 4 in a parapodium in anterior segments and 3 in median segments. The proboscidial armature is weakly developed, translucent, with dark horny articulations, and the distal plates of the mandibles are white, calcareous. The maxillary carriers taper basally to blunt points (pi. 3, fig. 61 ). The formula of the plates is as follows: On the left side maxilla I is falcate, II has 9 teeth, III has 9 teeth, IV has 7 teeth, and V has a single tooth. On the right side I is falcate, II has 9 teeth. III (with fused IV) has 11 teeth, V has a single tooth. On plates III and IV the 3 to 5 distalmost teeth are slightly the largest and the others are gradually smaller. The mandibles have long, slender, translucent ends and broadly rounded distal plates (pi. 3, fig. 62). O. peruana belongs to a group in which anterior hooks are distally tridentate ; to it belong also O. eremita, O. zebra, and O. litoralis (above). O. peruana differs from O. eremita in that branchiae are first NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 75 present from the sixth, instead of the first, setiger; it differs from O. zebra in lacking the greatly prolonged anterior parapodia ; it differs from O. litoralis in having branchiae far more developed, O. peruana was at first thought to be close to O. proalopus Chamberlin (1919, p. 265), but in the latter the ventral acicula are said to be dark brown and the first parapodia cylindrical and very long; also, no composite spinigers have been described for it. Holotype. — AHF no. 39. Type locality. — Independencia Bay, Peru, in 18 fms (coll. 835-38). Distribution. — Independencia Bay and Lobos de Afuera, Peru, in 14-18 fms. Onuphis eremita Audouin and Edwards Fauvel, 1923, pp. 414-415, fig. 163; MacGinitie, 1935, p. 692. Collections.— 169-Z^ (1); 770-38 (1); 888-38 (1); 889-38 (1) 893-38 (2); 927-39 (2); 930-39 (1); 1031-40 (1); 1120-40 (3) 1130-40 (4); 1143-40 (1); 1165-40 (1); 1205-40 (1); 1219-40 (1) 1241-41 (1); 1249-41 (1); 1250-41 (1); 1335-41 (1); 1340-41 (2) A 13-39 (2); A 42-39 (5). O. eremita is most readily distinguished in having branchiae present from the first setiger, with 5 to 7 filaments where best developed; the occipital tentacles have long, annulated ceratophores. Distribution. — Though perhaps common off southern California, this species has heretofore been reported from the Western Hemisphere only once, from Elkhorn Slough, California (MacGinitie, 1935). The pres- ent records extend the range from Monterey Bay south to Guatemala, and in the Caribbean Sea to Venezuela and Colombia. It occurs in shal- low water to 49 fms. Onuphis nebulosa Moore Plate 4, Figs. 76-85 Moore, 1911, pp. 269-273, pi. 17, figs. 56-68; Monro, 1933, pp. 76-77, fig. 32. Collections.— 169-3^ (3); 770-38 (3); 943-39 (2); 1078-40 (1); 1130-40 (5); 1133-40 (1); 1143-40 (1); 1232-41 (1); 1236-41 (6); 1245-41 (about 30); 1256-41 (2, and tubes); 1267-41 (3); 1268-41 (2); 1271-41 (tubes); 1274-41 (2); 1275-41 (2); 1288-41 (6); 1289-41 (3); 1300-41 (about 15); 1304-41 (about 50); off Redondo Beach, California, in 10 fms (Burch collector) (1). 76 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 The numerous individuals listed above include 2 groups, based on color pattern, although all are believed to be morphologically the same. ( 1 ) In one lot the pigment pattern consists of a transverse row of 4 black spots intersegmentally disposed, of which 2 spots are on the dorsum and a pair of similar spots occurs between successive parapodia on the posterior face of segments (pi. 4, fig. 77) ; this pattern extends through 16 to 20 segments and thereafter fades gradually to disappearance. This agrees with the pattern described by Monro (1933, p. 76). The follow- ing collections belong to this group: 943-39, 1078-40, 1130-40, 1133-40, 1143-40, 1232-41, 1236-41, and 1275-41, and a specimen from Redondo Beach. (2) In the other lot the 2 dorsal spots merge medially to form a transverse bar, and the parapodial spots are larger, diffusing more or less with a similar, though weaker, color over most of the dorsum. It agrees thus with the description by Moore (1911, p. 269). This group includes the following: 767-38, 770-38, 1245-41, 1267-41, 1268-41, 1271-41, 1272-41, 1274-41, 1288-41, 1289-41, 1300-41, and 1304-41. O. nebulosa is typically a small form, the measurements about as first described. The total length of over 100 segments does not exceed 25 to 30 mm. The body is long, slender. The anterior end has prominently outstanding parapodia, but farther back they are not so distinct. Bran- chiae are present from the seventh or eighth setiger, small throughout, never with more than a few (3 or 4) filaments, pinnately arranged on the branchial stem. The prostomium lacks eyespots, or has often an ir- regular spot on either side (pi. 4, fig. 77), or there are sometimes also diffuse pigment spots such as characterize anterior segments. Each of the 5 occipital tentacles has a dark spot at the base of the style, where it articulates with the ceratophore. The median and inner lateral tentacles have a purplish- red band a short distance below the tip (pi. 4, fig. 77). The occipital tentacles have short ceratophores, 2 or 3 times as long as broad, with about 4 annul! each ; the longest or inner lateral ones reach back to the sixth or seventh setiger. The first few parapodia are larger than those following; a fifth has the proportions shown in pi. 4, fig. 81. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 8 segments, transitory through the next 2, and padlike from the eleventh. In anterior segments the postsetal lobe is long, but reduced after the tenth setiger. Anterior parapodia have usually 3 acicula each, the pos- terior parapodia often have only 2 each. Setae of the first 3 setigers have hooded hooks with 6 or 7 articles and a tridentate tip, but those in the first parapodium (pi. 4, figs. 82, 83) are distally prolonged, whereas al- ready in the third the hook is transitory (pi. 4, fig. 79). Anterior para- NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 77 podia have 3 pale acicula, the posterior ones often have only 2 each. Setae of the first parapodia include hooded, articulate, tridentate hooks (pi. 4, fig. 83) present through the first 3 pairs of parapodia, numbering 6 or 7 in a fascicle. By the fourth parapodium they are partly replaced by simple, acute setae, and the hooded hooks come to be transitory such that the distal hook is reduced and the other 2 teeth come to be progressively stouter (pi. 4, fig. 79). From the seventh to fourteenth setiger these heavy hooks are simple (pi. 4, fig. 84) and thereafter are entirely re- placed by simple, limbate setae. Composite spinigers (pi. 4, fig. 85) are present from the fifth parapodium, in the inferiormost part of the fas- cicle ; they number 2 or 3 in a bundle, and are usually accompanied by 2 similar, though simple, setae. They continue for a short distance but are absent w^ith the appearance of subacicular hooks. The latter (pi. 4, fig. 80) are present at about the tvv^entieth segment. Branchiae are comparatively inconspicuous ; the occurrence of the first pair is variable. In collection 767-38 they are first present on the fourth setiger on one side and from the fifth on the other; in another (coll. 1245-41) they are first present from the seventh, eighth, and ninth setigers; among 3 specimens (coll. 1288-41) they are first found on the ninth, tenth, and eleventh setigers; and in still another lot (coll. 1274- 41 ) their first appearance is on the twelfth setiger. The variability thus extends from the fourth to twelfth setiger on individuals taken at ran- dom. The number of filaments usually does not exceed 3 or 4 where best developed. Branchiae are continued through a long median region but are absent from a longer or shorter posterior end. Ventral cirri of the first 7 segments are cirriform, thereafter they are padlike. The proboscidial armature is delicate; its maxillae are translucent. Mandibles have a long, black streak distally and long, slender basal ends (pi. 4, fig. 76). The maxillae are broad ; the carriers are basally rounded ; the forceps are broadly falcate, thin. The formula on the left side is as follows: maxilla II has 9 teeth, the distalmost tooth widely separated from the second last, maxilla III has 8 teeth, maxilla IV has 7 teeth, and maxilla V has a single tooth. On the right side the formula is as follows: maxilla II has 7 teeth, maxilla III has 10 teeth, and maxilla V has a single tooth (pi. 4, fig. 78). The tube is long, slender, and stiiT, covered over with finer and coarser, flat or somewhat rounded fragments over a tough parchmentlike base ; it is closely appressed to the body wall of the occupant, so that the individual is removed with difficulty. It has almost the stiffness and con- sistency of some phoronid tubes and in some instances is quite as long. 78 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Considering the abundance of O. nebulosa which has turned up at some stations (coll. 1304-41), it would seem to have colonial habits, perhaps forming extensive beds. Distribution. — O. nebulosa has heretofore been recorded only from Monterey, California, in 65-71 fms (Moore) and Perlas Island, Pana- ma, in 6-9 fms (Monro). The present collections originate largely from off southern California and the outlying islands, but include also Guate- mala, western Mexico, and Pacific Panama. The bathymetric range ex- tends from the shallow littoral to depths of 172 fms. Onuphis microcephala, new species Plate 3, Figs. 67-75; Plate 18, Fig. 339 Collections. — Punta Cholla, Sonora, Mexico, intertidal (collected by Mr. S. A. Glassell) ; 878-38 (3) ; 930-39 (1). The type collection (Punta Cholla) includes a long, 40 cm tube (pi. 18, fig. 339) from which a complete individual was removed. The tube is 15.5 mm wide, cylindrical, soft, limpid, thin, with a parchment- like base and covered over with a thin layer of fine, white sand grains and sparsely scattered coarser shell particles. The complete specimen measures about 120 mm long but is more or less strongly contracted though fixed in the tube ; the number of segments is about 250. The body is broad, depressed, rapidly narrows anteriorly to a short, blunt end. The anterior dorsum is marked with 5 or 6 reddish-brown, transverse stripes across the middle of the peristomium and the first few setigers, but these bands diminish in intensity and extent farther back. The prostomium and the rest of the body are pale. The prostomial lobe has a pair of slight smudges on either side near the posterior edge, and a pair of circular eye- spots immediately behind and between the paired tentacles; rarely the eyespots are not discernible. The prostomium and its occipital tentacles are small and short, com- pared with those of nearly related species. The prostomium is broadly rounded in front. There are 2 thick, ovoid, frontal antennae and a pair of much thicker, oval, pale palpi ventrally. The occipital tentacles have short ceratophores, with 4 or 5 rings; the distalmost ring is the longest. The styles of the inner lateral pair are the longest, reach back to the eighth setiger; the styles of the outer lateral and median tentacles are short, about twice the length of the frontal antennae. The peristomial ring is about as long as the first setigerous ring at the sides, but shorter at its middorsum. Its cirri taper, are slender, about % as long as the prostomium. Its anterior margin is smoothly rounded. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 79 The first few setigers are about equally long, but they increase in width farther back. The first parapodium is larger than the others, directed laterally or slightly forward. The dorsal cirrus of the first setiger is long- er than the other lobes but slightly less so than the corresponding cirrus of the second setiger. Its postsetal lobe is elongate, triangular, about % as long as the dorsal cirrus; the ventral cirrus is about as long and has similar proportions. The second setiger greatly resembles the first but is slightly smaller and its dorsal cirrus a little longer than that of the first. The dorsal cirri increase gradually in length farther back but are slen- derer, and the postsetal lobe is gradually shorter, less acute (pi. 3, fig. 67). Ventral cirri are cirriform through only 2 segments, thereafter padlike. From the sixth setiger branchiae are present with one filament; they are slightly shorter than the respective cirri. On the next 3 segments there are 2 filaments in each branchia, 3 filaments on the tenth, increasing gradually to 8 or 9 filaments in the region of about the fifty-fifth segment. The filaments are pectinately arranged on the branchial stem, the distal- most branches are typically much shorter than those near the middle; the branchial stem is broad, flat (pi. 3, fig. 71). Most of the segments through median and posterior regions have well-developed branchiae ; the fiftieth segment from the end still retains 4 filaments, but thereafter their number rapidly falls of?; they are absent from most of the segments farther back. The postbranchial region is short because the segments are rapidly and increasingly shorter and narrower. Anterior parapodia are provided with incompletely articulate, tri- dentate hooded hooks (pi. 3, fig. 69). The first setiger has 5 such hooks and all resemble one another in size and shape ; there are also 5 or 6 nar- rowly bilimbate pointed setae and 3 }^ellow, tapering, pointed acicula. In some specimens pectinate setae are already present in the prebranchial segments, but in the type none were seen before the sixth setiger. In the tridentate hooks of the first few segments, the distal tooth is always the longest and largest; the lowest tooth is the smallest (pi. 3, fig. 69). A third parapodium is provided with a superior fascicle of 4 or 5 slender limbate setae, 4 tridentate hooks, and sometim.es a few pectinate setae in addition to the projecting acicula. By the fourth setiger all of these hooks are replaced by pointed, simple, limbate setae except for one stout, simple, tridentate hook (pi. 3, fig. 70). This acicular hook can be followed in the middle part of the setal fascicle through the tenth setiger; thereafter it is absent. Composite spinigers have not been found. Subacicular hooded, bidentate hooks (pi. 3, fig. 75) are first present from the twenty-sixth setiger (in some specimens, not until the thir- 80 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL, 10 tieth) ; they number 2 in a parapodium, are yellow, and typical of the genus. Pectinate setae, nowhere conspicuous, are already present from the sixth setiger (but in some specimens even earlier) ; they are contin- ued to the posterior end, where they are not noticeably different from those in front save for smaller size. Distally they have about 10 delicate teeth (pi. 3, fig. 68). Limbate setae are long, slender, simple; their cut- ting edge is smooth except for weak, faint crenulations. A fifty-eighth parapodium is provided with 6 or 7 long, slender limbate setae, 5 or 6 pectinate setae, 2 yellow subacicular hooks, and 2 geniculate, pointed acicula (pi. 3, fig. 72). The proboscidial armature is thin and delicate. Mandibles are long, slender, and thin save for a calcified distal plate (pi. 3, fig. 74). Maxillae are likewise thin, translucent save for dark, horny lines marking sutures and articulating surfaces. The carriers and forceps together are not much longer than the mandibles. Carriers together are about as broad as long, basally drawn out into fine tips, slightly incised near their anterolateral edge (pi. 3, fig. 73). Forceps are thin, falcate. Maxillae II to IV have numerous cutting teeth, none unusually enlarged or separated from the others. On the left side, maxilla II has 9 teeth, III has 9 teeth, IV has 6 teeth, and V has a single point; on the right side II has 8 teeth. III has 9 teeth, and V has a single tooth (pi. 3, fig. 73). Anal cirri are cirriform, include 2 longer dorsal ones, each about as long as the last 20 segments, and 2 shorter ventral ones, about 1/4 as long. O. microcephala belongs to a group in which tridentate hooks are present in anterior segments, branchiae are present from an anterior re- gion and provided with numerous filaments; a few segments are provided with stout, simple, tridentate hooks; composite spinigers are absent. It differs from nearly related species in having a cirriform ventral cirrus through only 2 segments. It is a more robust species than O. nebulosa (above) and lacks the greatly elongated anterior cirri such as are present in O. vexillaria (below). Holotype. — AHF no. 40. Type locality. — Punta Cholla, Sonora, Mexico, intertidal (collected by Mr. Steve A. Glassell). Distribution. — ^Western Mexico and Gulf of California, north to Anacapa Island, California; intertidal to 13 fms. Onuphis vexillaria Moore Plate 5, Figs. 90-98 Moore, 1911, pp. 266-269, pi. 17, figs. 69-76;? Treadwell, 1934, p. 8. Collections.— 161-3^ (4); 1074-40 (1); 1136-40 (5); 1204-40 (5); 1256-41 (1). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 81 This is a slender, elongated species. The length of 150 anterior seg- ments is about 65 mm ; the width in the branchial region is about 4 mm. It is conspicuously characterized through its long anterior appendages. The dorsum in an anterior region still retains pigment in some individ- uals ; it consists, on each segment, of an anterior row of dark spots and a posterior row which may be more or less broken. In some individuals these rows are more distinct than in others and consist of a fine anterior band and a darker, broader, posterior band. The occipital tentacles are pale, but the bases of the cerataphores have long, dark streaks. The prostomium is rounded in front, semicircular in outline, with dark spots near the front and a crescentic spot posterior to the insertion of the frontal antennae. A pair of eyespots is visible between the bases of inner and outer paired tentacles, but these are inconspicuous. Frontal an- tennae are ovate. The occipital tentacles are moderate to long in length ; the outer lateral ones have a cerataphore about half as long as that of the inner laterals, with 3 shorter articles and a longer distal one; their styles are short, about twice as long as (coll. 767-38), or longer than, their ceratophore. The inner paired tentacles are longest, their cerato- phore with 6 articles, the distal one about 2% times as long as the others. Their style extends back to the sixth or as far as the twelfth setiger. The median tentacle is similar to, but shorter than, the inner lateral one, and extends back to the fourth or as far as the eleventh setiger. The first parapodia are not prolonged or are only slightly larger than the second ones and are directed obliquely forward. They have a slender dorsal cirrus about as long as the parapodium, a postsetal lobe slightly shorter but thicker at the base, and a similar, though shorter, ventral cirrus. The dorsal cirrus increases in length proceeding from setiger 2 (pi. 5, fig. 98) to 5; the postsetal lobe also gets longer and comes to be about % as long as the segment is wide. Ventral cirri are cirriform (pi. 5, fig. 95) through 7 or 8 segments, but thick at the base; thereafter they are padlike. The postsetal lobes are longest in setigers 3 to 7, where they are 2y2 to 3 times as long as wide at their base; gradually they are shorter farther back; by the twentieth setiger they are still pointed, equitriangu- lar, but thereafter more or less rapidly diminish in size, but retain their triangular form. The first few parapodia are provided with about 5 slender, yellow notoacicula; in the neuropodium there are 3 thicker, yellow, geniculate neuroacicula terminating in a long, projecting, acute tip; setae include 5 or 6 pseudocomposite, tridentate, hooded hooks in which the distal fang is longest (pi. 5, fig. 94). All the setae resemble one another save 82 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 that the articulation is more or less distal ; these are accompanied by 3 to 5 acute, narrowly bilimbate setae and 4 or 5 fine pectinate setae. In a fifth setiger there are 3 pseudocomposite hooks, of which 2 resemble those in front, but the other is transitional, resembles those farther back (pi. 5, figs. 90, 91) with indications of an articulation. The sixth (first branch- ial) setiger has 4 yellow, embedded neuroacicula and several kinds of setae. Below there are 6 to 7 broad bladed, simple, pointed setae; above there are 4 to 6 longer, slender, though similar, bilimbate setae and 3 or 4 fine pectinate setae; submedially there are one simple tridentate hook (pi. 5, fig. 97) and a similar, articulated one, continued through setigers 5 to 9. Composite spinigers are totally lacking, their usual position taken over by simple limbate setae. Between the tenth and sixteenth setigers, where acicular and subacicular hooks are absent, simple, pointed setae occur in a corresponding position. Subacicular hooks are present from the seventeenth to twenty-second setiger, and continued to the end. They are distally bidentate, hooded, and differ from those in other species in that the teeth are more prolonged and more obliquely disposed (pi. 5, fig. 93). A median parapodium has 2 or 3 yellow neuroacicula, 2 subacicular bidentate hooks, about 10 acute, narrowly bilimbate setae, and a fine fascicle of pectinate setae (pi. 5, fig. 96). Branchiae are present from the third or fourth setiger, with one fila- ment, or not until the seventh, with 4 or 5 filaments (pi. 5, fig. 95) in pectinate arrangement ; already here some of the filaments are as long as, or longer than, the respective dorsal cirrus. The number of filaments in- creases gradually, so that there are about 5 on the tenth setiger, 6 on the fifteenth, 10 or 11 on the twenty-fifth setiger (pi. 5, fig. 92), and thus are continued through a long region, though diminishing in size and number of filaments at about the sixtieth setiger. At segment 150 there are still 3 or 4 filaments. The branchial stem usually comes to be broader (pi. 5, fig. 92). The maxillary apparatus is delicate, as is usual in the genus. The plates are translucent and horny. The carriers are longer than broad, taper basally to bluntly pointed ends. The forceps are thin, falcate. On the left side maxilla II has 7 teeth. III has 8 teeth, IV has 5 teeth, and V has a single tooth. On the right side, maxilla II has 8 teeth. III has 8 teeth, and V has one tooth. The mandibles have long, slender ends, sep- arated for their entire length ; the calcareous plates are oblique and flar- ing. O. vexillaria has been reported by Treadwell (1923, p. 8) from Lower California, but it was said to differ from the original account in NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 83 that the branchial filaments do not number more than 4, and the frontal antennae were said to be close together; no other data were cited. This reference is therefore questionably referred herewith. Distribution. — O. vexillaria has heretofore been known only through its original discovery, off San Diego, California, in 243-468 fms, and questionably off Lower California, in 475 fms (Treadwell). The present records extend from San Nicolas Island, California, south to Chacahua Bay, Oaxaca, Mexico, in a bathymetric range of 8 to 240 fms. Genus NOTHRIA Malmgren Type N. conchylega (Sars) The species of this genus form a natural group with those of Onuphis (above) and differ only in having branchiae that are simple filaments that are rarely absent. Although this character may have no phylogenetic significance, it is believed to have practical value in breaking up the large genus, Onuphis, and for this reason is herein maintained. The following species appear to be referable to Nothria. 1. N. abranchiata Mcintosh (1885, p. 314) from the Antarctic, abyssal. 2. 'N. armandi Mcintosh (1885, p. 330) from the Subantarctic, abyssal. 3. N. cobra (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 300) from the Pacific Panama, in 1,772 fms. 4. A^. conchylega (Sars), p. 85. 5. A^. crassisetosa (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 295) from the Pacific Panama, in 581 fms, and the Galapagos Islands, in 395 fms. 6. A^. elegans (Johnson), p. 88. 7. A*^. fragilis (Kinberg) (1865, p. 561) from off the La Plata River. 8. N. geophiliformis (Moore) (1903, p. 445) from off Japan and the north Pacific. 9. A^. gorgonensis (Monro) (1933, p. 80) from Gorgona Island, in 20 fms. 10. TV. hiatidentata Moore (1911, p. 259) from off San Diego, Cali- fornia, in 1,059 fms. 11. N. holobranchiata (Marenzeller) (1879, p. 132) from Japan. 12. A^. iridescens (Johnson), p. 87. 13. N. lepta (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 290) from the Pacific Panama, in 1,270 fms. 14. AT. macrobranchiata Mcintosh (1885, p. 320) from Japan, in 345 fms. 84 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 15. TV. minuta Mcintosh (1885, p. 334) from New Zealand, in 700 fms. 16. A^. notialis Monro (1930, p. 129) from the Antarctic. 17. N. opdina Verrill (1873, p. 98) from New England. 18. N. pallida Moore (1911, p. 256) from California, in 302-585 fms. 19. N. pycnobranchiata Mcintosh (1885, p. 317) from off Chile, in 2,225 fms. 20. N. rubrescens (Augener) (1906, p. 139) from the West Indies, in about 163 fms. 21. N. setosa (Kinberg) (1865, p. 560) from off the La Plata River. 22. N. sombreriana Mcintosh (1885, p. 310) from the West Indies, in 390-470 fms. 23. N. stigmatis (Treadwell), p. 89. 24. N. tenuisetis Mcintosh (1885, p. 307) from New Zealand, in 700 fms. 25. N. willemoesii Mcintosh (1885, p. 322) from off Amboina, in 100 fms. Among those listed above, the following 5 were described as abranch- iate, hence might be referred to the genus Paradiopatra Ehlers if that genus has validity (but see p. 45) : N. abranchiata, N. fragilis, N. minuta, N, notialis, and A^. sombreriana. In addition to those listed, there are 3 groups of individuals that bear many resemblances to N. stig?natis, but consistently differ in certain re- spects; they are designated subspecies (below). As in the genus Onuphis (p. 66) species of Nothria can also be ar- ranged according to the presence or absence of certain characteristic setae. In 2 species, N. elegans and A^. gorgonensis, anterior hooded hooks in- clude both bidentate and tridentate forms ; both of these species lack com- posite spinigers and heavy acicular hooks. All the other species discussed below have typically tridentate hooded hooks in some anterior segments and only rarely bidentate or quadridentate hooks. Among these N. irides- cens and N. pallida lack composite spinigers and acicular hooks in anter- ior segments ; N. stig?natis and its subspecies have composite spinigers and acicular hooks in some anterior segments. For most of the species listed above, the presence or absence of these parts is unfortunately not defi- nitely known. Key TO Species of Nothria 1. Anterior hooded hooks are tridentate 3 1. Anterior hooded hooks include bidentate and tridentate ... 2 1. Anterior hooded hooks are bidentate 8 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 85 2. Branchiae present from first setiger . . . N. elegans, p. 88 2. Branchiae present from about the twenty-third setiger; com- posite spinigers absent N. gorgonensis Monro 3. Branchiae present from first parapodium; tentacular cerato- phores very long A^. iridescens, p. 87 3. Branchiae first present after first parapodium; ceratophores long or shorter 4 4. Branchiae present from third or fourth parapodium, continued nearly to posterior end ; main distal tooth of anterior composite hooks short, not rounded, not projecting beyond lower teeth N. pallida Moore 4. Branchiae present from fifth parapodium, usually absent from about the last 44 segments; distal tooth of anterior composite hooks larger, slenderer, distally rounded, projecting beyond other teeth N. geopkiliformis Moore 4. Branchiae first present from about eighteenth parapodium or later, or entirely lacking; composite spinigers present in some anterior segments 5 5. Acicula with club-shaped tips (pi. 15, fig. 321) N. stigmatis intermedia, p. 93 5. Acicula taper distally 6 6. Branchiae present on some segments 7 6. Branchiae absent . . . . N. stigmatis paradiopatra, p. 91 7. Dorsal cirri and postsetal lobe in anterior segments not greatly prolonged A^. stigmatis, s. str., p. 89 7. Dorsal cirri and postsetal lobe in anterior segments much long- er A^. stigmatis cirrata, p. 92 8. Branchiae first present from about the sixth parapodium, cease at about the fifty-third segment; first parapodia not prolonged A^. lepta Chamberlin 8. Branchiae first present from about the tenth to twentieth seti- ger; first parapodia enlarged and project forward .... A^. conchylega, p. 85 Nothria conchylega (Sars) Plate 5, Figs. 105-112; Plate 17, Figs. 337, 338 Onuphis conchylega Fauvel, 1923, pp. 415-417, fig. 164. Collections.— 22A-3A (1) ; 1253-41 (1) ; 1275-41 (1) ; 1288-41 (1) ; 1316-41 (1); A 12a-39 (1); A 42-39 (1). The dorsum is marked with a broad, transverse, brown stripe across the front end of each segment, in the anterior region of the body. The 86 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 prostomium has a semicircular dark smudge just behind the insertion of the frontal antennae and is also provided with a pair of large, circular dark eyes and a pair of minute eyespots far forward. The peristomial ring is dark dorsally. This species is clearly marked through the presence of large, ilat, lamellar processes on anterior parapodia, presetal in position (pi. 5, figs. 105, 108), and by the enlarged parapodia of the first setiger, extending well forward, sometimes beyond the anterior end of the prostomium (pi. 5, fig. 106). The inner lateral tentacles are the longest, reaching back to about the eighth setiger, the outer lateral ones reach back to about the third setiger, and the median one to the fifth or sixth setiger. Their ceratophores are rather short, obscurely annulated. The first parapodium in one specimen (coll. 1288-41) has an abnormally bifurcated dorsal cirrus on the left side (pi. 5, fig. 106). Ventral cirri are cirriform though clavate only on the first, or also second, setiger; on the next they are thick, short, padlike, resembling those farther back. Subacicular hooks (pi. 5, fig. 110) are first present from the thirteenth parapodium, number 2 in a parapodium, and are continued farther back. They have the distal end bidentate and are characteristic for this species. Branchiae are first present from the tenth (coll. 1288-41), seven- teenth (coll. 1253-41), or twentieth setiger (coll. A 12a-39 and A 42- 30). They are simple, cirriform throughout and are continued far back, where they exceed the dorsal cirrus in size (pi. 5, fig. 107). Anterior hooded hooks are distinctly bidentate unless worn. A first parapodium may have pseudoarticulate hooks with a distinctly bidentate tip (pi. 5, fig. 109) (coll. 1288-41), or the distal end is bluntly bidentate with no indication of an articulation (pi. 5, fig. 112) (coll. 1253-41). A second parapodium may be provided with 3 such pseudoarticulate, bi- dentate hooks and about 15 pectinate setae. Median parapodia have sim- ple, pointed setae, 6 to 8 finer, shorter, pectinate setae (pi. 5, fig. Ill), and 2 subacicular hooks. A certain amount of variation exists in the dis- tribution of setal structures in anterior parapodia. In another collection (1253-41) a second parapodium has a superior fascicle of about 20 pecti- nate setae, 3 simple, limbate setae, and 2 obscurely articulate, bidentate hooded hooks below. The tube is unique, consists of a greatly flattened, parchmentlike cyl- inder, covered above and below with larger and smaller shell fragments and flat pebbles; frontal and side views are shown in pi. 17, figs. 337, 338. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 87 Distribution. — N. conchylega has remained unreported from the temperate and tropical eastern Pacific, but has been noted from many, parts of the eastern coast of North America. These records extend its range from southern California, south to Port Utria, Colombia, and into the West Indian region, with a bathymetric range of 5 to 103 fms. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Plate 5, Figs. 99-104 Northia iridescens Johnson, 1901, p. 408, pi. 8, figs. 86, 87. Moore, 1908, pp. 345-346; 1911, p. 255. Collections.— ^16-3% (2); 889-38 (2); 893-38 (4); 900-39 (3); 908-39 (4); 987-39 (2); 1002-39 (1); 1005-39 (1); 1018-39 (2); 1022-39 (1) ; 1122-40 (1) ; 1126-40 (2) ; 1132-40 (1) ; 1133-40 (about 30); 1134-40 (1); 1135-40 (1); 1137-40 (2); 1142-40 (3); 1146-40 (1); 1149-40 (1); 1157-40 (1); 1159-40 (1); 1163-40 (about 15); 1182-40 (1); 1191-40 (1); 1205-40 (4); 1226-41 (3); 1232-41 (1); 1235-41 (1); 1236-41 (1); 1241-41 (3); 1245-41 (2); 1251-41 (4); 1348-41 (1). These numerous specimens are usually marked with dark interseg- mental grooves separating the paler segmental spaces. The ceratophores are long, clearly annulate, provided with long, tapering styles. An outer ceratophore has about 15 shorter articles and a longer distal one, its style is about % as long. An inner paired tentacle has a ceratophore with about 18 shorter articles and a longer one; its style extends back to about the eleventh setiger. The median tentacle has a ceratophore with about 10 shorter articles and a longer distal one; its style extends back to about the third setiger. The prostomium has a pair of small, dark eyespots be- tween the bases of the outer and inner paired tentacles. Branchiae are present from the first setiger, as a single, long filament and continued throughout. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 6 or 7 setigers, padlike thereafter. Subacicular hooks (pi. 5, fig. 99) are first present from the thirteenth to fifteenth; they occur 2 in a parapodium thereafter. Anterior parapodia have tridentate, pseudocomposite, hooded hooks that resemble one another; the distal tooth is usually the longest (pi. 5, figs. 100, 102), rarely it may be shorter (pi. 5, fig. 101), but there are no simple, acicular hooks such as are found in N. elegans (below). A third parapodium has 6 tridentate hooks, the form nearly constant, but some are slenderer, with the articulation a longer or shorter distance from the tip; there are also 3 or 4 slender, simple, pointed setae and 3 88 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 yellow, geniculate, pointed acicula, A fifth parapodium has 4 tridentate hooks, as in the third, also a bidentate seta without hood (pi. 5, fig. 104) that may not be typical, 5 or 6 slender, pointed setae, and 3 yellow acicula. The tube is thin, limp, and closely adheres to the body of the in- habitant; it consists of a parchmentlike base with fine sand grains at- tached to the outside. In another collection (1133-40) the tube is thickly covered with fine-grained dark mud over a layer of fine sand grains, and in collection 876-38 the tube is covered with a layer of coarser sand grains. N. iridescens, N. elegans (below), and A/", holobranchiata (Maren- zeller, 1879, p. 132) from Japan are obviously closely related to one another. All have branchiae already present from the first setiger, simple throughout. Chamberlin (1919, p. 295) separated them for the presence or absence of eyespots and comparative length of the distal hook in an- terior parapodia. Monro (1930, p. 132) concluded that N. iridescens and N. elegans are perhaps identical, and perhaps also N. pallida Moore (1911, p. 256). However, I believe the differences separating N. iri- descens and N. elegans are sufficiently great to merit specific recognition. N. iridescens lacks heavy acicular hooks, ventral cirri are cirriform through 6 or 7 segments, subacicular hooks are first present from the thirteenth to fifteenth setiger, and the intersegmental groove is darker than the segment. N. elegans has heavy acicular hooks, ventral cirri are cirriform through only 4 or 5 setigers, subacicular hooks are first pres- ent from the tenth setiger, and the intersegmental groove is pale in con- trast to the darker segmental band. Both species lack composite spinigers. Distribution. — Originally dredged off Victoria, British Columbia, these records extend through California and western Mexico, in 8- 290 fms. Nothria elegans (Johnson) Plate 5, Figs. 113-117 Northia elegans Johnson, 1901, pp. 406-407, pi. 8, figs. 77-85. Collection.— ^^1-3^ (8). The first 3 anterior segments are each marked, dorsally, with a broad, reddish-brown stripe; the intersegmental grooves are pale. Ceratophores are long and distinctly articulate. The inner paired ones are the longest. The outer paired ceratophore has 9 shorter articles and a longer distal one, its style is shorter than the total length of its ceratophore. The inner lateral ones have a ceratophore nearly twice as long, with 10 shorter articles and a longer distal one; the style extends back to about the NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 89 twelfth setiger. The median tentacle has a ceratophore with 7 shorter articles and a longer distal one ; its style reaches back to about the seventh setiger. The first 2 pairs of parapodia are larger and longer than the others; the first is directed forward. Branchiae on the first 4 setigers are shorter than their respective dorsal cirri, but thereafter are as long or longer. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 4 setigers, short and blunt on the fifth, and padlike thereafter. Hooded hooks occur through the first 5 setigers; they are long and numerous in the first 3 setigers. The second parapodium has 10 finer bidentate, 2 or 3 coarser bidentate (pi. 5, fig. 114), and rarely also a tridentate (pi. 5, fig. 113) hooded hook. By the third setiger there are about 10 tridentate (pi. 5, figs. 116, 117), rarely also a bidentate, and 2 or 3 coarser bidentate (pi. 5, fig. 115) hooks be- low. A single, larger tridentate hook occurs near the middle of the fas- cicle. N. elegans contrasts in this respect with N. iridescens, in which the comparable hooks are almost altogether tridentate. Acicula usually num- ber 3 in a parapodium ; they taper distally to fine points and are genicu- late. Subacicular hooks are present from the tenth setiger. Tubes are not much larger across than the width of the occupant; they consist of a thin, pale, limp, parchmentlike base, covered on the out- side with coarse, dark-colored, sand particles or fine gravel. A^. elegans is clearly separable from N. iridescens (above), with which it might be confused. The middle dorsum of segments is crossed by a dark pigment band, whereas in A^^. iridescens the intersegmental groove is dark- er than the middle of the segment ; anterior hooded hooks consist largely of bidentate with fewer tridentate hooks, while in N. iridescens they are almost entirely tridentate. Subacicular hooks are first present from about the tenth setiger, in N. iridescens from the fourteenth or fifteenth seti- ger; the occipital tentacles are proportionately shorter than those in A^. iridescens. Distribution. — N. elegans has heretofore been recorded from Nanai- mo, British Columbia (Berkeley, 1927, p. 408), south to Elkhorn Slough, California (Berkeley, 1935, p. 692). These specimens originate from near the Farallon Islands, California, in 37 fms. Nothria stigmatis (Treadwell) Plate 11, Figs. 240-247 Onuphis stigmatis Treadwell, 1922, pp. 176-178, figs. 22-34. Collections.— 2^5-3A (2); 1205-40 (10); 1241-41 (6); Pillar Point, San Mateo County, California (many). 90 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Numerous specimens, differing in important details from the origi- nal and only known account, are here being referred to this species, with the following added description. The most typical individuals are from the intertidal zones of Pillar Point, San Mateo County. In these, bran- chiae are first present usually from the nineteenth to twenty-first setiger, and continued posteriorly nearly to the end; a short caudal portion of about 10 to 15 segments is abranchiate. Another collection (1241-41) includes 6 specimens in which branchiae are not present until the twenty- third to twenty-eighth segment. The dorsum is often marked with dark brown transverse stripes; a bold one crosses the peristomium ; each of the successive segments has 2 stripes, one at the anterior end of the segment, the other near the pos- terior end. The latter comes to be an intersegmental dark stripe farther back. The ventrum is pale. The prostomium has a pair of tiny black eyespots between the bases of the paired tentacles and another similar small pair on the front between the bases of the frontal antennae and the outer lateral tentacles. Tentacles and ceratophores are rather short, the inner lateral and median are the longest and thickest; the median is sometimes a little shorter and slenderer. Ceratophores each have about 3 short basal rings and a longer distal one. The longest style extends back to about the sev- enth or eighth setiger. The median style is nearly or quite as long, the outer laterals shortest. At the sides the peristomial ring is nearly as long as the first setiger, but shorter at its middorsum. The first setiger is as long as, or a little longer than, the second, with a gradual though slight decrease in length posteriorly. Rarely the anterior end is prolonged so that the first setiger is notably longer, as first shown by Treadwell ( 1922, fig. 181) for the type from Puget Sound. The first parapodia are only slightly, if at all, larger than those fol- lowing; a second has the proportions shown in pi. 11, fig. 242. Ventral cirri are cirriform through only 3 setigers (this character was not made known in the original account) ; thereafter they are thick, glandular. By the seventh setiger the dorsal cirrus and postsetal lobe are still long, slender (pi. 11, fig. 246), but smaller than corresponding parts farther forward. Anterior hooded hooks are tridentate, composite (pi. 11, fig. 243), the distal tooth usually the largest, but none is sharp or acute as in some species of Nothria. The articulation is a longer or shorter dis- tance from the tip, and clearly visible. The lowest tooth is sometimes very minute, observable only under high magnification. A second para- podium has about 4 of these composite hooks and a few slender, pointed NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 91 setae. By the seventh setiger the hooded hooks are replaced by 2 to 4 com- posite spini'gers (pi. 11, fig. 240) and also bilimbate pointed setae. Pos- terior parapodia are provided w^ith bidentate, subacicular hooks (pi. 11, fig. 244), fine pectinate setae with about 7 or 8 rather w^idely spaced teeth (pi. 11, fig. 245), and bilimbate, simple setae. Subacicular hooks are first present from the thirteenth or fourteenth setiger, replacing the ventral limbate setae. The proboscidial armature differs rather sharply from that of the original account. The mandibles are long, slender, united at the distal end for a short distance (pi. 11, fig. 241), and much longer and slenderer than first shown. The maxillae have broadly rounded carriers (pi. 11, fig. 247) ; the forceps are falcate; the other pieces are as follows: on the left side maxilla II has 7 teeth, III has 7 teeth, IV has 6 teeth, V has a single tooth; on the right side, II has 6 teeth, III has 10 teeth, and V has a single tooth. The individuals from Pillar Point were taken from sandy beaches; there is no permanent tube. Distribution. — False Bay, Puget Sound ; Pillar Point, San Mateo County and Point Loma, California; Thurloe Bay, Lower California; bathymetric range from intertidal to 33 fms. Nothria stigmatis paradiopatra, new subspecies Collections. — Cypress Point, near Monterey, California (5); 1197- 40(1). Several specimens from the intertidal zone at Cypress Point, Cali- fornia, agree in all essentials with those from Pillar Point (above) save that they entirely lack branchiae, hence might be referred to the genus Paradiopatra Ehlers (1887) as first defined. Presence or absence of branchiae has been found to vary widely in members of the Onuphidae; it may have less than specific significance. The single specimen from collection 1197-40 differs slightly from the others in that its dorsal cirri are proportionately longer, but not nearly so long as those in N. stigmatis cirrata (below). Holotype. — AHF no. 41. Type locality. — Cypress Point, near Monterey, California, int"' f.idal. Distribution. — Central California; intertidal to 10 fms. 92 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Nothria stigmatis cirrata, new subspecies Plate 11, Figs. 248-253 Collections.— h?i Plata, Ecuador, Jan. 22, 1933 (1); 221-34 (1); 1048-40 (1). Length of a complete specimen, consisting of about 160 segments, is 3 1 mm. The dorsum is marked with a pattern similar to that of the stem species. The prostomium is pale save for a dark crescent at the anterior margin, immediately behind the frontal antennae. Eyespots, between the bases of the outer and inner paired tentacles, consist on each side of a rounded patch of 8 to 10 tiny dark specks. The occipital tentacles are notably longer than in the stem form. The outer lateral ones have a ceratophore consisting of 5 shorter rings and a longer distal one; the style extends back to about the third or fourth setiger. The inner lateral ten- tacles have a ceratophore about U^ times as long as those of the outer; the styles extend back to about the tenth or eleventh setiger. The median tentacle is a little shorter than the inner lateral ones. The peristomial ring has the proportions of the stem form, but the cirri are longer and extend a little beyond the front margin of the prostomium. The first and second setigerous rings are subequal in length, but slightly longer than those following. The body is at first nearly cylindri- cal but comes to be broader and somewhat depressed between the fifth to tenth setiger. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 6 setigers. Anterior, abranchiate parapodia (numbering 16 or 17) have long, slender dorsal cirri and shorter postsetal lobes. The dorsal cirri tend to stand more or less erect (pi. 11, figs. 252, 253). The first parapodia are a little thicker than the second, but their dorsal cirri are a bit shorter. Branchiae are first present from the seventeenth setiger on the right side and from the next one on the left. They are long, simple filaments, present through a long region, but small, papillar by the twenty-fifth last segment, and are absent from a short posterior end. Anal cirri consist of 2 very long, slender dorsal cirri, about as long as the 20 last segments, and 2 very short ventral cirri. The proboscidial armature agrees reasonably with that of the stem form. Mandibles are similarly long, slender; they are translucent save for a distal, calcareous edge ; the 2 parts are united for a short distance only (pi. 11, fig. 248). Maxillae are thin, translucent, save for dark streaks at the sutures. The formula is about as follows : on the left side maxilla I is falcate, II has 6 teeth. III has 7 teeth, IV has 6 teeth, and V has a single tooth. On the right side maxilla I is falcate, II has 7 teeth, NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 93 III has 8 teeth, and V has a single tooth. In plate II (on either side) the teeth are all about equally large and approximately equidistant from one another. The carriers are longer than broad (pi. 11, fig. 251). Setal structures agree reasonably well with similar ones in the stem species. Anterior hooded hooks are clearly tridentate, the distal tooth is the largest (pi. 11, figs. 249, 250). A second parapodium has 4 hooks, with a few very slender, pointed setae. By the eighth setiger the hooks are replaced by composite spinigers. Parapodia are supported by 2 yellow, pointed acicula. A twelfth parapodium has 2 embedded acicula; below there are 4 composite spinigers, above there are 4 longer, simple, bilim- bate setae, and medially there are about 8 similar though shorter setae. Pectinate setae are few in number, about 3 to 5 in a parapodium where present, and have 7 to 10 fine teeth at the distal end. The type collection (1048-40) includes a thin, parchmentlike tube, covered over closely with small sand and shell particles, and appearing finely granular to the unaided eye. A^. stigmatis cirrata differs from the stem species largely in having greatly prolonged cirri and postsetal lobes, especially in anterior segments. Ventral cirri are cirriform through 6, not 3, setigers. Holotype. — AHF no. 42. Type locality. — Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, in 11- 22 fms. Distribution. — Gulf of California, Colombia, and Ecuador; in 11- 22 fms. Nothria stigmatis intermedia, new subspecies Plate 15, Figs. 315-324 Collection. — Northwest anchorage, San Clemente Island, California, in 20 fms, Sept. 12, 1933 (6). A single collection of 6 tiny, not quite complete specimens includes individuals which depart so widely from others of this group that they cannot be referred to any of the others. They are obviously adults, as evidenced by the ovigerous region in some individuals. In size they com- pare favorably with one another; one piece with 83 segments measures 19 mm long, it is incomplete posteriorly; another of nearly 90 segments measures 24 mm long, but a short posterior end is missing. All are slen- der, filamentous, hardly a millimeter across. They are drab, without color markings, but perhaps faded. There is nothing unique about their appearance save that they are mature individuals in spite of their small size. 94 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 The prostomium is semicircular, anteriorly rounded, with frontal an- tennae somewhat longer than usual ; they are about twice as long as wide. The occipital tentacles are inserted rather far forward, leaving exposed a considerable space anterior to the peristomial margin, somewhat as in Onuphis parva (above). The anterior median margin of the peristomium is triangular, slightly extends over the posterior margin of the pro- stomium. The ceratophores are nearly smooth, the longest about twice as long as wide, the shortest proportionately a little less. The inner paired tentacles are the longest and thickest, extend back to the seventh or eighth setiger. The median tentacle is a little shorter, extends back to about the fifth setiger; the outer paired ones are the shortest. The peristomium (medially) is about as long as the fourth setigerous ring, but is somewhat longer at the sides. Its cirri are slender, about half as long as the prostomium. The first setigerous ring is prolonged, about twice as long as the peristomium, and the second and third rings are gradually shorter. The fourth is again about as long as the peristomium. The first parapodia are the largest, directed somewhat forward, but the second are only slightly smaller, with similar cirri and postsetal lobe. Dorsal cirri of the first few segments are longer than those farther back, and exceed in length the postsetal lobe and ventral cirrus. Ventral cirri are cirriform through only 3 setigers, after that they are padlike. The postsetal lobe is longest anteriorly, but continues farther back as a di- minishing, triangular lobe, even into a far posterior region. Tridentate hooded hooks, with an articulating appendage, occur in the first 3 setigers (pi. 15, fig. 315) ; setigers 4 to 11 have composite spinigers (pi. 15, fig. 317) and heavy simple hooks (pi. 15, fig. 318). Subacicular bidentate hooks (pi. 15, fig. 319) are present from the twelfth setiger, number 2 in a parapodium, and replace the composite spinigers. Pectinate setae are seemingly absent from the first 25 setigers, but can be made out in all subsequent segments. A second parapodium has 2 slender, bilimbate setae above and 4 tridentate, composite hooded hooks. A fourth parapodium has 3 similar, simple limbate setae above, a shorter, limbate seta medially, a stout, simple, hooded hook (pi. 15, fig. 321), 2 inferior composite spinigers, and is supported by 3 acicula that are distally bulbous. An eighth parapodium has 2 bulbous acicula (pi. 15, fig. 322), 3 superior, limbate, simple setae, 2 similar, though shorter, setae medially, and 3 composite spinigers below. A transition occurs at the eleventh to twelfth setiger, after which composite spinigers are lack- ing. By the fourteenth setiger there are 2 geniculate, tapering acicula (pi. 15, fig. 320), 2 subacicular, bidentate, hooded hooks (pi. 15, fig. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 95 319), 4 longer, slender, limbate setae above. The pectinate setae are pres- ent after the twenty-fifth setiger; they are fine, delicate, with a distal, expanded end that is somewhat asymmetrical, slightly oblique; they are provided with about 8 or 9 rather widely spaced dentations; only 2 or 3 are present in a parapodium and they are nowhere conspicuous. Branchiae are present from the twenty-ninth or thirtieth setiger, as a single, slender filament, exceeding in length their respective dorsal cirri ; they are continued farther back as a single filament to the ends of the pieces. The proboscidial parts are exceedingly small and delicate; the parts are thin, translucent. The mandibles can be distinguished only as a pair of dark brown, geniculate streaks, somewhat chitinized, the whole not much longer than the maxillary carriers, and the distal bent portion nearly % as long as the basal portion. The maxillae are also delicate; the carriers are longer than wide, basally pointed, laterally slightly in- cised (pi. 15, fig. 316), attached to the falcate forceps. Maxillary plates are strongly dentate, their arrangement about as follows : on the left side maxilla II has 7 teeth. III has 9 or 10 teeth, IV has 7 teeth, V has a single tooth. On the right side, maxilla II has 9 teeth, III (fused with IV) has 7 teeth, and V has a single tooth. The unique features of this subspecies are in the setal structures. The anterior hooks are tridentate; composite spinigers are present; some an- terior segments have simple, acicular, tridentate hooks, and acicula are distally bulbous in some segments. The distribution of setal structures for some typical parapodia is indicated (pi. 15, figs. 315, 321). Holotype. — AHF no. 43. Type locality. — San Clemente Island, California, in 20 fms. Distribution. — San Clemente Island, California. 96 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Family Eunicidae The family Eunicidae is one of the oldest of all the families of Poly- chaeta and has formed the basis of many monographs and reviews (Quat- refages, 1865; Kinberg, 1867; Ehlers, 1868; Gravier, 1900; Crossland, 1904; Mcintosh, 1910; Treadwell, 1921; and others). Representatives are largely inhabitants of tropical and subtropical seas, but some species are found also in colder waters {Eunice vivida Stimpson, from New Brunswick). They include not only some of the largest of all known Polychaeta (Fauvel, 1923, p. 403, records a length of 3 meters for E. aphroditois), but a few comparatively minute ones (adults of Marphysa conferta Moore measure only a few cm long). The family Eunicidae has been described or reported from the West- ern Hemisphere through many species in 8 genera, including ( 1 ) Eunice Cuvier with 55 species (p. 98), (2) Heteromarphysa Verrill with one species, (3) Lysidice Lamarck with 6 species (p. 124), (4) Macduffia Mcintosh with one species, (5) Marphysa Quatrefages with 26 species (p. 126), (6) Nematonereis Schmarda with 3 species (p. 125), (7) Nicidion Kinberg with 5 species (p. 122), and (8) Paramarphysa Ehlers with one species — a total of 99 species. Two of these genera, Heteromar- physa with type H. tenuis Verrill (1900, p. 637) from Bermuda and Macduffia with type M. bonhardi Mcintosh (1885, p. 303) from the West Indies, are monotypic; the first (Heteromarphysa) is an abranchi- ate form of Marphysa, with prostomium rounded in front; the second (Macduffia) is like Marphysa, also with prostomium rounded in front, a character of questionable generic significance. Paramarphysa Ehlers, an abranchiate Marphysa, is known for only one American species, P. longula Ehlers (1887, p. 99) from off Havana, but is known through other species outside the Americas. These 8 genera are distinguishable as follows : Key TO Genera of Eunicidae 1. Adult with 5 prostomial antennae 2 1. Adult with 3 prostomial antennae . . . Lysidice, p. 124 1. Adult with one prostomial antenna . . Nematonereis, p. 125 2. Peristomium with a pair of cirri dorsally 3 2. Peristomium without cirri 4 3. Acicular hooks and pectinate setae absent; mandible massive, much larger than maxillary plates Palola, p. 130 3. Acicular hooks and pectinate setae present ; mandible not greatly enlarged (Eunice, sensu latior) ... a NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 97 a. Branchiae present through a considerable region .... subgenus Eunice, p. 98 a. Branchiae absent or nearly so. Subgenus Nicidion, p. 122 4. With branchiae 5 4. Without branchiae 6 5. Prostomium anteriorly bidentate or rounded Marphysa, p. 126 5. Prostomium anteriorly rounded . . . Macduffla Mcintosh 6. Prostomium anteriorly bidentate . . Paramarphysa, p. 129 6. Prostomium anteriorly rounded . . Heteromarphysa Verrill The Eunicidae, as herein restricted, are clearly separable into 2 major groups, based on 2 striking characters : ( 1 ) the presence or absence of pectinate setae and subacicular hooks and (2) gross structures of pro- boscidial parts. Palola Gray is distinct from all others in that pectinate setae and subacicular hooks are totally lacking; also, the mandible is greatly enlarged, forming a trough in which the maxillary parts are held. Although the species of this group have often been included in the genus Eunice, these differences are herein considered to be of sufficient magni- tude to merit their separation. The remaining genera, provided with pectinate setae and subacicular hooks, are again separable into 2 groups : Chart Showing Possible Affinities in the Family Eunicidae Number of prostomial antennae Five Th ree One With pectinate setae and subacicular hooks Branchiate Tentacular cirri present Tentacular cirri absent . Eunice I Marphysa (Macduffia) Abranchiate Nicidion Paramarphysa (Heteromarphysa) Lysidice Ne?natonereis Palola Without pectinate setae and subacicular hooks Branchiate to Abranchiate Ancestral form. 98 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 (1) those with tentacular cirri, including the branchiate Eunice and its abranchiate subgenus Nicidion, and (2) those without tentacular cirri. The latter are separable into those with 5, 3, or a single prostomial an- tenna. Nematonereis and Lysidice, with one and 3 prostomial antennae, respectively, are abranchiate; Marphysa and Faramarphysa, each with 5 prostomial antennae, are branchiate and abranchiate forms, respectively. These relations are diagrammatically shown on the chart above, sug- gesting possible affinities. Other genera that have been referred to the Eunicidae are ( 1 ) Coelo- branchus Izuka, an aberrant member of the superfamily Eunicea, char- acterized by its greatly reduced jaws, modified setae, and peculiar intesti- nal diverticula that extend out into elaborate, branched, branchial-like, dorsal appendages (Izuka, 1912); (2) Amphiro Kinberg, erroneously erected for a species of Marphysa; (3) Aphelothrix Chamberlin referred to Marphysa by Crossland (1924, p. 56) ; and (4) Lithognatha Stewart (1881, p. 717) for a species from Singapore. Genus EUNICE Cuvier Considerable discussion has centered on the appropriate designation for this genus. European authors have consistently used Eunice; some American authors, including Verrill (1900, p. 638), Chamberlin (1919, p. 229), and Treadwell (1921, p. 4), have favored the use of Leodice Savigny. Since the laws of priority are obscured by other considerations in this case, I am using Eunice, the name which has received the widest acceptance. The American species of Eunice are extremely numerous (see p. 99), especially those from tropical and subtropical parts of the western Atlantic, but many are too incompletely known through their descrip- tions to permit even a comparison with others. From the West Indian region alone (including Bermuda, south to Brazil), there are over 29 described species, with an additional 24 that have been, or are considered to be, reduced to synonymy, and many of these are only partially known. The difficulties are enhanced by the high degree of variability occurring in such characters as body size, presence and number of branchial fila- ments, number of dentations on the maxillary plates, and the degree of annulation of antennae and cirri — all of which have been greatly stressed in specific treatises. These characters vary not only with age and size but with methods of fixation. More stable characters, such as form and dis- tribution of acicular structures and setae, and maxillary parts, have some- times not been disclosed in sufficient detail to permit identity, or have been entirely neglected. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 99 At least 55 species of Eunice have been described, or reported, from the Americas. Less than 10 are well known and readily identifiable; most of the others are described too briefly to permit distinction from others. The following have been reported from the Americas (those without bibliographic reference are discussed below) : E. afra Peters, E. anten- nata Savigny, E. aedificatrix Monro (1933, pt. 1, p. 60) from Pacific Panama; E. aphroditois (Pallas), E. arcturi (Treadwell) (1928, p. 475) of^f New Jersey; E. argentinensis (Treadwell) (1929, p. 3) from Argentina; E. atlantica Kinberg (1865, p. 563) from Brazil; E. attenu- ata Grube (1866, p. 68) from Brazil; E. auriculata Treadwell (1902, p. 196) from Puerto Rico; E. australis Quatrefages, reported from Pacific Panama (Monro, 1928, p. 86); E. benedicti (Verrill) (1885, p. 427) from northeast America; E. binominata Quatrefages (1865, p. 327) from the West Indies; E. brasiliensis Kinberg (1865, p. 563) from Brazil; E. bucciensis (Treadwell) (1921, p. 54) from the West Indies; E. collini Augener (1906, p. 133) from the West Indies; E. concinna Verrill (1900, p. 643) from the Bermudas; E. contingens (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 260) from the Galapagos; E. equibranchtata Mcintosh (1885, p. 56) from Brazil; E. filamentosa Grube; E. flori- dana (Pourtales) (1869, p. 108) from Florida; E. frauenfeldi Grube (1868, p. 175) from southern South America; E. guanica (Treadwell) ; E. guildingi Baird (1870, p. 351) from the West Indies; E. harasii Audouin and Edwards, reported from western Canada (Berkeley, 1927, p. 407; E. hawaiensis Treadwell (1914, p. 194) from southern Cali- fornia; E. kobiensis Mcintosh reported off Alaska (Moore, 1908, p. 345) ; E. longicirrata Webster; E. longicornis Grube (1866, p. 68) from Puerto Cabello, Venezuela; E. longisetis Webster (1884, p. 317) from the Bermudas; E. lucei Grube (1856, p. 57) from near Puntarenas, Costa Rica; E. macro branchia Schmarda, reported at Taboga, Panama (Monro, 1928, p. 85); E. monilifer Chamberlin (1919, p. 11) from southern California; E. multipectinata Moore; E. mutilata Webster; E. mutilatoides Augener (1922, p. 45) from Florida; E. oerstedi Stimpson (1853, p. 34) from New Brunswick; E. panamena (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 256) from Pacific Panama; E. pauroneurata (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 249) off Galapagos; E. pelmnidis Quatrefages (1865, p. 322) from Peru; E. pellucida Kinberg (1865, p. 563) from the West Indies; E. prayensis Kinberg (1865, p. 563) from Brazil; E. procera Grube (1866, p. 68) from Brazil; E. rubra Grube; E. schemacephala Schmarda; E. scombrinis Quatrefages (1865, p. 319) from Guayaquil, Ecuador; E. segregata (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 237) from Pacific Panama and Mexi- 100 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 co; E. splendida Grube (1856, p. 58) from Valparaiso, CEUe; E. sub- depressa Grube (1866, p. 68) from Puerto Cabello, Venezuela; E. tenuis (Treadwell) (1921, p. 51) from Florida; E. thomasiana Augener (1922, p. 45) from Florida; £. tibiana (Pourtales) (1869, p. 108) from Havana; E. tridentata Ehlers; E. valens (Chamberlin) ; E. vittata (delle Chiaje) ; E. vivida Stimpson (1853, p, 35) from New Brunswick. An attempt to ascertain a more accurate, less fallible means of de- termination has involved the detailed examination of large numbers of individuals. The degree of variability of certain characters, especially total length and number of body segments, constitution of branchial parts, and number of teeth on the maxillary plates, is such that they alone can- not be taken as criteria for speciation. Color in life and distribution of pigment, though significant, are too fugitive to be of practical value. On the whole, the hooded composite setae are fairly uniform throughout the genus, hence of little value for specific identity ; however, in some species there is a tendency toward a tridentate appendage in posterior segments, especially when the subacicular hooks are tridentate. It seems that the known species may be grouped on a character be- lieved to be constant and specific. It concerns the form and color of the subacicular hooks. Four groups may be recognized : (A) the flavus-bi- dentate group, (B) the fuscus-bidentate group, (C) the flavus-tridentate group, and (D) the fuscus-unidentate group. One other group, E below, is incompletely known in these respects. The species enumerated above may be arranged as follows. Two species, herein newly described, are added. (A) Flavus-bidentate group. Subacicular hooks pale, distally bidentate. 1. E. afuerensisj n.sp. 5. E.longicirrata 2. E. filamentosa 6. E. pennata 3. E. harasii 7. E. segregate 4. E. kobiensis 8. E. tibiana (B) Fuscus-bidentate group. Subacicular hooks dark (or black), dis- tally bidentate. 9. E. afra 18. E. ?nacrobranchia 10. E. aphroditois 19. E. multipectinata 11. E. bucciensis 20. E. mutilata 12. E. collini 21. E. oerstedi 13. E. contingens 22. E. panamena 14. E. equibranchiata 23. E. pauroneurata 15. E. floridana 24. E. tenuis 16. E. frauenfeldi 25. E. tridentata 17. E. guanica 26. E. valens NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 101 E. pellucida E. prayensis E. rubra E. vittata (C) Flavus-tridentate group. Subacicular hooks pale, distally tridentate. 27. E. americana, n. sp. 2)?). E. ?nonilifer 28. E. antennata 34. 29. E. cedificatrix 35. 30. E. australis 36. 31. E. binominata 37. 32. E. indica (D) Fuscus-unidentate group. Subacicular hooks dark, distally entire. 38. E. schemacephala (E) Subacicular hooks distally bidentate, but color not yet known. 39. E.arcturi 41. E. mutilatoides 40. E. longisetis The form and color of subacicular hooks remain to be discovered for the following species: E. argentinensis, E. atlantica, E. attenuata, E. auriculata, E. benedicti, E. brasiliensis, E. concinna, E. guildingi, E. hawaiensis, E. longicornis, E. lucei, E. splendida, E. pelamidis, E. pro- cera, E. scombrinis, E. subdepressa, E. thomasiana, E. vivida. Fifteen of the 59 species enumerated above are present in the collec- tions of the Allan Hancock Foundation. They may be arranged as fol- lows, for characters indicated. Subacicular hooks feiv, 1 to 4 or 5, in parapodia ivhere present Subacicular hooks in heavy fascicles in median and posterior segments Weakly branchiate Strongly branchiate Strongly branchiate Subacicular hooks pale, distally bidentate E. filamentosa E. longicirrata E. kobiensis E. afuerensis Subacicular hooks dark, distally bidentate E. af ra E. guanica E. aphroditois E. multipectinata E. mutilata E. tridentata Subacicular hooks pale, distally tridentate E. antennata E. rubra E. vittata E. americana Subacicular hooks dark, distally simple E. schemacephala 102 allan hancock pacific expeditions vol. 10 Key to Species of Eunice A. Subacicular hooks pale, distally bidentate . (flavus-bidentate group) 1 B. Subacicular hooks dark, distally bidentate . (fuscus-bidentate group) 4 C. Subacicular hooks pale, distally tridentate . (flavus-tridentate group) 8 D. Subacicular hooks dark, distally entire . (fuscus-unidentate group) E. schemacephala, p. 121 1. Prostomial antennae smooth, filiform; branchiae first present from about the twenty-sixth segment, and up to 3 filaments where best developed; subacicular hooks distally beaked (pi. 6, fig. 123) E. filamentosa, p. 107 1. Prostomial antennae articulate to moniliform; branchiae first present from a more anterior segment; subacicular hooks not beaked 2 2. Subacicular hooks and composite setae distally nearly straight and almost equally bidentate (pi. 6, fig. 130) ; branchiae pres- ent from third setiger nearly to the end, the first with about 6 filaments, increasing to 16 filaments where best developed; sub- acicular hooks more or less completely replace composite setae at about the thirtieth segment . . . . E. afuerensis, p. 108 2. Subacicular hooks and composite setae with laterally placed accessory tooth ; branchiae otherwise ; subacicular hooks much less numerous, not nearly replacing composite setae ... 3 3. Branchiae present from the third setiger, continued through the anterior third of the body or even to the middle E. longicirrata, p. 104 3. Branchiae present from the third setiger, continued posteriorly through about two thirds of body length . E. kobiensiSj p. 106 (perhaps identical with E. longicirrata) 4. Subacicular hooks moderately dark, acicula paler than these; branchiae first present from thirteenth setiger, with at most to 2 or 3 filaments E. guanica, p. 1 1 1 4. Subacicular hooks dark or black 5 5. Branchiae first present from about the nineteenth segment, in- creasing to only about 2 filaments where best developed . . £. rtMp. 110 5. Branchiae first present much farther forward 6 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 103 6. Composite setae with weakly developed accessory tooth (pi. 7, fig. 149) ; branchiae first present from fourth setiger, already with 5 filaments, increasing to about 13 filaments where best developed E. tridentata,^. 114 6. Composite setae with well-developed accessory tooth ; branchiae otherwise 7 7. Dorsum mottled with brown, with or without a pale ring; prostomial antennae more than twice as long as prostomium, neatly to more or less irregularly articulate; similar articula- tions on peristomial and dorsal cirri; branchiae present from setigers 3 to 7 (earlier in younger individuals), continued near- ly to end ; branchial filaments sometimes bifurcated .... E. multipectinata, p. 112 7. Dorsum with fine, pale punctations (sometimes more conspicu- ous in median and posterior portions), with or without a pale ring; prostomial antennae short, hardly exceed prostomial length or somewhat longer, usually smooth; branchiae present from setigers 6 to 9, with to 10 filaments where best developed E. mutilata, p. 113 7. Dorsum usually solid reddish brown, with or without pale ring; tips of antennae and cirri sometimes pale or yellow; pro- stomial antennae smooth or somewhat wrinkled but not articu- late, usually not exceeding twice the prostomial length ; bran- chiae first present from setigers 6 to 8, attaining many (20 to 40 or more) filaments where best developed, neatly arranged on the side of a heavy branchial stem . . . E. aphroditois, p. 109 8. Prostomial antennae smooth, long ; some parapodia usually with 3 or 4 subacicular hooks ; branchiae first present from setiger 3, as many as 20 or 30 filaments where best developed, ceasing more or less abruptly at about setiger 32; appendage of com- posite hooks with straight distal tooth and a minute secondary tooth E. americana, p. 1 1 8 8. Prostomial antennae more or less articulate or moniliform; parapodia with one or 2 subacicular hooks; branchiae other- wise ; appendage of composite hooks not so 9 9. Prostomial antennae with elongate, cylindrical articles; bran- chiae first present from setiger 3, with few (4 or 5) to many (to 15) filaments where best developed, depending on size, ceas- ing at about setiger 36, absent from a long posterior end . . E. vittata, p. 118 104 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 9. Prostomial antennae with articles more or less moniliform . 10 10. Branchiae first present from setigers 3 to 7, increasing to 11 filaments in an anterior region, decreasing thereafter to one or 2 filaments at about setiger 30, and again increasing on segments of the posterior fourth E. antennataj p. 115 10. Branchiae first present from setiger 5 or 6, the number of fila- ments not increasing in a posterior region . . E. rubra, p. \17 Eunice longicirrata Webster Plate 6, Figs. 118-122 Webster, 1884, pp. 318-319, pi. 12, figs. 75-80. Leodice longicirrata Treadwell, 1921, pp. 1 1-14, pi. 1, figs. 1-4, figs. 3-12. E. biannulata Moore, 1904, pp. 487-490, pi. 37, figs. 10-18. Collections.— W-ZA (1); 245-34 (1); 248-34 (1); 277-34 (4); 429-35 (1) ; 498-36 (1) ; 513-36 (2) ; 533-36 (4) ; 549-36 (2) ; 628-37 (1) ; 633-37 (2) ; 642-37 (1) ; 675-37 (2) ; 704-37 (1) ; 745-37 (4) ; 747-37 (6) ; 1210-40 (1) ; Ensenada, Lower California, Nov. 25, 1927 (2) ; El Morro Point, Todos Santos Island, Lower California, shore (1) ; Mission Bay, California, shore (1) ; A 4-39 (2) ; A 13-39 (2) ; A 44-39 (1). After considerable hesitation and comparison of the numerous speci- mens listed, I have referred E. biannulata Moore, first described from California, to the older species, E. longicirrata Webster. This species may be characterized thus. The prostomial antennae are articulate to some- what moniliform and greatly surpass the prostomium in length. Bran- chiae are present from the third setiger through the anterior third region, at first with a small filament much smaller than its greatly elongate, arti- cled, dorsal cirrus, then increasing rapidly to 6-8 or 12-15 filaments where best developed between setigers 20 and 30, and absent from the posterior half to two thirds of the body. A tenth parapodium is shown in pi. 6, fig. 118. Acicula and subacicular hooks are yellow. Acicula occur one to 3 (usually 2) in parapodia; those in more anterior segments pro- ject from parapodia and are distally somewhat spatulate; farther back they taper slightly, have a blunt tip, and are usually a little bent. Sub- acicular hooks are present from about setigers 30 to 40, and are con- tinued to the end. They occur singly or by twos in the later branchial parapodia and usually 2 in a fascicle thereafter. They are distally biden- tate, hooded (pi. 6, figs. 119, 121). Composite setae (pi. 6, fig. 122) are distally bidentate, the accessory tooth fairly large and more or less at right angles to the main stem. The maxillary formula is approximately as follows : maxilla I is falcate on either side, maxilla II has 5 to 7 left and NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 105 6 to 8 right, maxilla III has 6 or 7 left, none right, maxilla IV has 5 to 6 left, and 10 to 11 right. A black spot is present on the dorsal base of parapodia. The original description of E. longicirrata is somewhat confused, since the prostomial antennae were said to be "all very delicate smooth" and the dorsal cirri large, long, and irregularly wrinkled. Treadwell (1921, p. 14) corrected these statements after a re-examination of Web- ster's type and showed that the antennae and dorsal cirri are actually articulate. Later, Monro (1930, p. 121) redescribed E. longicirrata, based on individuals from the Gulf of Guinea, differing from the origi- nal, however, in that there are usually nearly 100 branchial and only about 40 postbranchial segments; the acicula are said to be black and the maximum number of branchial filaments only 4. It appears, there- fore, that these are not the same as Webster's species. Monro also re- ferred E. antillensis Ehlers (1887, p. 84) from off Florida, to E. longi- cirrata. I believe, however, that Ehlers' description includes more than one species because it was said, by the original author, to have "aciculae nigrae vel flavae," also "branchiae a pinna 4a usque ad pinnam 40am, maximae ? 5-6, c? 2-filosae." Through the courtesy of the U. S. National Museum, I have been able to examine slides of the type of E. longicirrata Webster (U.S.N.M. no. 4792) prepared by the original describer. These are: No. 54, with middle branchial segments. In these, branchial filaments number 13 and 14; parapodia are each provided with composite pectinate and limbate setae and 2 acicula; there are no subacicu- lar hooks. No. 208, with parapodia one to 4. These have each 2 or 3 acicula that are distally spatulate. No. 209, with parapodia 5-7. Branchial filaments number 13 on a para- podium; there are no subacicular hooks in these parapodia. No. 210, with parapodia from middle segments. There are 6 parapodia, each with 2 subacicular hooks but no branchiae. No. 211, with parapodia from middle branchial segments. There are 3 parapodia; branchiae have 9 to 11 filaments; there are no sub- acicular hooks. No. 212, with postbranchial segments. This slide has 5 parapodia, all with branchiae that have 1 to 4 filaments; each parapodium has one (or also a second embedded) subacicular hook. No. 213, with posterior fifth segments. There are 5 parapodia, all lack- ing branchiae ; each has 2 subacicular hooks and 2 acicula. 106 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 No. 214, with extreme posterior segments. There are 4 parapodia; all setae have been broken off. Dorsal and ventral cirri are compara- tively long. No. 215, u^ith anal segments. This shov^^s a pair of short, though cirri- form, ventral cirri and a pair of very long dorsal cirri. These parts agree so closely with similar ones from California col- lections, earlier identified as E. biannulata Moore, that their identity seems unquestionable. As the latter, it has been reported not only from California but also from Lower California (Berkeley, 1939, p. 335) and Socorro Island (Hartman, 1939, p. 13) ; also questionably from Nanaimo, British Columbia (Berkeley, 1927, p. 407). E. longicirrata has been reported from Elkhorn Slough, California (Berkeley, 1935, p. 771), and from central California (Hartman, 1938, p. 97). Differences which have been noted between the two — variations in number of teeth on maxillary plates II to IV and number of antennal articulations — are believed now to have no specific significance. Berkeley (1935, p. 335) separated E. biannulata from E. longicirrata, reserving the former for those specimens in which anterior dorsal cirri have 3 articles, the basal much the longer, and the latter for those in which the dorsal cirri are very faintly and irregularly marked with from 7 to 9 articles. These dif- ferences are difficult to apply to large collections, since they intergrade. I am inclined to the view that there are no real differences between the two, and thus refer E. biannulata to E. longicirrata. Another species, E. kobiensis Mcintosh, reported from southeast Alaska (Moore, 1908, p. 345) and Pacific Grove, California (Tread- well, 1914, p. 193), merits consideration here. The only difference which I am able to find is that in this the branchiae are continued more caudal. E. harasii Audouin and M. Edwards, reported from British Colum- bia (Berkeley, 1927, p. 407), may also be close to this; it differs from E. longicirrata in having branchiae continued nearly to the posterior end. Color in life for an individual from Caledonia Bay (A 13-39) fol- lows. The prostomial antennae are very pale gray with narrow bands of red purple at the constrictions. The anterior end, dorsally, is dark vina- ceous purple, the fourth segment pearly gray; at the sides, over the para- podial base, there is a triangular spot of white with a tinge of lavender. Parapodia are dull orange; parapodial dorsal cirri resemble the prosto- mial antennae but are tipped with white. (Noted by Mr. Anker Peter- sen.) Distribution. — E. longicirrata occurs in tropical west Atlantic waters, including Bermuda (Webster, 1884), West Indies and Florida (Tread- NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 107 well, 1921), the eastern tropical and subtropical Pacific, from California south to western Mexico and west to the Galapagos Islands. Its bathy- metric range extends from the intertidal zone to 55 fms. Eunice filamentosa Grube Plate 6, Figs. 123-126 Grube, 1856, p. 56 (not Treadwell, 1921, p. 40). fE. macrochaeta Schmarda, 1861, p. 128. E. denticulata Webster, 1884, pp. 316-317, pi. 10, figs. 41-45. fMarphysa goodsiri Mcintosh, 1885, vol. 12, pp. 299-301, pi. 38, figs. 6-8, pi. 19a, figs. 18-20, text figs. 56, 57. E. cirrobranchiata Mcintosh, 1885, vol. 12, pp. 277-278, pi. 38, figs. 9- 11, pi. 19a, figs. 21-24. E. conglomerans Ehlers, 1887, pp. 93-95, pi. 23, figs. 1-9, pi. 24, figs. 1-4. Leodice spongicola Treadwell, 1921, pp. 25-21 , fig. 53. Monro, 1933, pt. 1, pp. 65-66. Collections.— ^5-33 (1); 94-33 (2); 152-34 (3); 260-34 (1); 1045-40 (1); 1049-40 (3); 1051-40 (1); 1053-40 (1); 1063-40 (2) ; 1092-40 (1); A 25-39 (1). The prostomial antennae are short, smooth or irregularly ringed, but not at all moniliform. The peristomium is prolonged, about as long as broad ; the shorter portion bearing the cirri is set of? dorsally by a trans- verse groove. Peristomial cirri are cirriform, about half as long as the peristomium. The peristomium is marked by longitudinally disposed, shallow, closely spaced wrinkles. The maxillary formula is about as follows: maxillae I are falcate, II with 4-5 teeth left and 3-4 right. III with 4-5 teeth left and 6-8 right, IV with 3-7 teeth left, none right. There is considerable variation in the number of teeth on maxillae II to IV, as typical in most species of this genus, but the disposition of parts is about the same in most species. Acicula are deep amber, distally hammer shaped (pi. 6, fig. 124). Subacicular hooks are horny brown, distally bidentate, and strongly beaked (pi. 6, figs. 123, 125). Composite setae are distally bidentate and hooded (pi. 6, fig. 126). The lengthy synonymy of this species has been discussed by various authors (Augener, 1925, p. 9; Monro, 1933, pp. 65-66; 1936, vol. 27, p. 248). Distribution. — Eastern and western tropical America, Bermuda. Us- ually intertidal ; rarely to depths of 21 fms. 108 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Eunice afuerensis, new species Plate 6, Figs, 127-134 Collections. — 391-35 (5) ; 844-38 (many fragments, no anterior ends). This is a large, robust form, the length of a complete individual with 550 or more segments is about 500 mm ; the body is long, tapers posteri- orly. The prostomial structures are small, compared with the large, overhanging peristomial ring (pi. 6, fig. 127) and provided with 2 dark, circular eyespots near its outer posterior margin. The 5 prostomial an- tennae are distinctly ringed, moniliform, taper distally, the longest or median hardly surpasses the length of the peristomial ring. This one has about 20 articles, the basal far the longest. Inner lateral antennae have 18 articles and the outer lateral ones have 15 articles. The first or peristomial ring is very large, wider than long, with a transverse groove on its dorsal side, near its posterior end, where the cirri are attached (pi. 6, fig. 127) ; the latter are over half as long as the peristomium, taper distally, and are irregularly though closely ringed (in the specimen figured the right cirrus is bifurcated). The first few parapodia are about as long as, but slenderer than, those farther back; they are provided with a long, slender dorsal cirrus about as long as the peristomial cirri and a ventral cirrus that is thick, triangu- lar, resembling those farther back. The dorsal cirri decrease gradually, but slowly, from the first parapodium posteriorly. Branchiae are present from the third setiger, already with 6, or fewer, long, tapering, pecti- nately arranged filaments (pi. 6, fig. 129), which are, however, greatly exceeded in size by their respective dorsal cirri. By the fifth setiger the branchia has 10 filaments, the twentieth has 16 filaments, but by the fortieth the number of filaments is only about 14, and by the eighty- fourth segment there are only 9 filaments. In another individual (pos- teriorly incomplete), consisting of about 138 setigers, the branchiae still have 6 filaments on the last setiger. Branchiae are continued to the pos- terior end, with several (3 or 4) pectinately arranged filaments. All setal and acicular structures are translucent, pale yellow. The first 29 or 30 segments are provided with composite hooks in which the shaft is smooth, the appendage short, with slightly falcate tip and smaller secondary tooth (pi. 6, fig. 134). Already in the twenty-ninth setiger, composite hooks come to be replaced by stout, uncinate, simple, bidentate hooks (pi. 6, fig. 133) in which the distal end is forked, the 2 prongs di- rected slightly to the side. The composite hooks have gradually trans- formed into a thicker, less clearly articulate form (pi. 6, figs. 132, 130) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 109 in which the distal teeth resemble those in the simple, subacicular hooks. The acicula number one larger and 2 smaller in anterior segments, and 2 heavier, though similar, in median and posterior segments; they are distally blunt, nearly straight or only slightly curved. From the thirtieth to forty-eighth setiger, the composite hooks are transitional to simple, subacicular hooks; a forty-eighth setiger has about 6 composite hooks and 2 or more subacicular hooks; the next setiger has 8 or more sub- acicular hooks and seemingly no composite hooks, after M^hich composite hooks are totally lacking. Pectinate setae are distally nearly straight (pi. 6, fig. 131). The proboscidial armature is thick, strong. Mandibles are dark, mod- erately thick, M^ith long, slender supports, about 4 times as long as wide where the 2 of a pair are united ; the distal ends flare slightly, terminate in a rounded, cutting, calcareous edge. Maxillae are dark brown, thick; the carriers are longer than wide, basally rounded (pi. 6, fig. 128). The forceps (maxilla I) are falcate, with conspicuous grooves at the base on the dorsal side, where the two pieces meet each other in retraction. On the left side the maxillary formula of the other pieces is as follows : max- illa II has 4 teeth left, 5 teeth right, maxilla III has 6 teeth left, maxillae III and IV united on the right side have 7 teeth, maxilla IV has 6 teeth left, maxilla V has a single tooth on either side (pi. 6, fig. 128). The tube is coarse, stiff, irregularly coiled, horny brown or paler, and covered externally with fine, foreign particles; it is much twisted, the walls not thick, but tough. E. afuerensis is different from other known species of Eunice in having the unique transitional hooks in median segments; branchiae are already present from an early (third) segment, and continued to the posterior end. Holotype. — AHF no. 44. Type locality. — Lobos de Afuera, Peru (Coll. 391-35). Distribution. — This species is known only from Lobos de Afuera, Peru, in the intertidal zones. Eunice aphroditois (Pallas) Crossland, 1904, p. 288; Fauvel, 1917, pp. 215-225, 2 figs., 2 charts; Monro, 1933, pt. 1, pp. 58-59. Collections.— A3?>-?>5 (1); 435-35 (2); 450-35 (1); 530-36 (6); 638-37 (1) ; 662-37 (1) ; 739-37 (1) ; 1045-40 (2) ; 1084-40 (2). Most individuals are large, robust, uniformly dark reddish except for a pale band across the fourth podal segment; the tips of dorsal cirri are 110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 sometimes pale. Number of segments is about 165. The prostomial an- tennae are somewhat, though irregularly, ringed, the median with 7 or more articles. Peristomial cirri are nearly smooth, about as long as, or shorter than, the peristomium. Branchiae are present from the sixth seti- ger with a minute filament, as also on the next 2 segments; number of filaments increases to 20-40 where best developed, and are present in de- creasing number nearly to the posterior end. The branchial stem is broad, conspicuous, nearly straight, with the filaments disposed in a trim row on one side. In the first 10 or so branchial segments, the dorsal cirri ex- ceed the branchiae in size, but thereafter the latter are stronger. Acicula and subacicular hooks are dark ; the first taper distally to blunt points. Subacicular hooks are present from about the thirty-fifth setiger to the end; they are distally bidentate, the lower tooth is the larger and set nearly at right angles to the main shaft; the upper tooth is somewhat curved ; they resemble the distal ends of the composite hooks, which are also bidentate. Fauvel (1917, pp. 215-225) has made excellent, extensive studies on the great amount of variation in this species, and has concluded (1932, p. 133) that E. aphroditots and E. rousseaui Quatrefages (including E. violaceo-maculata Ehlers) are the same. I follow this author's conclusions. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan. The records listed extend the distribu- tion in the eastern Pacific, from Lower California, south to Colombia. The bathymetric range is intertidal to 20 fms. Eunice afra Peters Plate 6, Figs. 135-139 Crossland, 1904, pp. 289-296, pi. 20, figs. 1-5; Fauvel, 1932, p. 135; Okuda, 1937, pp. 276-279, figs. 18-21. Leodice filamentosa Treadwell, 1921, pp. 40-42, pi. 1, figs. 14-17, text figs. 117-126. Not Monro, 1933, pt. 1, pp. 66-67. Co//^c//o/2.— 634-37 (4). The prostomial antennae and peristomial cirri are short and irregu- larly articulate. The latter are about half as long as the peristomial ring. Branchiae are absent (pi. 6, fig. 139) from a long anterior region; they are first present from setiger 19 or 20, with one or 2 filaments; by setiger 24 there are 2 filaments, this arrangement continues (pi. 6, fig. 136) at least to setiger 56. Acicula and subacicular hooks are dark. Acicula are thick, straight, taper distally to conical ends (pi. 6, fig. 137). Subacicu- lar hooks are bidentate, the lateral tooth directed obliquely upward (pi. .L NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 111 6, fig. 138). Composite hooks are bidentate, the accessory tooth as large as, or larger than, the distal one (pi. 6, fig. 135). Pectinate setae are strongly asymmetrical. The maxillary formula is about as follows: maxillae I are falcate; maxilla II has 5 teeth left, 4 right; maxilla III has 7 teeth left, none right. L. filamentosa Treadwell (1921, p. 40) appears to belong to this species, or its variety, paupera Grube, as described by Okuda (1937, p. 276). In it the branchiae are first present somewhat farther back and the prostomial antennae are longer. E. afra Monro (1933, p. 66) has bran- chiae already from the seventh setiger, and the dorsum is marked with a reticulated pattern ; I believe it may be what is herein being designated E. mutilata (below). Distribution. — E. afra has been widely reported from areas of the Indo-Pacific (Fauvel, 1919, p. 374, 1932, p. 135) and from the West Indies (as L. filamentosa Treadwell). The collection of the Velero III is the first record from the eastern tropical Pacific ; it is intertidal. Eunice guanica (Treadwell) Plate 6, Figs. 142-144 Leodice guanica Treadwell, 1921, pp. 39-40, pi. 2, figs. 9-12, figs. 107- 116. f Leodice notata Treadwell, 1921, pp. 52-54, pi. 4, fig. 12, figs. 164-173. Collection.— A 50-39 (1). The prostomial antennae are short, smooth, the longest about twice as long as the prostomium. Peristomial cirri are short, smooth, about half as long as the peristomial ring. The first branchiae are present on setiger 13 (originally given as somite 17, which is setiger 15). The first and second branchiae have one filament each, the third to fifth have 2 filaments each, the sixth have 3 or 2 filaments each. After this there is a long region where the usual number is 2 or 3 long ones, but some may be again bifurcated. In a far posterior region the number of filaments again decreases to a single one, but they continue to be long, greatly exceeding the dorsal cirri in length. Acicula are dark yellow to light brown, bluntly rounded distally (pi. 6, fig. 144), single in parapodia. Subacicular hooks are first present from setiger 19, and are a little darker in color than the acicula; they also occur singly in parapodia and are distally bidentate (pi. 6, fig. 143). Composite hooks are pale, distally bidentate (pi. 6, fig. 142). Unique features are (1) the long simple (or rarely double) branchial filaments, present from about the thirteenth setiger and continued nearly 112 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 to the end, (2) the short, smooth, prostomial antennae, and (3) the bi- dentate subacicular hooks, which are darker than their respective acicula. I can find no substantial difference between Leodice notata Treadwell (1921, p. 52) and E. guanica; both originate from localities in the West Indies. Distribution. — ^West Indian region to Caledonia Bay, Panama; in- tertidal. Eunice multipectinata Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 248-251, pi. 15, figs. 20-23. Collections.— ^lA-3^ (1); 875-38 (about 6); 876-38 (1); 892-38 (1); 981-39 (1); 1005-39 (2); 1012-39 (1); 1027-40 (2); 1121-40 (4); 1123-40 (1); 1144-40 (1); 1151-40 (3); 1177-40 (2); 1246-41 (3); 1252-41 (1); 1253-41 (2); 1256-41 (1); 1261-41 (1); 1276-41 (12); 1299-41 (1); 1340-41 (1); 1342-41 (2); 1347-41 (3); 1417-41 (2); 1426-41 (1); 1435-41 (1); 1447-42 (2). The prostomial antennae are usually long, strongly articulate, the rings smooth, cylindrical, more or less irregular; they number about 6 for the outer lateral antennae, about 17 for the inner lateral, and 15 or more for the median one; the longest reaches back to about the seventh setiger. Peristomial cirri are strongly articulate, the articles long, slender, with 6 or 7 joints, the whole about twice as long as the peristomium. In some individuals the third, or also seventh, podal ring is pale. The dorsum is usually more or less strongly mottled with light brown over a pale ground, or there may be several anterior, solid brown segments. Branchiae are first present from the third to sixth setiger, with single filaments ; the second branchia may have 3 filaments, the fifth 6, increas- ing to as many as 13 farther back, but by setiger 27 (or later) there may again be only 2 filaments. Acicula are black, thicker than the subacicular hooks, and occur usually 2 in a parapodium ; they taper distally and are only slightly bent. Subacicular hooks are dark, first present from about the thirty-eighth setiger, usually occur singly in parapodia, but sometimes by twos; they are distally bidentate, hooded. Composite setae have a secondaiy tooth about as large as the distal one. Parapodia have a dark patch on their dorsal sides. Color in life, based on a specimen from coll. 1426-41, follows. The ground of the entire dorsal surface of the prostomium and body is light orange yellow, over which are scattered irregular blotches of ochre red in various sizes. The blotches gradually fade from anterior to posterior NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 113 regions. Prostomium and peristomium are similarly blotched; but the posterior fourth of the peristomium, or the ring bearing the peristomial cirri, and the first 3 setigers are without blotches. The third setiger is pink and the others are orange yellow. The 2 large eyes are brilliant rose purple, each with a small, circular, purplish-black lens. Branchiae are scarlet red. Parapodia are pale opalescent gray; acicula and subacicular hooks are jet black. The ventrum is olive buff with a strong lavender hue and slightly iridescent. Eggs are pale olive buff. (Noted by Mr. Anker Petersen.) Distribution. — E. multipectinata is not known except through the original account, based on collections from Point Pifios to San Diego, California. The numerous collections of the Velero III, listed above, ex- tend the known range from Carmel Bay, California, south to western Mexico, in depths of 24 to 150 fms. Eunice mutilata Webster Plate 6, Figs. 140, 141 Webster, 1884, pp. 315-316, pi. 9, figs. 36-40; Monro, 1933, p. 257. E. barvicensis Mcintosh, 1885, pp. 292-294, pi. 39, fig. 12, pi. 21a, figs. 1-3. Leodice mutilata Treadwell, 1921, pp. 30-33, pi. 3, figs. 5-8, figs. 66-76. E. afra Monro, 1933, pp. 66-67 (not Peters). Collections.— A\-Z?> (1); 129-33 (1); 239-34 (2); 414-35 (1); 419-35 (1) ; 437-35 (1) ; 446-35 (6) ; 466-35 (1) ; 867-38 (2) ; 937-39 (1); A 52-39 (1). The dorsal surface, anteriorly, is finely reticulated; in median and posterior regions it is marked with many fine, pale punctations on a darker ground. On some, the fourth podal ring is pale. Prostomial an- tennae are smooth, short, about twice as long as the prostomium, or they may be obscurely and irregularly ringed. Peristomial cirri are cirriform, about % as long as the peristomium. Branchiae are present from the sixth to ninth setiger, attain 5 to 10 filaments where best developed. A tenth parapodium (coll. 466-35) is shown in pi. 6, fig. 141, with setae and acicula indicated. Acicula are dark, taper distally to blunt tips; subacicu- lar hooks are likewise dark, distally tridentate. Composite hooks are pale, distally bidentate (pi. 6, fig. 140). These specimens seem to agree with what Monro (1933, p. 66) has questionably reported as E. afra, from Taboga Island. In it, as in E. mutilata, branchiae are first present farther forward than in E. afra (p. 110), and the anterior dorsal surface is marked with a reticulated pattern. 114 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Distribution. — E. 7nutilata was originally described from Bermuda, later reported from West Indian localities (Treadwell, 1921). The present collections extend its known range into the eastern Pacific, from Costa Rica, south to Colombia, and west to the Galapagos Islands. It occurs in a bathymetric range of shore to 18 fms. ?Eunice tridentata Ehlers Plate 7, Figs. 145-150 Ehlers, 1905, p. 288, pi. 9, figs. 3-10; Augener, 1924, pp. 402-404, fig. 8. ? Monro, 1933, pp. 63-64, fig. 26. ? Leodice valens Chamberlin, 1918, p. 176; 1919, pp. 257-258, pi. 1, figs. 6-8. Collections.— 211 -Z^ (1) ; 245-34 (1) ; 444-35 (2) ; 970-39 (1). The surface epithelium has pale punctate spots over a darker, reddish ground. Prostomial antennae are slightly, more or less regularly, articu- lated, and short, about twice as long as the peristomium, or longer (coll. 217-34). Peristomial cirri taper, are similarly ringed with about 6 articu- lations, and are about as long as the peristomium, or longer. Anterior dorsal cirri are marked with about 3 rings. Branchiae are heavy, present from about the fourth parapodium with 7 filaments (coll. 217-34) ; by the fifth parapodium there are 8 filaments and by the eleventh there are 10 filaments. Between parapodia 10 to 15, where branchiae are best developed, there may be up to 13 (but in coll. 444-35, a tenth parapodium has a branchia of only 4, pi. 7, fig. 150) filaments. At parapodium 38 there are only 5, and at the fifty-seventh about 2 branches; from the seventy-second only single filaments occur, and they are absent from about parapodium 84. Composite hooks are unique in that the distal fang is slender, tapers, and the secondary tooth is small so as to appear almost absent (pi. 7, figs. 148, 149). A weakly developed guard, when worn away, gives the ap- pearance of a tridentate condition. When the guard is unworn (pi. 7, fig. 149), its point of attachment can be seen to accord with what resem- bles a third tooth in others. In hooks that are much worn, secondary teeth arc seemingly absent (pi. 7, fig. 148). Pectinate setae, at least 2 in a fascicle, are present from at least the tenth parapodium, in the superior part of the fascicle; they have a larger tooth at one end, but the dentate edge is nearly straight. Acicula are black, taper distally, and are slightly bent (pi. 7, fig. 145) ; setae and hooks are pale amber colored. Subacicu- lar hooks are dark, heavy, distally bifurcated, but the secondary tooth is smaller than the distalmost (pi. 7, figs. 147, 146) ; they occur singly in parapodia, where present. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 115 These specimens agree well with those so designated from Coiba Island, Panama, by Monro (1933, p. 63), but differ in some respects from the original, taken at Bare Island, New Zealand (Ehlers, 1905, p. 288). Ehlers' original description was corrected on some points and en- larged by Augener (1924, p. 402), who re-examined the type material. In the latter, composite hooks have a much heavier secondary tooth, the subacicular hooks are more distinctly bidentate and curved. Further- more, Augener described them as "hellfarbig," and the secondary tooth as larger and longer than the distalmost. These differences may have specific significance. Eunice valens (Chamberlin) (1919, p. 257) from the eastern Pacific agrees more nearly with the specimens here questionably referred to E. tridentata, from New Zealand. In E. valens the prostomial antennae are weakly articulate or nearly smooth; composite hooks have a rudimentary secondary tooth; branchiae are present from the third setiger, with at most 10-12 filaments, and they end at about parapodia 80-85; the total number of segments is 180 or over. However, maxilla II is said to have 6 or 8 teeth, whereas in E. tridentata it is said to have only 4 or 3 teeth. Since the number of teeth varies within limits, this difference may not be significant. The collections listed above are referred questionably to E. tridentata (sensu Ehlers and Augener) but agree with those so desig- nated by Monro (1933) and perhaps with E. valens (Chamberlin). Distribution. — Panama, north to Lower California, in a few fms. Eunice antennata Savigny Plate 7, Figs. 154-156 Monro, 1928, p. 86; 1933, pp. 59-60; Berkeley, 1939, p. 334. Collections.— \2-33 (6) ; 15-33 (1) ; 99-33 (2) ; 127-33 (3) ; 143- 34 (4); 148-34 (1); 209-34 (6); 210-34 (1); 211-34 (1); 250-34 (1); 251-34 (1); 259-34 (1); 264-34 (1); 277-34 (1); 279-34 (1); 287-34 (1) ; 448-35 (1) ; 498-36 (1) ; 503-36 (8) ; 525-36 (4) ; 530-36 (1) ; 533-36 (1) ; 542-36 (1) ; 549-36 (2) ; 563-36 (2) ; 596-36 (2) ; 618-37 (6) ; 633-37 (14) ; 639-37 (1) ; 643-37 (4) ; 662-37 (6) ; 683- 37 (4); 708-37 (1); 904-38 (1); 906-38 (1); 918-39 (1); 928-39 (1); 970-39 (1); 971-39 (2); 1042-40 (1); 1045-40 (28); 1049-40 (3) ; 1072-40 (2) ; 1079-40 (2) ; 1092-40 (1) ; 1093-40 (2) ; 1101-40 (6); 1103-40 (2); 1105-40 (1); 1111-40 (1); 1143-40 (1); 1193-40 (1); 1204-40 (1); 1218-40 (3); 1230-41 (2); 1256-41 (1); 1295- 41 (1) ; ?A 20-39 (a posterior fragment) ; A 32-39 (2). 116 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Color (preserved) is pale, translucent. Branchiae are usually present from the third (though sometimes not until the seventh) setiger, and are continued nearly to the end. The number of branchial filaments increases to about 10 or 11 between the twelfth and twentieth segments, decreases to 2 filaments at about the thirtieth, but in the posterior fourth of the body the number of branches again increases. The prostomium is clearly bifid anteriorly, has 2 large, dark eyes ; its antennae are distinctly moniliform, the articles short, number approxi- mately (from left to right) 7- 15- 17- 15- 7; the basal article is more or less cylindrical, the others subspherical. Peristomial cirri are short, cirriform. Dorsal cirri are smooth or only vaguely articulate. The maxillary formula is about as follows: maxilla I (forceps) has a single tooth on either side, maxilla II has 5 and 7 teeth, maxilla III has 6 teeth left, none right, maxilla IV has 8 and 10 teeth; there is, how- ever, some variation in maxillae III and IV, even among individuals from the same collection. Acicula are pale, distally usually expanded, hammer shaped (pi. 7, fig. 154) ; subacicular hooks are also pale, distally clearly tridentate (pi. 7, fig. 155) ; composite hooks are distally biden- tate (pi. 7, fig. 156). Color in life was noted on individuals from Chacahua Lagoon, Mexi- co (coll. 928-39), and Coche Island, Venezuela. In the first the pro- stomial antennae are lime green, the prostomium dull, the ring between prostomium and peristomium scarlet. Peristomial cirri are white. The dorsum of anterior segments is marked with a dark lavender triangular spot at the median line; dorsal cirri are white, branchiae are vermilion. The dorsum is neutral red, becomes gradually pale farther back, and al- most fades out at the tail end. The ventrum has a ground color similar to that of the dorsum, dull bluish iridescent. Another specimen, from Coche Island, Venezuela (A 32-30), has a different pattern; it is a gravid female. In this the prostomial antennae are cream color ; branchiae are scarlet. The dorsum is red orange, gradually becomes dark gray with a purple hue about halfway to the end. The ventrum is purplish lilac and iridescent. (Noted by Mr. Anker Petersen.) Leodice enteles Chamberlin (1918, p. 175) from Pacific Grove, Cali- fornia, is believed to be the same. It was recorded as 110 mm long for 127-140 segments; branchiae first present from the sixth (or seventh) setiger, with a maximum of 4 or 5 filaments, decrease to 2 filaments by the thirty-second segment, but are continued posteriorly nearly to the end. The setal and acicular structures were not described. The pro- stomial antennae were said to be strongly moniliform. NO, 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 117 Leodice monilifer Chamberlin (1919, p. 11) from Laguna Beach, California, may also belong here, since it was characterized as having strongly moniliform prostomial antennae, but branchiae were said to be absent in the posterior region; setal and subacicular structures were not made known. Distribution. — E. antennata Savigny is cosmopolitan in tropical and subtropical seas, in intertidal and littoral zones. On the west coast of the Americas it ranges from southern California, south to Ecuador, and west to the Galapagos Islands. On the east coast it has been encountered in the West Indies, south to Venezuela. The bathymetric range, based on the collections, is from intertidal to 100-150 fms. Eunice rubra Grube Plate 7, Figs, 151-153 Ehlers, 1887, pp. 87-88, pi. 26, figs. 1-11. E. ornata Andrews, 1891, pp. 284-285, pi. 13, figs. 6-13. Leodice rubra Treadwell, 1921, pp. 15-17, pi. 2, figs. 1-4, figs. 13-20. Collections.— A 4-39 (1) ; A 12a-39 (15) ; A 13-39 (4) ; A 14-39 (21) ; A 15-39 (about 70) ; A 18-39 (22) ; A 25-39 (7) ; A 28-39 (2). E. rubra bears striking resemblance to E. antennata (above). Both have distinctly moniliform antennae, similar maxillary parts, tridentate subacicular hooks, branchiae best developed in an anterior region. In E. rubra the acicula and subacicular hooks are also pale, and the latter are distally tridentate. In it, however, acicula are distally somewhat bent, slightly bifurcated (pi. 7, fig. 153), but not hammer headed as in E. antennata; the subacicular hooks are less prolonged in their distal por- tion (pi. 7, fig. 152). Composite hooks are distally bidentate (pi. 7, fig. 151), The most notable difference is in the reduction of branchiae in median and posterior regions ; here the number of filaments does not tend to increase after a median region, Monro (1933, p, 59) has pointed out the many resemblances of these 2 species, and doubts whether they should be retained distinct, I retain their separation largely because of this differ- ence in branchial character and acicular tips, as mentioned above. Distribution. — E. rubra ranges especially off the eastern coast of the Americas, from North Carolina, south to Brazil, including the Gulf of Mexico ; it is intertidal, to 24 fms, based on these collections. 118 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Eunice vittata (delle Chiaje) Mcintosh, 1885, pp. 276-277, pi. 38, figs. 3-5, pi. 19a, figs. 16, 17. Leodice stigmatura Verrill, 1900, pp. 641-643; Treadwell, 1921, pp. 20- 22, pi. 1, figs. 10-13, figs. 31-40. Leodice tenuicirrata Verrill, 1900, pp. 643-644. Leodice unifrons Verrill, 1900, p. 644; Treadwell, 1921, pp. 17-20, pi. 1, figs. 5-9, figs. 21-30. Leodice rubrivittata Treadwell, 1921, pp. 34-36, pi. 1, fig. 18, figs. 85- 94. Augener, 1927, p. 40 (with synonymy) ; Monro, 1930, p. 61 ; 1933, p. 61. Collections.— \51-ZA (1); 264-34 (1); 532-36 (1); 549-36 (1); 739-37 ( 1 ) ; 810-38 ( 1 ) ; 876-38 ( 1 ) ; 91 1-39 ( 1 ) ; 926-39 ( 1 ) ; 983-39 (2); 984-39 (2); 1023-39 (1); 1246-41 (1); 1259-41 (2); A 7-39 (1); A 15-39 (1); A 32-39 (3); A 35-39 (1); A 52-39 (1). Most specimens are small, between 25 to 35 mm long. Branchiae are present from the third parapodium with one filament, increase to 4 or 5 filaments between segments 18 to 25, thereafter decrease again to 2 or 3 filaments by the thirtieth parapodium, and are more or less abruptly ab- sent after the thirty-sixth (based on individuals from the eastern Pacific). The prostomial antennae are slender, long, with cylindrical articles, each about 2 or 3 times as long as broad. Peristomial cirri are more or less annulate. Acicula and subacicular hooks are pale yellow; the latter are distally tridentate. E. vittata is grossly distinguishable from E. rubra (above) and its closely related species, E. antennata (above), in having long-articled, slender prostomial antennae instead of strongly moniliform ones. Distribution. — Both sides of the Western Hemisphere, in tropical and subtropical waters, from Bermuda, through the West Indian region and Trinidad, and from southern California, south to Pacific Panama. Its bathymetric range is from intertidal to 55-110 fms. Eunice americana, new species Plate 8, Figs. 164-174, 189 Collections.— 2(i\-Z^ (1) ; 893-38 (1) ; 1010-39 (8) ; 1030-40 (5) 1129-40 (4); 1130-40 (6); 1131-40 (3); 1133-40 (3, with tubes) 1137-40 (1); 1191-40 (1); 1195-40 (1); 1200-40 (1); 1201-40 (1) 1226-41 (5); 1236-41 (2); 1245-41 (1); 1254-41 (1); 1272-41 (3) 1275-41 (4). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 119 A complete, though sexually immature, specimen consists of 122 seg- ments and measures 105 mm long. The body is entirely pale, flaccid (pre- served in the tube). The prostomium is as typical of the genus, with 2 distinct lobes, each again divided about equally by a smaller incision. There are 2 conspicuous, circular, black eyes between the bases of the inner and outer lateral antennae. The styles are long, smooth, without trace of wrinkling or articulation, taper to slender ends ; the longest, or inner lateral, ones reach back to about the eighth setiger, the median is nearly or about as long, and the outer laterals are shorter. The first 2 rings are apodous, the first longer than the second, at the sides about 3 times as long, but at the middorsum only about l^ times as long as the latter. Dorsal cirri on the second ring are long, smooth, slen- der, tapering, about twice as long as the first 2 rings together. The first 3 pairs of parapodia lack branchiae but have long, dorsal cirri that increase in length from the first; they are a little longer than the length of the first 2 body rings together; the third dorsal cirrus is about 11/^ times as long as the first. Thereafter they decrease in length. Ventral cirri of the first 4 pairs of parapodia taper distally, the first being the longest ; thereafter they are gradually thicker at the base and shorter. From the fifth setiger the ventral cirrus has a thick, glandular, padlike base which is marked on its anterior side by a powdeiy white, oval patch ; it is prolonged distally as a papilla; this arrangement is continued for about 24 segments, after which the thickened base of the ventral cirrus is again reduced; farther back it gradually comes to have the form of those in the anterior region except that it is shorter. The setigerous lobe is short, simple throughout. Branchiae are present from the third parapodium, with 3 slender filaments in pectinate arrangement, but greatly exceeded in size by their respective dorsal cirri. On the fourth (second branchial) setiger there are 8 filaments, pectinately arranged, the dorsal cirrus still much stronger than the stem of the branchia. The third branchial (fifth) setiger has 13 filaments, the dorsalmost shortest ; there is a rapid increase in number of filaments to 20 at about the seventeenth setiger (pi. 8, fig. 168). By the thirty-first there are again only 12 filaments, and by the thirty-fifth seti- ger branchiae are absent; median and posterior regions are abranchiate. The first setal fascicle is smaller and weaker than those following, but similar in other respects. From the second, through a long anterior region, the setae are disposed in dense, crowded fascicles, consisting of a supra-acicular group of longer, simple setae and a subacicular one of somewhat shorter, composite setae. By the thirty-first parapodium the 120 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 setal fascicle is still full but less so than in the seventh, and it comes to be decreasingly so farther back. A fifth parapodium has about 25 to 30 superior simple setae and about the same number of inferior hooks; a seventeenth parapodium has about one third again as many setae, but shortly thereafter there is a decrease, so that by the sixtieth parapodium there are only 20 simple setae, 6 or 7 composite hooks, and 7 or 8 pecti- nate setae, together with 2 subacicular hooks. A tenth last parapodium has even fewer setae and hooks and lacks the subacicular hooks. The notoacicular fascicle is represented by a slender group of fine rods, completely embedded. The superior simple setae are practically without wings, resemble capillaries. The inferior composite setae resem- ble spinigers, but under very high magnification the tip is seen to be weakly bidentate (pi. 8, fig. 171) or even tridentate (pi. 8, fig. 172) be- neath the long, tapering, hooded cap. The inferiormost have an append- age about as long as the superiormost, but a gradual decrease in length of appendage is attained in going from anterior to posterior regions (pi. 8, figs. 170-173). Also, the bidentate nature of these setae is more obvious in median and posterior parapodia, where the true nature of the biden- tate tip is more clearly marked. Pectinate setae are present in median and posterior parapodia; about 8 of them are in the seventeenth setiger. They are fine, slenderer than the other setae, have a distally flaring end, which is, however, rolled in at the sides, causing it to appear narrower than it actually is (pi. 8, fig. 189). There are about 10 long dentations at the edge. Subacicular hooks are first present from the twenty-fifth setiger, occur at first singly in parapodia, replacing some of the composite hooks at the lower end of the fascicle. They are clear yellow, distally tridentate, hooded (pi. 8, fig. 166). They are present through most of the body length, but seem to be absent from at least the last 15 parapodia. They are somewhat slenderer than the acicula with which they occur ; there are often 3 or 4 in vertical series in a single parapodium. Acicula are yellow, typically 2 in a parapodium; they taper distally to a slightly bent tip (pi. 8, fig. 169). The proboscidial armature is translucent, in part, but heavily tinged with black, especially in the thicker regions. The free ends of the mandi- bles, when not eroded, are shining white, appear winglike (pi. 8, fig. 164) ; when worn, the calcareous parts may be more or less missing (pi. 8, fig. 165). The mandibles are widely separated from one another at the base, but well fused in their distal half (pi. 8, fig. 165). The maxillary carriers are longer than broad, basally rounded (pi. 8, fig. 167). Forceps NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 121 are strongly falcate ; maxilla II has 8 teeth on the left, 9 on the right side, they increase in size distally and are more or less equally spaced from one another except for slight irregularities. Maxilla III has 8 teeth left, the third and fourth distalmost are the largest; maxilla IV has 7 teeth left. On the right maxilla III (fused with IV) has 9 teeth; maxilla V has a single tooth on either side. The formula is thus: 1-1, 8-9, 8-0, 7-9, 1-1. The tube is branched, bifurcated once or several times, covered with a thin layer of mud or also fine gravel over a soft, chitinized base. A portion, showing method of branching, is shown in pi. 8, fig. 174. Tube fragments have been taken from stations 1133-40, 1272-41, and 1137- 40. E. americana comes near to E. indica Kinberg in having a strongly branchiate region anteriorly; in both, the subacicular hooks are distally tridentate, sometimes to 3 or 4 in a parapodium; also, both have long, slender, smooth prostomial antennae. In E. americana, however, the com- posite hooks terminate in a main tooth that is practically in a straight line with the main part of the appendage, and is never falcate or bent as in E. indica; the distal end of the subacicular hook is far less prolonged in E. americana than in E. indica; the tube of the former is branched. Holotype. — AHF no. 45. Type locality. — Off Redondo Beach, California, in 136-172 fms (1130-40). Distribution. — Off southern California, south to western Mexico, in depths of 15-174 fms. Eunice schemacephala Schmarda Schmarda, 1861, p. 132, pi. 32, fig. 260, 7 text figs. E. fucata Ehlers, 1887, pp. 91-93, pi. 25, figs. 8-20. Collection.— A 50-39 (2). This species is at once distinguishable from others of the genus in that its subacicular hooks are dark and end in a simple, falcate tip ; they are present usually singly in parapodia, from about the fortieth setiger. Acicula are also dark, occur usually 2 in a parapodium. Branchiae are present from about the fifth parapodium. Distribution. — Common in the West Indian region, Atlantic Pana- ma, littoral. 122 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Subgenus NiClDION Kinberg Nicidion differs from EunicCj sensu stricto, in that branchiae are to- tally lacking or limited to a few simple filaments in a far posterior re- gion. Like Eunice, it is provided with subacicular hooks and pectinate setae, and it has similar mandibular and maxillaiy parts. The affinities of Nicidion and Eunice have already been pointed out (Fauvel, 1930, p. 27; 1932, p. 140). Monro (1933, p. 63) has also emphasized the similarities in referring a species, A'^. kinbergi Webster, as variety of Eunice cariboea Grube. Although the likenesses of the 2 groups are great, the species of Nicidion are usually considerably smaller than those of Eunice, the prostomial antennae are proportionately shorter and cirriform, or very weakly ringed, and the masticatory apparatus is more delicate. By definition, branchiae are absent in Nicidion, but in some species, notably N. gracilis Crossland and N. cariboea (below), simple, cirriform filaments may make their appearance in a far posterior region. The following species have been reported, or described, from the Western Hemisphere. 1. Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube (1856, p. 57) from the West Indies. 2. " " y^mZ-er^f Webster (1884, p. 320) from Bermuda. 3. " " ^r^i;w Ehlers (1887, p. 98) from Florida. 4. " " fmo^^wfl Monro (1924, p. 61) from Brazil. 5. " " incerta Hansen (1882, p. 8) from Brazil. (This is very incompletely known.) Nicidion edentulum Ehlers (1901, p. 130) from Juan Fernandez and A^. gallapagensis Kinberg (1865, p. 654) from the Galapagos Islands are herein referred to the genus Palola Gray (p. 130), since they lack subacicular hooks and pectinate setae and differ in their proboscidial armature from species of this genus. Nicidion is at most a branchia-free form (or nearly so) of Eunice; its separation is here maintained for practical purposes. Key to Species of Eunice (Nicidion) 1. Subacicular hooks absent from a long (about 50 to 55 seg- ments) anterior region; parapodia with ventral pads from about segments 20 to 70 E. (N.) imogena Monro 1. Subacicular hooks present from about the twenty-fifth to thirty- fifth segment, continued posteriorly; parapodia with ventral pads much farther forward 2 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 123 2. Some posterior segments with simple, filamentous branchiae E. (N.) carihoea, p. 123 2. Posterior segments lack branchiae 3 3. Unpaired maxillary plate III with about 6 to 8 teeth .... E. (N.) kinhergi, p. 124 3. Unpaired maxillary plate III with 4 teeth E. (N.) brevis Ehlers The last 3 named, cariboea, kinbergi, and brevis, are separable with difficulty, and may indeed represent a single species. Our collections include representatives of E. (N.) kinbergi and E. (N.J cariboea (below). Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea Grube Plate 7, Figs. 157-163; Plate 8, Fig. 178 Eunice cariboea Grube, 1856, p. 57. Eunice culebra Treadwell, 1902, p. 197, fig. 37. Leodice culebra Treadwell, 1921, pp. 49-51, pi. 2, figs. 13-16, Eunice gagzoi Augener, 1922, p. 45. Eunice cariboa Monro, 1933, p. 63 (with synonymy). Collections.— 2A9-3A (1) ; 412-35 (1) ; 633-37 (1) ; 634-37 (1). All collections are fragments, from which a longer or shorter pos- terior part is missing. Only one (coll. 249-34) has a short, branchiate region from a far posterior part ; it has 232 segments, is 48 mm long, and has long, cirriform branchiae (pi. 7, fig. 161) from segment 222. The others entirely lack branchiae in so far as they are known. On the whole, the anterior end is slightly more robust than in E. (N.J kinbergi (be- low), and the prostomial antennae are weakly and irregularly ringed, a character that may have little significance. An anterior portion of 111 segments measures 37 mm long (coll. 634-37). Ventral cirri are absent from the thirty-eighth segment, pos- teriorly. In another (coll. 633-37) they are absent from the thirty-fifth segment, and in a third (coll. 412-35) they do not disappear before about the fiftieth segment. The 5 prostomial antennae are thick, irregularly ringed, the longest shorter than the greatest width of the prostomium. Peristomial cirri are short, smooth, cirriform, about half as long as the peristomial ring. Parapodia (pi. 8, fig. 178) increase in size from the first to about the ninth, after which they remain about equal in size to one another until the twenty-fifth segment ; after this they again decrease in size (pi. 7, fig. 163) ; this is due largely to the vanishing ventral cirri. Subacicular hooks are dark, first present from about the thirtieth para- podium; they are single in parapodia, distally bidentate (pi. 7, fig. 158). 124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Pectinate setae are present anteriorly, at least 2 in the tenth parapodium, their form and size much as in those far back (pi. 7, fig. 162). In the thirty-eighth parapodium there are about 6 in a parapodium. Composite hooks are most abundant anteriorly; they are distally bidentate (pi. 7, fig. 157). Acicula are dark, thicker than the subacicular hooks, distally straight or slightly curved, especially in more posterior segments. In the maxillary apparatus (pi. 7, figs. 159, 160), maxilla I (for- ceps) has a single tooth on either side, maxilla II has 5 and 4 teeth, maxilla III has 8 teeth left, none right, maxilla IV has 6 and 5 teeth. Distribution. — E. (N.J cariboea was first described from the West Indian region, and has since been reported as Leodice culebra Treadwell (1921, p. 49) from the Panama Canal Zone, and as E. gagzoi Augener (1922, p. 45) from Colombia. Monro (1933, p. 63) records it from Colon, Panama. The present collections extend the range to the Pacific side, in the Gulf of California. The bathymetric range is intertidal to 20 fms. Eunice (Nicidion) kinbergi Webster Webster, 1884, pp. 320-321, pi. 12, figs. 81-88; Treadwell, 1911, pp. 7-9, figs. 15-22; 1921, pp. 91-93, pi. 6, figs. 5-8, figs. 324-332. E. caribou van kinbergii Monro, 1933, p. 63; 1933, p. 257. Collections.— A 15-39 (3) ; A 35-39 (1). Total number of segments is about 110 (coll. A 15-39). Subacicular hooks are first present at about the twenty-fifth to twenty-seventh setiger; ventral pads are continued posteriorly to the twenty-fifth or twenty-sixth parapodium. No branchiae are present on any segments. Prostomial an- tennae are smooth and lack the indistinct annulation of E. (N.J cariboea (above). Distribution. — Originally described from Bermuda, this species has since been widely reported from the West Indian region (Treadwell, 1911; 1921; Hoagland, 1919, p. 576), and from Colon, Panama (Monro, 1933). Present collections originate in Colombia and Trinidad, in a few fathoms. Genus LYSIDIGE Lamarck, emend. Ehlers Type L. ninetta Audouin and Edwards Lysidice differs from other genera of Eunicidae in having only 3 prostomial antennae when adult; branchiae and peristomial cirri are ab- sent; setal structures and maxillary parts are much as in Eunice (above). The prostomium has a pair of dark eyespots near the outer base of the paired antennae. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 125 The following species of Lysidice have been reported from the West- ern Hemisphere. 1. L. americana Verrill (1873, p. 508) from Massachusetts. 2. L. collaris Grube, reported from French Guiana by Fauvel (1919, p. 477) and from the eastern tropical Pacific by Monro ( 1933, p. 69) . 3. L. ninetta Audouin and Edwards, p. 125. 4. L. rohusta Stimpson, first described from Australia, reported from the Galapagos Islands by Augener (1933, p. 61). 5. L. tortugae Treadwell ( 1921 , pp. 85-86, figs. 298-304) from Florida. 6. L. trimera Ehlers (1901, pp. 134-136, pi. 16, figs. 17-23) from Juan Fernandez. L. sulcata Treadwell (1928, p. 200; 1921, pp. 89-90) from the West Indian region has been referred to L. collaris (Fauvel, 1919, p. 477). Likewise, L. trimera Ehlers has been considered doubtfully distinct (Monro, 1933, p. 69). All of them are very closely related to one an- other; separation is difficult. L. collaris has been distinguished from L. ninetta in that the shape of the eyes is reniform in the first, oval in the second (Fauvel, 1932, p. 143). Only one species, L. ninetta, has been re- covered in the collections. Lysidice ninetta Audouin and Edwards Fauvel, 1923, p. 411, fig. 162; Augener, 1925, p. 29; Monro, 1928, pp. 88-89; 1933, pp. 70-71. Collections.— A 15-39 (6) ; A 20-39 (1) ; A 32-39 (1). Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; widely reported from the West Indian region and the Atlantic Panama. Genus NEMATONEREIS Schmarda Type N. unicornis Schmarda Ne?natonereis is characterized in having a single prostomial antenna; the prostomium is rounded in front; peristomial cirri and branchiae are absent; setae include composite and subacicular hooks, pectinate and simple limbate setae. Three species have been recorded from the Western Hemisphere. 1. N. hebes Verrill (1900, p. 647) from Bermuda. (This should prob- ably have read Fort Macon, North Carolina, as I have been able to verify by examining the type; it is perhaps referable to A^. unicornis Schmarda.) 2. N. schmardae Mcintosh (1885, p. 262) off Brazil, in 350 fms. 3. N. unicornis Schmarda (1861, p. 119) cosmopolitan. No collections have turned up in our materials. 126 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Genus MARPHYSA Quatrefages Type M. sanguinea (Montagu) This genus is most clearly separable from Eunice (above) for lack- ing peristomial cirri. It has been recorded from the Americas through 26 species (excluding synonyms), but many are so poorly known that their status continues to be doubtful. They include : 1. Al. aenea (Blanchard), p. 128. 2. M. antipathum Pourtales (1869, p. 109) off Havana, in 270 fms. (This is known only through a brief description, based on a tube.) 3. M. aransensis Treadwell (1939, p. 5, figs. 16, 17) from Texas. (This is not distinguishable from M. sanguinea, below.) 4. M. atlantica (Kinberg) (1865, p. 565) off the La Plata River, Argentina. 5. M. bellii Audouin and Edwards, originally described from Europe, reported from Florida (Ehlers, 1887, p. 95). 6. M. bellii oculata Treadwell (1921, p. 61) from the West Indies. 7. M.. brasiliensis (Hansen) (1882, p. 7) from Brazil. (This has been regarded as a probable synonym of M. sanguinea by Augener, 1934, p. 136.) 8. M. brevitentaculata Treadwell (1921, p. 69) from the West Indies. (This is not distinguishable from AI. sanguinea, below.) 9. M. conferta Moore, p. 129. 10. M. gayi Quatrefages (1865, p. 335) from Chile. 11. M. hamata (Schmarda) (1861, p. 125) from Jamaica. 12. AI. hentscheli Augener (1931, p. 44) from Jamaica. 13. AI. januarii Grube (1881, p. Ill) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 14. AI. languida Treadwell (1921, p. 73) from Puerto Rico. 15. AI. minima (Hansen) (1882, p. 8) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 16. AI. mortenseni Monro, p. 129. 17. AI. nobilis Treadwell (1917, p. 265) from Florida. (This appears to be the same as AI. sanguinea, below.) 18. AI. qiiadrioculata (Grube) (1856, p. 60) from Puntarenas, Costa Rica. (This is very incompletely known.) 19. AI. regalis Verrill (1900, p. 56) from Bermuda, later described as AI. fragilis Treadwell (1911, p. 2) from Florida. 20. Ad. sanguinea (Montagu), p. 127. 21. AI. sanguinea americana Monro ( 1933, p. 68) from Balboa, Panama. 22. AI. schmardai Gravier (1909, p. 634) from Peru. 23. AI. simplex Crossland, first described from Zanzibar, reported from French Guiana by Fauvel (1919, p. 476). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 127 24. M. striata (Kinberg) (1865, p. 565) from San Jose Island, near Panama (Pacific). 25. M. stylobranchiata Moore, p. 129. 26. M. viridis Treadwell (1917, p. 264) from Florida. (This is prob- ably identical with M. sanguinea, below.) Key to Species of Marphysa 1. Composite setae distally pointed; branchiae first present from segment 15-40, continued to near end; branchiae with 4 to 7 filaments where best developed, the filaments more or less pal- mately arranged on the stem; subacicular hooks inconspicuous, present in a short, posterior region but not to the end . . . M. sanffuinea, p. 127 1. Composite setae distally falcate, with bidentate tip ... . 2 2. Branchiae are simple filaments throughout, first present at about segment 16-20, continued to near end or absent on the last 20- 30 segments M. stylobranchiata, p. 129 2. Branchiae branched, at least in part 3 3. Prostomium entire in front; dorsal cirrus after a few anterior segments comes to have a secondary ventral process .... M. mortenseni, p. 129 3. Prostomium bifid in front; dorsal cirri cirriform .... 4 4. Branchiae limited to a short region, approximately through seg- ments 10 to 18, and with 5 to 7 filaments in pectinate series; acicula yellow; small in size, about 30 mm long .... M. conferta, p. 129 4. Branchiae first present from about segment 13-20, continued through a long median and posterior region; branchiae with 7 to 9 filaments, pectinately arranged, where best developed; acicula black; size large, robust, over 50 mm long .... M. aenea, p. 128 Marphysa sanguinea (Montagu) Plate 8, Figs. 179-183 Ehlers, 1887, p. 97; Fauvel, 1923, p. 408, fig. 161 ; Monro, 1928, p. 86; 1933, p. 69. M. calif ornica Moore, 1909, pp. 251-253, figs. 13-20. Collections.— \0n-'i9 (1); 1048-40 (1 + ); ?1075-40 (1); 1136- 40 (1); 1210-40 (1); 1297-41 (1); 1437-41 (4); 1441-41 (1); 1441a- 41 (3); 1442-41 (many); Point Fermin, California, shore (1); En- 128 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 sefiada, Mexico, shore (1) ; A 25-39 (2) ; A 30-39 (7) ; A 50-39 (1). Branchiae are first present usually from segments 28 to 40 to near the posterior end; they attain to 6 or 7 filaments, subpalmately to sub- pectinately arranged on the stem. Acicula are black, usually 3 (or only 2) in a parapodium. Subacicular hooks (pi. 8, fig. 182) are inconspicu- ous, usually absent except for a short posterior region, occur singly in parapodia; they are much slenderer than their respective acicula and terminate distally in a bidentate tip. A typical posterior neuropodium is provided with 3 black acicula (pi. 8, fig. 180), 5 coarsely pectinate setae (pi. 8, figs. 181, 183), over 20 finely pectinate setae, about as many limbate setae, and approximately 15 pointed, composite setae (pi. 8, fig. 179). I agree with Monro (1933, p. 69) that M. calif ornica Moore (1909) is identical with M. sanguinea, and would suggest also that sev- eral others, in the list above, are perhaps the same, including M. aran- sensis, AI. brevitentaculata, M. languida, M. nobilis, M. acicularum and its variety brevibranchiata, and M. viridis. A re-examination of types is desirable. Distribution. — M. sanguinea is world wide in occurrence, especially in warmer seas; it abounds in intertidal and littoral zones. It inhabits especially shaly rocks or hard-packed clays. These records include locali- ties in the gulfs of California and Mexico, and in the eastern Pacific from southern California to Ensefiada, Mexico. Marphysa aenea (Blanchard) Plate 8, Figs. 184-188 M. corallina Ehlers, 1901, pp. 131-134, pi. 15, figs. 13-18. Augener, 1923, pp. 64-65; Monro, 1933, pp. 67-68. Collections. — La Libertad, Ecuador, Jan. 20, 1933 (1) ; 4-33 (1) ; 380-35 (3) ; 391-35 (4) ; 634-37 (1) ; 782-38 (fragment) ; 831-38 (2) ; 844-38 (3). A large specimen (coll. 831-38) measures about 375 mm long (pre- served). Branchiae are first present from segment 16 to 23, continued posteriorly nearly to the end; the last 12 segments may be abranchiate. The filaments number 7 to 10 where best developed; they are in pecti- nate arrangement. Acicula are dark, number one or 2 in a parapodium; subacicular hooks are pale brown, first present in about the fortieth seg- ment, and are continued posteriorly to the end, number usually one or 2 in a parapodium; they are distally distinctly bidentate (pi. 8, fig. 186). A typical neuropodium from a postmedian segment has approximately NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 129 the following setal structures: 2 (or one) black acicula, one (or 2) brown subacicular hook, 10 composite falcigerous hooks (pi. 8, fig. 185), 9 or 10 limbate setae, more than 10 smaller pectinate setae (pi. 8, fig. 188) and 4 or 5 large, pectinate setae (pi. 8, figs. 184, 187), with teeth more numerous than in the closely related M. sanguinea (above). Distribution. — M. aenea is now known from Chile and Peru, north to western Mexico and the southern end of the Gulf of California. It is typically intertidal. Marphysa conferta Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 252-254, pi. 16, figs. 29-34. Collection.— 1142-40 (1) ; 1210-40 (1) ; Laguna Beach, California, from kelp holdfast, washed in ( 1 ) . This unique species is distinguishable from others of the genus as indicated in the key above. Distribution. — M. conferta is known only from southern California, below the intertidal zone, sometimes washed in on kelp holdfasts. Marphysa stylobranchiata Moore Moore, 1909, pp. 249-251, pi. 7, figs. 8-12. Collections. — Numerous specimens from intertidal zones, central and northern California. Distribution. — Common in intertidal zones of northern and central California, It has recently been reported from Mazatlan, Mexico (Rioja, 1941,p. 712). Marphysa mortenseni Monro Monro, 1928, pp. 86-88, figs. 9-12. Collection.— 1332-41 (1). Distribution. — Previously known only from Taboga, Panama, sandy shore at low tide, this extends its range to northernmost Lower Cali- fornia, in 48-51 fms. Genus PARAMARPHYSA Ehlers Type P. lon^ula Ehlers Paramarphysa dififers from Marphysa (above) chiefly in lacking branchiae. 130 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Paramarphysa longula Ehlers Ehlers, 1887, pp. 99-100, pi. 29, figs. 3-12; Monro, 1933, p. 258. P. obtusa Verrill, 1900, pp. 646-647; Treadwell, 1921, pp. 76-77, figs. 269-278. Collections.— A 12-39 (1) ; A 13-39 (1) ; A 20-39 (3) ; A 35-39 (2). Distribution. — P. longula has been reported widelj'^ from West Indian and Bermuda localities; these records are from known ranges. Genus PALOLA Gray Type P. viridis Gray Palola differs from Eunice Cuvier (with which it has usually been included) and related genera in ( 1 ) lacking subacicular hooks and pecti- nate setae; (2) having massive calcareous mandibles, greatly exceeding the maxillary parts in size; (3) having branchiae (if present) limited more or less to a far posterior region, these usually simple filaments or at most consisting of a few filaments; and (4) having maxillary plates that tend to be edentate or nearly so. The following species are herein referred to Palola. 1. Palola siciliensis (Grube), p. 131. 2. Palola viridis Gray (1847, p. 409) from the Navigators Islands (Samoa). 3. Palola edentulum (Ehlers) (1901, p. 130) from Juan Fernandez and the tropical eastern Pacific. (I believe this to be identical with Nicidion gallapagensis Kinberg, 1865, p. 43, from Chatham Island, and both referable to Palola.) 4. Palola paloloides (Moore), p. 131. The species of this genus are so closely related to one another, at least in the preserved state, that it is diiUcult to separate them. They are all very long, slender, and autotomize readilj\ The prostomial lobe is bifid at its anterior margin, provided with 5 short, more or less smooth an- tennae; peristomial cirri are similarly short, smooth. Branchiae (if pres- ent) are limited to a far posterior region, from about segments 100 to 175, continued posteriorly to the end; mandibles are heavy, white; maxil- lary carriers are 4 to 6 times as long as broad, approximately trapezoidal in outline; the only maxillary plate that has diagnostic value is right maxilla II, but it too may be subject to some individual variation. no. 1 hartman : polychaetous annelids 131 Key to Species of Palola 1. Branchiae absent throughout; maxillary plates with greatly reduced teeth P. edentulum Ehlers 1. Branchiae present at least in a far posterior region; maxillary plates with a few blunt teeth 2 2. Maxillary plate II on the right side with a small third denticle, at its distal end P. paloloides, p. 131 2. Maxillary plate II on the right side with only 2 blunt denticles P. siciliensiSj p. 131 Palola siciliensis (Grube) Eunice leucodon Ehlers, 1901, pp. 128-130, pi. 16, figs. 1-10. Leodice cariboea Treadwell, 1921, pp. 47-49, pi. 4, figs. 1-4, figs. 136- 143. Eunice siciliensis Fauvel, 1923, pp. 405-407, fig. 159; Monro, 1933, p. 62. Collections.— 62-33 (1); 127-33 (1); 210-34 (1); 217-34 (1); 232-34 ( 1 ) ; 239-34 ( 1 ) ; 446-35 ( 1 ) ; 473-35 (2) ; 501-36 ( 1 ) ; 633- 37 (1); 634-37 (2); 739-37 (2); 867-38 (1); 970-39 (1); 972-39 (4) ; 1049-40 (4) ; 1053-40 (8) ; 1072-40 (1) ; 1091-40 (2) ; 1092-40 (2); 1093-40 (1); 1110-40 (2); 1112-40 (2) ; A 41-39 (1); A 50-39 (1) ; Caribbean Cruise, 1939 (5). Color in life for a specimen from Tobago Island (coll. A 41-39) is as follows: eyes reddish black; dorsal side of body brownish vinaceous and iridescent with a strong purplish hue; dorsal vessel reddish purple; parapodia dark gray; ventral side same as dorsal one. (Noted by Mr. Anker Petersen.) Distribution. — Circumtropical. The present records extend in the Pacific from the Gulf of California, south to Colombia, west to the Galapagos, from shore to 18 fms, and in the Caribbean Sea on the Atlantic side. Palola paloloides (Moore) Eunice (Eriphyle) paloloides Moore, 1909, pp. 246-249, pi. 7, figs. 5-7. Palolo pallidus Hartman, 1938, p. 99, figs. 24-35. Collections.— 906-39 (1) ; 909-39 (1) ; 1210-40 (3) ; 1218-40 (2) ; 1224-41 (1); 1284-41 (4); 1297-41 (2); 1340-41 (1); 1345-41 (1); 1406-41 (1); 1415-41 (1); 1443-41 (4); 1446-42 (2); Ensenada, Rocky Point, Lower California, ( 1 ) . 132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Branchial filaments are absent from the first 100 to 150 segments; thereafter some segments are abranchiate but most have a simple, cirri- form branchia on either side, or they may be branched once or twice. The unworn maxillary right plate II has a small accessory tooth distally, as originally shown by Moore; the cirri of the first segment are propor- tionately less prolonged (only about half as much) than in P. siciliensis ( above ) . P. pallidus was originally separated from P. paloloides for having some divided branchiae, but this now seems to be only a variation. P. paloloides, in turn, is very closely allied to P. siciliensis (above), from which it differs only in minute details. Distribution. — Southern California, intertidal to 90 fms. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 133 Family Lumbrineridae The Lumbrineridae, as herein restricted and as distinct from the Arabellidae (new name, p. 170), constitute a large group of species, be- longing to few (4) genera, uniquely uniform in external features be- cause of simplicity and reduction of many morphological parts. More than any other of the polychaetes, they resemble oligochaetes lacking a clitellum, but the setal structures and parapodial lobes are proportionate- ly much more developed ; also, anatomically their affinities are with the Eunicidae. The prostomium is reduced to a simple, more or less conical, or depressed spherical, lobe without appendages (but with 3 minute an- tennae in Augeneria Monro), sometimes with a transversely linear series of dark ej^espots along its posterior margin. The first 2 segments are simple, apodous rings. Succeeding segments are more or less cylindrical to somewhat depressed, provided with laterally produced, uniramous parapodia, moderate to small in size. The parts of the proboscis are paired throughout, typically consist of 4 pairs of dorsal, paired, maxillary plates, numbered maxilla I (or for- ceps) to maxilla IV; plates II to IV have few or more numerous denta- tions, or are simple. The forceps are basally attached to a pair of flat- tened, broad carriers without a median piece on the ventral side, such as characterizes the Arabellidae. The ventrally located mandibles consist of a pair of flat plates, fused along their median line, sometimes for their entire length (Ltimbrineris acuta, p. 145), or decreasingly so to only a short, anterior portion of it. The mandibles and maxillae together consti- tute a more or less chitinized (sometimes also partly calcified) portion of an eversible, masticatory apparatus, often strongly developed. Parapodia are usually simple, often inconspicuous, short outpocket- ings of the body wall, with a short, fleshy portion provided with an acicu- lar fascicle and immediately posterior to it a vertically disposed, fan- shaped fascicle of setae and/or hooded hooks. The anterior and posterior portions of this fleshy lobe may be more or less prolonged to form the presetal and postsetal lobes, which in some instances form structures of unique specific significance. Only one, usually the postsetal, lobe may be prolonged, causing a unilabiate condition, or both presetal and postsetal lobes may be prolonged to form a bilabiate condition. In some, both lobes may remain fairly constant throughout. In Ninoe Kinberg the postsetal portion enlarges in some segments, comes to be palmately lobed to form branchial structures. The supporting rods, or acicula, may be pale straw colored, yellow, amber, to dark brown or even black; in a few species 134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 both pale and dark-colored aci'cula are present in the same parapodium, or in different parapodia of the same individual. The notopodium may be represented merely by a slender, notoacicular fascicle in the fleshy part of the parapodium, or there may also be a minute, papillar, dorsal cirrus. Setae consist, anteriorly, of ( 1 ) simple bilimbate, or also (2) simple hooded hooks, or (3) composite hooded hooks, or rarely (4) composite limbate setae. In median and posterior regions the limbate setae are usually more or less completely replaced by simple hooded hooks. Four genera, of which Luinbrineris Blainville (=Lumbriconereis Grube) is by far the largest, are herein assigned to this family. They include (see also discussion under Arabellidae, p. 170) : 1. Lu??ibrineris Blainville, with type L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller), p. 136. 2. Ninoe Kinberg, with type N. chilensis Kinberg, p. 169. 3. Cenogcnus Chamberlin (1919), with type C. descendens Chamber- lin. 4. Augeneria Monro (1930), with type A. tentaculata Monro. The first 2 are represented in the collections; the last 2 genera are each known through only a single species, not present in the materials. Key to Genera of Lumbrineridae 1. With 3 small antennae at posterior margin of prostomium Augeneria Monro 1. Without 3 small antennae 2 2. With palmately branched branchiae on some segments . . . Ninoe, p. 169 2. Without palmately branched branchiae 3 3. Maxillary plates with dentations . . . Liimbrineris, p. 136 3. Maxillary plates (except maxilla II) without dentations . . Cenogenus Chamberlin In addition, an interesting foiTn, Aotearia sulcaticeps Benham, has been described from New Zealand, for which the subfamily, Aotearinae Benham, and genus, Aotearia Benham ( 1927, p. 91 ), were erected, based on 2 anterior ends of a single species. The genus is strikingly like Lum- brineris in form and details except that maxilla IV is present as an un- paired right plate with 3 teeth and maxilla V has numerous teeth on either side. The occurrence of an unpaired maxillary plate at once ex- cludes this from the family Lumbrineridae, as herein defined. Further- more, it should be stressed that where an unpaired plate is present in rep- NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 135 resentatives of the superfamily Eunicea, i.e., in the Eunici'dae and Onuphidae, it is the left, not the right, plate which is so. If Aotearia sulcaticeps could be included in Lumbrineris, it would fall in that group in which simple hooks are already present in anterior segments and in which acicula are black. Four other parasitic or aberrant genera have been described in the Lumbrineridae. These are: 1. Haematocleptes Wiren (1886, p. 1 ) for H. terebellidis, taken from the digestive tract of Terebellides stroe?ni Sars. 2. Labrorostratus St. Joseph (1888, p. 218) for L. parasiticus, from the body of syllids. 3. Oligognathus Spengel (1882, p. 15) for O. bonelliae, from the body cavity of Bonellia. (This may go to the Arabellidae, below.) 4. Ophiuricola Ludwig (1905, p. 397) for O. cynips, from a deep sea ophiuran, from west of Callao, Peru, in 2,845 fms. Three other genera that have been attributed to the Lumbrineridae are either doubtful or to be referred to other genera. 1. Laranda Kinberg was proposed for 2 species, L. sulcata Kinberg (1865, p. 574) from Guayaquil, Ecuador, and L. gracilis Kinberg (1865, p. 574) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Through the kindness of Professor Sixten Bock, I have been able to examine the type ma- terials at the Swedish State Museum; I found no collections of L. gracilis and only a fragment of L. sulcata, which had been dried and from which the proboscidial armature is missing. The genus Laranda, therefore, is best dropped from the list. Other species subsequently assigned to Laranda include L. annulata Ehlers (1912, p. 99) from the east coast of Africa, which may well go to Drilonereis Claparede, and L. robusta Moore (1903, p. 454) from Suruga Bay, Japan, which is also a Drilonereis (Hartman, 1942, p. 125). 2. Larymna Kinberg (1865, p. 572) from Mossambique is a Lysareti- dae (p. 183), as I was able to confirm by examination of the type materials at the Swedish State Museum. This is discussed in an- other report on some Swedish types (in manuscript). 3. Pterothrix Chamberlin (1919, p. 325) was proposed for Notocirrus scoticus Mcintosh, but is believed to be based partly on a Drilonereis sp. and partly on an Arabella sp. (see Fauvel, 1923, p. 451). Aracoda Schmarda, Cenothrix Chamberlin, and Maclovia Grube are referable to other recognized genera in the superfamily Eunicea and have been so considered elsewhere (Mcintosh, 1910, p. 395; Monro, 1933i, p. 88; and Fauvel, 1923, p. 438, respectively). Enonella Stimpson (1853, 136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 p. 34) appears to be an Iphitime Marenzeller (1902, p. 578). Eranno Kinberg is a Lumbrineris (see p. 138). Labidognathus Caullery (1914, p. 490) is an Arabellidae (p. 180). Unciniseta Bidenkap goes to Lum- brineris (Arwidsson, 1908, p. 267). Genus LUMBRINERIS Blainville (Includes Lumbriconereis Grube, Lumbrinereis delle Chiaje, Unciniseta Bidenkap, Eranno Kinberg.) Type L. fragills (O. F. Miiller) Although clearly distinguishable from other related genera, Lumbri- neris includes an enormous number of species which are sometimes identi- fiable with difficulty or not at all from others through their known de- scriptions, since there appear to be comparatively few external characters which have real specific value. Representatives of this genus have usually a plain, unadorned exterior, and are often to be distinguished only through dissection and examination of microscopic parts. The shape of the prostomium is variable to a degree, and such expressions as sharply conical, rounded, globular, etc., have only approximate value. The proboscidial formula has often been given in specific descriptions; but, since the major maxillary plate II is reasonably constant within the genus, or specifically variable to some extent, this is also of little value in some species, unless substantiated by numerous other characters; the usual number of teeth on this plate ranges from 4 to 6, but is often 4 or 5. However, the basal attachment of maxilla II to the base of the forceps appears to be reasonably characteristic. Maxillary plates III and IV are often unidentate, or III may have 2 teeth; rarely (L. inflata Moore) both III and IV have more teeth. The maxillary carriers vary too widely within a species to be of great value. The form of mandibles may be more specific, especially the degree of fusion of the basal ends; its cres- centic muscle scars are often conspicuous on the ventral side. Limbate setae are almost uniform in shape except in a few abyssal forms where they are greatly prolonged and very slender. The simple hooded hooks in median and posterior regions vary from superior to in- ferior positions of the fascicle, but are also too constant to be of practical specific value. The usual condition is for a minutely dentate distal end with a larger basal tooth. Presence or absence of composite hooks (or also setae) in an anterior region clearly divides the genus into several major groups (p. 141), but the appendages of these hooks vary in shape in a single individual from NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 137 long, slender in anteriormost segments, to shorter, broader, transform- ing more or less gradually to the simple, robust hooks present in posterior segments. The same applies to the simple, hooded hooks in anterior seg- ments, when present. The development of presetal and postsetal lobes of parapodia, par- ticularly as one proceeds from anterior to posterior regions, provides a more stable character, especially when correlated with other parts, but this requires that specimens be nearly complete for certain identification — a condition all too infrequent in many collections. In some species where it has been possible to test the specificity of this character, it is found that the proportionate lengths of the lobes may be one of 3 types : (1) they may remain more or less constant throughout, (2) there may be a gradual elongation of only the postsetal lobe, or (3) there may be a gradual lengthening of both presetal and postsetal lobes in some segments. An attempt is herein made to provide a more accurate means for ready identification of species from the eastern Pacific and Western Hemisphere. For this purpose, 3 groups (A to C) are here recognized. These are as follows : Group A includes those in which the anterior parapodia are provided with only simple limbate setae, or also simple hooded hooks. Group B includes those in which anterior parapodia are provided with simple limbate setae and composite hooded hooks. Group C includes those in which anterior parapodia are provided with composite setae in addition to composite hooded hooks and simple limbate setae. Another species, L. janeirensis Augener (1934, pp. 138-139, fig. 28), is said to have only simple limbate setae; I have seen no representatives of this. The genus Lmnbrineris Blainville is known through about 110 to 125 species; many of these are very poorly known and their affinities re- main obscure or questionable. The records for the Western Hemisphere are likewise numerous (55, below). These include the following (anno- tations are given for some not discussed in the body of this report) : 1. L. abyssormn Mcintosh (1885, p. 250) trawled off Valparaiso, Chile, in 2,225 fms. (Setae and hooks were lost; hence this is in- completely known.) 2. L. acicularum Webster and Benedict (1887, p. 724) from New England. (The description is incomplete; the type specimen in the U. S. National Museum collections lacks prostomium and probos- cidial parts.) 138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 3. L. acuta (Verrill), p. 145. 4. L. africana Augener, first described from west Africa, is reported from the Galapagos Islands (Monro, 1933, p. 86). 5. L. atlantica Kinberg (1865, p. 568) from the La Plata region, Argentina. (This is provided with only limbate setae in 13 anterior segments, but thereafter has simple, hooded hooks, as I was able to confirm through re-examination of the type specimen at Stockholm.) 6. L. bicirrata (Treadwell), p. 156. 7. L. bidens Ehlers (1887, p. 103) off Florida, in 339 fms. 8. L. bifilaris (Ehlers), p. 153. 9. L. bifrons (Kinberg) (1865, p. 567) from Cape Virginis, Pata- gonia. (This was originally described as Eranno bifrons, erroneous- ly referred to a newly erected genus, since the everted nuchal or- gans were interpreted as prostomial antennae. Through the courtesy of Professor Sixten Bock, of the Swedish State Museum, I have seen the type and found it to be a typical Lionbrineris. It is a valid species. Details are discussed in another report, in manuscript.) 10. L. bifurcata Mcintosh, first described from Japan, has been re- ported from the northeast Pacific (Treadwell, 1914, p. 196; Berke- ley, 1927, p. 409). 11. L. bilabiata Treadwell (1902, p. 199) from Puerto Rico. (See Hartman, 1942, p. 120.) 12. L. branchiata Treadwell (1921, p. 94) from Tobago, West Indies. 13. L. brasiliensis Grube (1856, p. 159) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. (This is very incompletely known.) 14. L. brevicirra (Schmarda), originally described from Australia, has been reported from Coiba Island, Panama, and the Galapagos Is- lands (Monro, 1933, p. 83). However, the latter are believed to belong to L. tetraura, p. 147. Augener (1913, pp. 288-290) rede- scribed the type of L. brevicirra, noted the prostomium to be usually as long as the first 3 segments, reported simple hooks present from the first setiger and simple hooks in posterior segments, the latter with one larger, and 4 or 5 smaller teeth; the maxillary formula was given as 5-5, 2-2, 1-1 ; color of acicula was not disclosed. On the contrary, in specimens from the eastern Pacific, the prostomium was described (Monro, 1933) as short but never globular; simple hooks present from the first setiger; limbate setae present to per- haps the seventieth segment but usually ceasing at about the forti- eth, and jaws as in L. impatiens Claparede. The records of L. brevi- cirra from the Western Hemisphere are not convincing. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 139 15. L. Candida Treadwell (1921, p. 96) from the West Indies. (This is said to have simple, hooded hooks in anterior segments; in all other respects, i.e., its short, broad mandibles, the nearly edentate maxillary plates and digitate postsetal lobes, it bears a remarkable resemblance to L. paucidentata, which is said, however, to have composite hooks in some anterior segments.) 16. L. chilensis Kinberg (1865, p. 569) from Valparaiso, Chile. (Sim- ple hooded hooks are present from the first setiger; the posterior parapodial lobes are bilabiate, about equally long.) 17. L. cingidata Ehlers (1897, p. 76) from Ushuaia, Patagonia. (Not Ehlers, 1901, or Treadwell, 1917.) (Composite hooded hooks are present from the first parapodium; posterior parapodial lobes are short. See also the next 2 entries.) 18. L. cingulata Ehlers (1901, p. 136) from Ushuaia, Patagonia. (Simple, hooded hooks are present from the first parapodium; the posterior parapodial lobes are long ; composite hooks are absent. The specimens on which this record is based are deposited in the Swedish State Museum. See also nos. 17 and 19.) 19. L. cingulata Treadwell (1917, p. 263) from Tortugas, Florida. (This may be referable to L. inflata, p. 160.) 20. L. ehlerst van tenuisetis Mcintosh (1885, p. 253) from off New England, in 1,340 fms. (This is an abyssal form, provided with very long, slender, limbate setae.) 21. L. erecta (Moore), p. 149. 22. L. floridana Ehlers (1887, p. 103) from Key West, Florida. 23. L. floridana polygnatha Monro (1933, p. 260) from Dry Tor- tugas, Florida. 24. L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller) well known from western Europe and reported off New England and eastern Canada. 25. L. hebes Verrill (1874, p. 367) from Maine. (This name was pro- posed to replace L. obtusa Verrill, not Kinberg; it is poorly known.) 26. L. heterochaeta (Schmarda) (1861, p. 116) from Valparaiso, Chile. (This is incompletely known.) ?27. L. heteropoda Marenzeller. (See Hartman, 1942, pp. 121-123, fig. 10.) 28. L. impatiens Claparede, well known from southern Europe, has been reported from Elkhorn Slough, California (MacGinitie, 1935, p. 693), and from southern South America (Monro, 1936, p. 155). 29. L. index (Moore), p. 162. 30. L. inflata Moore, p. 160. 140 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 31. L. janeirensis (Augener) (1934, p. 138) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. (This name was proposed to replace Arabella dubia Han- sen, for a form unique in lacking hooded hooks, its parapodia pro- vided with only simple limbate setae.) 32. L. januarii (Grube), p. 167. 33. L. latreilli Audouin and Edwards, p. 158. 34. L. latreilli japonica Marenzeller, p. 159. 35. L. maculata (Treadwell) (1902, p. 198) from Puerto Rico. (See Hartman, 1942, pp. 119-120.) 36. L. magalhaensis (Kinberg) (1865, p. 568) from the Strait of Ma- gellan. (Composite hooks are present from the first parapodium; parapodial lobes are short, but the postsetal one is the longer.) 37. L. moorei Hartman (1942, p. 116) from Catalina Island, in 1,350- 2,182 fms. 38. L. nasuta (Verrill) (1900, p. 651) from Bermuda. (The original description is inadequate; the type is not known to exist. As rede- scribed by Treadwell, 1921, p. 101, it appears to be the same as L. latreilli, p. 158.) 39. L. nuchalis (Treadwell) (1921, p. 104) from the West Indies. (This has composite setae; the maxillary formula is 5, 2, 1.) 40. L. obtusa Kinberg (1865, p. 569) from Valparaiso, Chile. (This may prove to be identical with L. sphaerocephala, below. Composite setae are present from the first parapodium; the posterior postsetal lobe is long, directed obliquely upward; the maxillary formula of plates II and III is 5, 2.) 41. L. oceanica (Kinberg) (1865, p. 570) from the La Plata region, Argentina. (Simple hooks are present from at least the second para- podium; the posterior postsetal lobe is long, equal in length to the parapodial base, and directed obliquely upward.) 42. L. parvapedata (Treadwell) (1902, p. 198) from Culebra, Pana- ma. (See Hartman, 1942, pp. 118-119.) 43. L. paucidentata (Treadwell) (1921, p. 99) from Tortugas, Flori- da. (In all respects save one, this resembles L. Candida, above; it is, however, said to have composite hooks from the first parapodium.) 44. L. punctata (Mcintosh) (1885, p. 252) from off New York, in 1,240 fms. (This is an abyssal form, characterized by its long, slender, limbate setae.) 45. L. quinquedentata (Kinberg) (1865, p. 569) from the La Plata region, Argentina. (This is very incompletely known.) NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 141 46. L. robusta (Ehlers) (1887, p. 104) off Florida and Havana, in 75- 175 fms. (The first parapodia are shown with only limbate setae but other anterior setae were not described; the maxillary formula is 5, 1, 1.) 47. L. sarsi (Kinberg) (1865, p. 569) from Guayaquil, Ecuador. (This has simple hooks from the first parapodium; the posterior postsetal lobe is long, oblique to erect; the maxillary formula is 5, 2,1.) 48. L. similabris (Treadwell) (1926, p. 5) from Alaska. (The setae have not been described.) 49. L. singularisetis (Treadwell) (1931, p. 1 ) from Monterey, Cali- fornia. (The distribution of setae remains unknown and proboscid- ial parts are not described.) 50. L. sphaerocephala (Schmarda), originally described from New Zealand, has been reported from Gorgona Island (Monro, 1933, p. 86). (This may include L. obtusa Kinberg, but there are discrep- ancies in accounts. Augener, 1913, p. 288, reports the prostomium as conical, with composite hooks present from the first parapodium; Fauvel, 1932, p. 152, says the prostomium is short, globular.) 51. L. tenuis (Verrill) (1873, p. 594) off New England. (Simple hooks are present from the seventeenth segment; the maxillary formula is 6-5, 1-1, 1-1 ; parapodial lobes are short throughout.) 52. L. testudinum (Augener) (1922, p. 46) from Tortugas, Florida. (This is incompletely known.) 53. L. tetraura (Schmarda), p. 147. 54. L. virgini (Kinberg) (1865, p. 568) from Patagonia. 55. L. zonata (Johnson), p. 146. The following of the above-named species are believed to belong to Group A, since they lack composite hooks or setae : L. acuta (Verrill), p. 145 fL. Candida Treadwell (see also L. africana Augener under B) L. atlantica Kinberg L. chilensis Kinberg L. bassij new species, p. 150 L. cingulata Ehlers (part) L. bicirrata (Treadwell), p. 156 L. erecta (Moore), p. 149 L. bifilaris (Ehlers) , p. 153 L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller) L. bifrons (Kinberg) L. heteropodaM.arenzeller L. bifurcata Mcintosh L. impatiens Claparede L. branchiata Treadwell L. maculata (Treadwell) L. brevicirra (Schmarda) L. minima^ new species, p. 155 142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 L. simplex, new species, p. 152 L. tenuis (Verrill) L. tetraura (Schmarda), p. 147 L. zonata (Johnson), p. 146 L. moorei Hartman L. oceanica (Kinberg) L. parvapedata (Tread well) L. sarsi Kinberg ( ? syn. of L. tetraura) The following are believed to belong to Group B, since they are provided with composite hooks in anterior segments : L. bidens Ehlers L. ligulata Berkeley, p, 163 L. calif orniensis, new species, p. 163 L. limicola, new species, p. 161 L. cingulata Ehlers (part) h. cruzensis, new species, p. 165 L. floridana Ehlers L. floridana polygnatha Monro L. index (Moore), p. 162 inflata Moore, p. 160 latreil It Aud. and Edw., p. 158 L L L L. magalhaensis (Kinberg) L. nasuta (Verrill) (see also p. 140) L. nuchalis (Tread well) L. obtusa Kinberg (see also p. 140) L. pallida, new species, p. 166 L. paucidentata (Treadwell) L. sphaerocephala (Schmarda) latreilli japonica Mrz., p. 159 Only one species, L. januarii Grube (p. 167), belongs to Group C; it is characterized in having both composite setae and hooks in some an- terior parapodia. In the following species the nature of anterior hooks or setae is be- lieved to remain unknown. L. abyssorum Mcintosh L. acicularum Webster and Benedict L. bilabiata Treadwell L. brasiliensis Grube L. cingulata Treadwell L. ehlersi tenuisetis Mcintosh L. hebes Verrill L. heterochaeta (Schmarda) ?L. nasuta (Verrill) (see also under B) L. punctata (Mcintosh) L. quinquedentata (Kinberg) L.robusta (Ehlers) L. similabris (Treadwell) L. singularisetis (Treadwell) L. testudinum (Augener) L. virgini (Kinberg) The species of Lumbrineris discussed below may be further grouped through some of their major characters as follows (those in bold face type are newly described) : A. Without composite hooks. I. Posterior parapodia bilabiate. a. Acicula yellow: bifilaris, chilensis, minima. b. Acicula black: bicirrata. II. Posterior parapodia with long, postsetal lobe. a. Acicula yellow : tetraura, sarsi, cingulata, erecta, bassi. b. Acicula black: no representatives in the collections. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 143 III. Posterior parapodia with comparatively short lobes. a. Acicula yellow: acuta, brevicirra, impatiens, simplex, zonata. b. Acicula black: no representatives in the collections. B. With composite hooks in some anterior parapodia. I. Posterior parapodia bilabiate. a. Acicula yellow: cruzensis. b. Acicula black: californiensis. II. Posterior parapodia with long, postsetal lobe. a. Acicula yellow: inflataj litnicola. b. Acicula black : index. III. Posterior parapodia with short lobes. a. Acicula yellow : latreilli. b. Acicula black : latreilli japonica, pallida. JCey to Species of Lumbrineris A. Parapodia without composite hooks or setae 1 B. Parapodia with composite hooks or also setae in some segments 13 1. Prostomium greatly prolonged, slender; maxillary carriers proportionately massive, each forceps with 2 or 3 widely spaced teeth (pi. 8, fig. 177) L. acuta, p. 145 1. Prostomium not so; maxillary carriers and forceps otherwise 2 2. Setae greatly prolonged, very slender, project far out from sides of body; abyssal L. moorei Hartman 2. Setae not greatly prolonged 3 3. Posterior parapodial lobes distinctly bilabiate 4 3. Posterior parapodial lobes distinctly unilabiate, the postsetal lobe prolonged 7 3. Posterior parapodial lobes not noticeably prolonged in a pos- terior region, both postsetal and presetal lobes not much differ- ent from those in anterior segments 9 4. Acicula yellow 5 4. Acicula dark or black; maxillary formula 5-5, 1-1, 1-1 ; hood- ed hooks present from first parapodia or a little later . L. bicirrata, p. 156 5. Presetal lobe in far posterior segments longer than postsetal lobe ; carriers of maxillae proportionately massive ; small, slen- der, resembles a drilonereid .... L. minima, p. 155 5. Presetal lobe not longer than postsetal lobe in any segments; larger, not resembling a drilonereid 6 144 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 6. Maxillae III with a single tooth on either side L. bifilaris, p. 153 6. Maxillae III with 2 teeth on either side. L. chilensis Kinberg 7. Maxillae II without true teeth ; mandible very broad . . . L. Candida Treadwell 7. Maxillae II with teeth; mandible not broad 8 8. Hooded hooks first present from about segments 35 to 46; large, robust L. erecta, p. 149 8. Hooded hooks first present from about segment 16; minute, slender, resembles a drilonereid .... L. bassi, p. 150 8. Hooded hooks first present from first parapodia. (This includes the following species which I am unable to dis- tinguish clearly from one another: tetraura, sarsi, cingulata Ehlers [1901], oceanica, branchiata, and questionably macu- lata.) 9. Hooded hooks present from first parapodia 10 9. Hooded hooks first present after the tenth parapodium ... 12 10. Mandibles long, slender; maxillaiy formula 6-5, 1-1, 1-1 . L. bifrons (Kinberg) 10. Mandibles shorter; maxillary formula otherwise . . . . 11 11. Long, very slender, resembles a drilonereid L. parvapedata Treadwell 11. Not unusually slender; form robust. (This includes brevicirra, impatiens, and zonata, p. 146.) 12. Hooks first present from about parapodia 17; maxillae II with 6 and 5 teeth L. tenuis Verrill 12. Hooks first present from about parapodia 22 to 25 ; maxillae II with 4 teeth on either side; acicula black L. fragilis (O. F. Miiller) 12. Hooks first present from about parapodia 14; maxillae II with 4 teeth on either side; maxillae III with one tooth on either side L. atlantica Kinberg 12. Hooks first present from about parapodia 20; maxillae II with 4 teeth on either side; maxillae III with 2 teeth on either side L. africana (sensu Monro) 12. Hooks first present from about parapodia 40 to 47; maxillary formula 4-5, 2-2, 1-1 L. simplex, p. 152 13. With composite spinigers L. januarii, p. 167 13. Without composite spinigers 13^ 13^. Posterior parapodial lobes bilabiate 14 13^. Posterior parapodial lobes unilabiate, the postsetal lobe pro- longed l5 NO. 1 HARTMAN ; POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 145 13. Posterior parapodial lobes not prolonged 17 14. Acicula black ; larger L. californiensis, p. 163 14. Acicula yellow; smaller L. cruzensis, p. 165 15. Acicula black L. index, p. 162 15. Acicula yellow 16 16. Maxillae III and IV each with several teeth L. inflata, p. 160 16. Maxillae III and IV each with a single tooth L. limicola, p. 161 17. Acicula yellow L. latreilli, p. 158 17. Acicula dark , 18 18. Maxillae III bidentate; carriers broad at base L. latreilli japonicUj p. 159 18. Maxillae III unidentate; carriers taper to points L. pallidaj p. 166 Lumbrineris acuta (Verrill) Plate 8, Figs. 176, 177 Lumbriconereis acuta Verrill, 1875, p. 39, pi. 3, fig. 5. Lumbrinereis acuta Verrill, 1882, p. 314. Hartman, 1942, p. 114, fig. 10. Collections.— \2S\A\ (1); 1288-41 (1); 1441-41 (1). Two small, pale, incomplete specimens are in the collections. One anterior fragment of 50 segments measures only 14 mm long. The body segments are % to % as long as broad, distinctly annulate, and appear nearly moniliform. Parapodia are nowhere conspicuous, but the post- setal lobe is longer than the presetal one; the latter are short, cushion- like. Acicula are pale yellow. Most characteristic features are (1) the greatly prolonged prosto- mium, which tapers anteriorly to a blunt point and is only slightly de- pressed, and (2) the proboscidial parts with their massive carriers. The latter differ slightly from those of Atlantic representatives. The maxil- lary carriers are similarly very large but laterally incised in those from the Pacific (records listed above) ; the forceps have 2 (instead of one) blunt teeth on the cutting edge, but the other plates have each only a single, large tooth (pi. 8, fig, 177). The mandibles are nearly as long as the maxillary pieces together, have slender basal portions fused along their entire length, and the distal end is broad, flaring (pi. 8, fig. 176). Anterior limbate setae have a broad, winged area with a short, pointed tip ; there are no composite setae or hooks. Insofar as I am aware, this species has been recorded, heretofore, only from New England, and was only briefly described at that time. The specimens from the eastern Pacific are referred to it largely because of 146 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 the unique prostomial and proboscidial parts. I know of only one other species of Lumbrineris , L. mucronata Ehlers (1912, p. 95), that has a similar, elongate prostomium, but in the latter the hooded hooks are strongly bidentate at their distal end instead of having numerous fine teeth. Distribution. — The known range of L. acuta is thus extended from New England to western Mexico in 69-79 fms, and southern California, in 74-103 fms. Lumbrineris zonata (Johnson) Lumbriconereis zonata Johnson, 1901, pp. 408-409, pi. 9, figs. 93-100. Moore, 1909, p. 254; Treadwell, 1914, p. 196; Chamberlin, 1918, p. 176; 1919, p. 258; Treadwell, 1922, pp. 175-176; Berkeley, 1927, p. 409. L. brevicirra Hartman, 1939, pp. 161-164 (not Schmarda, 1861). Hartman, 1942, pp. 123-124, fig. 13. Collections.— 902-3S (4); 903-38 (3); 904-38 (3); 906-38 (2); 907-38 (2); 910-39 (about 12); 913-39 (2); 1189-40 (1); 1208-40 (about 22); 1210-40 (1); 1211-40 (5); 1216-40 (2); 1315-41 (4); 1441-41 (many) ; 1447-42 (3) ; 1448-42 (3). This has simple hooded hooks from the first parapodia in addition to simple limbate setae, as I have been able to verify by re-examination of the type specimen at Harvard University. Acicula are yellow. Posterior parapodial lobes are short, but the postsetal exceeds the presetal portion. The maxillaiy formula is about as follows: forceps are falcate; maxilla II has 5 teeth left, 4 right ; maxilla III has 2 teeth on either side ; maxilla IV has a single tooth on each side. (A specimen from coll. 1189-40 dif- fers from the typical form in that maxilla II has 6, instead of 5, teeth on the left side.) The prostomium is bluntly conical, slightly depressed. Limbate setae are usually absent posteriorly, but an occasional segment may have a single, slender seta in the superior part of the fascicle, even far back. This is the commonest species of Lumbrineris in the intertidal zones of the northeast Pacific. In southern California it appears to include 2 distinct ecologic forms. One inhabits rocky crevices and sandy or gravel- ly spaces on the under sides of rocks; it is a crevice dweller; in life it is orange brown, highly iridescent; it is often robust and relatively shorter and thicker than its closely related form. The second is found in clean, sandy beaches, in burrows that are more or less vertical ; it is notably longer and slenderer than the first; in life it is deep or rose pink, only slightly iridescent, and the dorsal parts of segments are often marked with a speckled white band that extends across the parapodia. It has not NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 147 been possible to separate these two on purely morphological grounds. In both, the setal and proboscidial formulas are practically identical, allow- ing for individual variation, and parapodial parts are apparently identi- cal. Both are sometimes heavily infested with several species of gregarines in the alimentary tract. L. zonata agrees reasonably well with descriptions of L. brevicirra (Schmarda) first described from New South Wales, as interpreted by Crossland (1924, pp. 44-50) and Monro (1933, pp. 83-84, in part), also with L. impatiens Claparede from southern Europe (Fauvel, 1923, p. 429), but a comparison of specimens from these widely scattered lo- calities might disclose interesting differences. I am retaining Johnson's name, L. zonata, to include a population inhabiting the intertidal or lit- toral zones of the northeast Pacific. Distribution. — Northeast Pacific; Puget Sound, south to Lower Cali- fornia; common in intertidal zones; greatest depth, based on the collec- tions, is 35-46 fms. Lumbrineris tetraura (Schmarda) Plate 8, Figs. 175, 190, 191 ; Plate 9, Figs. 192-195 Notocirrus tetraurus Schmarda, 1861, p. 117, 6 figs. Lumbriconereis tetraura Ehlers, 1901, pp. 137-139, pi. 17, figs. 1-5, 8-10 (in part). Moore, 1911, p. 291 ; Augener, 1933, pp. 61-62. L. brevicirra Monro, 1933, p. 83 (in part). Collections.— 2A1-2,A (1); 375-35 (1); 379-35 (1); 384-35 (1); 473-35 (1) ; 638-37 (2) ; 820-38 (2) ; 823-38 (1) ; 833-38 (1) ; 834-38 (1); 835-38 (6) ; 843-38 (1); 1045-40 (3); 1076-40 (1). The prostomium is pale (preserved), short, about as wide as long, blunt, depressed conical (pi. 8, fig. 175), much as in L. bifilaris (Ehlers), but much less acute. Parapodia are conspicuous throughout, even from the first, where they have a broad, postsetal lobe and spreading setal fascicles. Simple, slender, hooded hooks are present from the first. A fifth parapodium is provided with 7 to 10 hooks in addition to superior and inferior bilimbate setae, and 2 (or 3) acicula. The presetal lobe is a short, compressed pad. The postsetal lobe from the first is a broad, ob- lique, auricular lobe, directed outward (pi. 9, figs. 193, 194) ; this form is maintained through about 20 segments; after that it elongates and is more slender, erect (pi. 9, fig. 195). The parapodial base comes to elon- gate in a similar way farther back, but it is directed laterally. 148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Setae and acicula are clear yellow. The transition from long, slender, simple hooks In anterior segments to shorter, stouter hooks occurs be- tween parapodia 25 and 40. LImbate setae are practically absent after segment 61, but the inferior ones are absent already from the forty-third segment. Posterior parapodia are provided with only simple, hooded hooks, with many small teeth distally (pi. 9, fig. 192). The maxillary formula for 2 Individuals (coll. 473-35 and 835-38) is about as follows: forceps are falcate; maxilla II has 4 teeth on either side, but a small fifth tooth may be present subdistally ; maxilla III has 2 teeth on either side and maxilla IV has a single tooth on either side. In another specimen (coll. 1045-40) maxilla II has 4 teeth right and 5 teeth left, but the right piece has a notch between the third and fourth teeth, suggesting a 5-5 condition. Moore (1911, p. 291) described the maxillary formula as 1-1, 5-5, 2-2, 1-1 for a specimen from California. Carriers are slightly longer than broad, laterally Incised, basally oblique (pi. 8, fig. 190). The mandibles have very short, free basal ends and flare distally (pi. 8, fig. 191). The numerous specimens listed above, from our collections, agree well with one another In all respects save that the maxilla II may have 4 or 5 teeth; this Is believed to represent individual variation. In other details, body proportions, parapodial parts, and proboscldial armature, they are the same. The unique auricular parapodial lobes of anterior parapodia, the long, digitate lobes in median and posterior segments, and the distribution of hooks and setae seem to be constant features. I have examined the type of L. sarsi KInberg (1865, p. 569) from Guayaquil, Ecuador, and am inclined to believe that It is conspecific with L. tetraura. The latter was originally described with 5 teeth on the second maxillary plate, L. sarsi with only 4 teeth, but this difference may be only a varia- tion. The proboscldial armature of L. sarsi is missing from the type col- lection. As L. brevicirra, Monro (1933, p. 83) has reported an Interesting form from Coiba Island, which may belong here. Its general appearance was described as somewhat ragged because of the elongate postsetal lobes. Through the courtesy of the late Mr. C. C. A. Monro of the British Museum, I have been permitted to see this specimen. In the anterior re- gion the postsetal lobe is broad, lamellar (pi. 9, fig. 193) ; it continues so through about 25 segments. Thereafter It diminishes gradually in width, but continues proportionately long to the end. Near the posterior end it is digitlform, more or less erect (pi. 9, fig. 195). Ehlers' (1901, pp. 137-140) description of L. tetraura appears to be partly this species and partly L. magalhaensis. These materials originated NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 149 from Puerto Eugeniae (Swedish Expedition) and Chile (Plate collec- tion). The so-called "adults" (pi. 17, figs. 9-10 of Ehlers), which measured 20 cm long for 280 segments, in which simple hooks occur in all segments, go to L. tetraura; the "Juv." (pi. 17, figs. 6, 7 of Ehlers), which measured only 55 mm long for 135 segments, in which the 16-17 anterior segments have composite setae, are believed to represent L. magalhaensis. Acicula were said to be light brown, straight, usually 2 in a parapodium. The maxillary formula was described as 1-1, 4-3, 2-2, 1-1. L. tetraura (including possibly L. sarsi Kinberg) is thus retained to include a species in which ( 1 ) simple, hooded hooks are present from the first parapodium, (2) the postsetal lobes are large throughout, those in the first 20 to 25 segments auricular, those thereafter slenderer, longer, coming to be more or less erect, (3) the maxillary formula is 1-1, 4-4 (to 5-5), 2-2, 1-1, (4) the mandibles are fused for most of their length, and (5) the prostomium is broad, blunt, usually paler than the rest of the body. Distribution. — Tropical eastern Pacific, rarely off southern Cali- fornia, south to Peru and Chile. Bathymetric range, shore to 40 fms. Lumbrineris erecta (Moore) Lumbriconereis erecta Moore, 1904, pp. 490-492, pi. 37, figs. 19-22, pi. 38, figs. 23-25. Moore, 1909, p. 254; Treadwell, 1914, pp. 196-197; Hilton, 1918, p. 61; Chamberlin, 1918, p. 176; Hartman, 1942, pp. 120-121, fig. 11. Collections. — ?616-37 (small immature fragment); 634-37 (1); 724-37 (1); 728-37 (1); 738-37 (1); 902-38 (1); 903-38 (7);904- 38 (1); 905-38 (1); 906-38 (1); 907-38 (2); 910-39 (2); 913-39 (2); 945-39 (1); 1013-39 (2); 1045-40 (2); 1189-40 (1); 1193-40 (1) ; 1208-40 (12) ; 1209-40 (2) ; 1210-40 (2) ; 1218-40 (1) ; 1224-40 (1); 1230-41 (1); 1315-41 (10); 1439-41 (1); 1441-41 (many); 1441a-41 (1) ; 1442-41 (many) ; 1443-41 (many) ; 1445-42 (4) ; 1446- 42 (1); 1448-42 (2). The prostomium is usually short, more or less broadly rounded, de- pressed, often paler than the rest of the body (hence much as in L. tet- raura, above). The anterior segments, through about 35 to 49, are pro- vided with pointed, bilimbate setae, unaccompanied by hooded hooks. (A small, juvenile specimen, coll. 1224-41, has simple hooks from parapodia 26, and a still smaller one, coll. 1218-40, has hooks from parapodia 17, indicating that with increase in size these hooks come to be gradually 150 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 replaced by limbate setae.) The postsetal lobe is longer than the presetal one throughout, but the former is never auricular as in L. tctraura (above). From about the middle region of the body the postsetal lobe elongates, is at first directed laterally and obliquely upvi^ard, but farther back is more or less erect. Most of the median and posterior segments are provided with only simple, hooded hooks ; occasionally a fine, limbate seta is present in the superior part of the fascicle, but these are nowhere conspicuous. Acicula and setae are yellow. The maxillary formula is much like that for L. zonata (above). The forceps (maxilla I) are simply falcate; maxilla II may have 5 teeth right and 4 left, or 4 teeth on either side (a specimen in the author's col- lection, from Mission Bay, has 6 teeth right and 5 left) ; maxilla III has 2 teeth on either side, and maxilla IV has a single tooth on each side. In the original description (Moore, 1904, p. 491) the outline of the prostomium was described as sugar-loaf shaped. Among the specimens examined, some variation is noted in this respect. In some the prostomium is shorter than broad, blunt in front ; in others it is more or less blunt, de- pressed conical. This appears to fall within the range of variation for species of this genus. L. heteropoda Monro (1933, p. 259) from Dry Tortugas, Florida, bears many resemblances to L. erecta Moore ; in it the first 45 parapodia lack hooded hooks, acicula are yellow, and the postsetal lobe comes to elongate in the same way. I believe it to be different from L. heteropoda Marenzeller (1879) from Japan, and consider L. erecta Moore distinct from the Japanese species. Crossland (1924, p. 4) referred L. erecta to L. heteropoda for reasons which are disputable. This has been discussed elsewhere (Hartman, 1942, pp. 121-123). L. erecta is herein retained for a common intertidal species, inhabiting the warmer waters of the northeast Pacific. Distribution. — Southern California, south to western Mexico; shore to 24 fms ; usually intertidal. Lumbrineris bassi, new species Plate 10, Figs. 217-223 Collection. — Lemon Bay, Englewood, Florida, shore. This is a long, very slender species, resembles a drilonereid ; it meas- ures to 50 mm long and is less than 2 mm wide; it is nearly uniformly thick throughout, and consists of 110 to 130 segments. The prostomium is short, bluntly rounded in front, about as wide as long, slightly de- pressed, lacks eyespots or other pigmentation. The first and second rings NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 151 are apodus; together they are about \y2 times as long as the first setiger- ous segment. Parapodia are prominent from the first setiger because of the pro- truding postsetal lobe and spreading fascicle of limbate setae; they con- tinue prominent throughout. The postsetal lobe is at first more or less auricular (pi. 10, fig. 219), becomes gradually less so, but continues about as long (pi. 10, fig. 221) ; in the midregion it elongates rapidly (pi. 10, fig. 223), so that in far posterior segments the lobe comes to be long, erect (pi. 10, fig. 222). The presetal lobe remains inconspicuous throughout. Setae in the first 15 segments consist of only simple, bilimbate ones; they form a spreading fascicle of 9 or 10, accompanied with about 3 yel- low acicula. Two simple, hooded hooks are present from parapodium 16, together with 5 or 6 limbate setae; the latter are gradually replaced, so that in a median segment there are only 2 or 3 simple hooks in a para- podium. Acicula in posterior segments number only about 2 in a para- podium. Hooded hooks are as shown in pi. 10, fig. 220. Anal cirri con- sist of 4 short, blunt lobes. The proboscidial armature includes maxillae and mandibles. The maxillary carriers are much longer than broad, with lateral incision ; forceps (maxillae I) are simple, terminate in falcate tips; maxilla II has 4 subequal teeth on either side; maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth (pi. 10, fig. 217). The mandibles are thin, delicate, yellowish, with long, slender, basal ends and flaring distal end (pi. 10, fig. 218). L. bassi belongs to a group in which ( 1 ) anterior segments are pro- vided with only simple, limbate setae, (2) acicula are yellow, and (3) the postsetal lobe comes to elongate posteriorly and is more or less erect. It dififers from nearly related species in that the erect postsetal lobe is developed only in far posterior segments; the maxillary formula is 1-1, 4-4, 1-1, 1-1 ; the mandibles have long, free ends, and the general shape is greatly attenuate. Some of the individuals in the collection have large, spherical eggs, measuring about 0.25 mm in diameter, indicating their sexual maturity. It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to the late Mr. John F. Bass, Jr., founder of the Bass Biological Laboratory of Englewood, Florida, who has greatly encouraged a better understanding of the fauna of south- eastern America, and with whose help the present collection was made. Holotype. — AHF no. 46. Type locality. — Englewood, Florida; intertidal. Distribution. — Southwestern Florida; in sandy shoals. 152 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Lumbrineris simplex, new species Plate 10, Figs. 224-229 Collections.— nO-35 (1); 1053-40 (1); 1063-40 (2). Three specimens from the Gulf of California depart so widely from other species of Lumbrineris that they are believed to represent an unde- scribed one. They are large, robust ; a 350-segmented individual measures 180 mm long. Color (preserved) is iridescent purplish brown in the an- terior fifth of the body and paler farther back ; each ring is crossed by a narrow, dark, broken stripe. The prostomium is bluntly conical, depressed ; its length is equal to that of its width at the base ; it is as dark as the anterior part of the body ; no eyespots are visible. The first (apodous) ring is about as long as the third, the second a little shorter. Parapodia are provided with a short, in- conspicuous presetal lobe, and a longer, triangular, postsetal lobe that is uniquely uniform in proportions throughout the length of the body. An- terior segments, through 42 segments (coll. 1063-40) to 46 segments (coll. 1053-40), have only simple, bilimbate setae. A tenth parapodium has a supra-acicular fascicle of 5 larger, limbate setae and 5 subacicular similar setae somewhat smaller in size. In another specimen (coll. 1063- 40) there are 8 limbate setae and 3 yellow acicula. The notopodium is represented by a greatly reduced dorsal cirrus and an embedded fascicle of numerous fine acicula (pi. 10, fig. 224). The neuropodium is support- ed by 3 to 5 yellow acicula. Simple, hooded hooks are present from seg- ments 43-47 to the end, partly or entirely replacing the limbate setae. Acicula come to be heavier and are reduced usually to 2 in a parapodium; they are yellow. Many posterior parapodia (pi. 10, fig. 226) are pro- vided with only hooded hooks ; in some, however, there may be one to 3 limbate setae (pi. 10, fig. 225) which in size and shape are much like those in anterior segments, not reduced as is often the case in other species of this genus, when such setae are continued far back. Hooded hooks have a larger, basal tooth and numerous fine teeth distally (pi. 10, figs. 228-229). The proboscidial formula is much as in L. zonata (above). The car- riers are longer than wide, terminate basally in slender points, and have deep lateral incisions. The forceps are strongly falcate. Maxilla II has 5 well-defined teeth on the right side, 4 on the left side; maxilla III has 2 distinct teeth on either side, and maxilla IV has a single sharp tooth on either side. The mandibles are heavy, fused along most of their length; a short portion at the base is free; they greatly resemble those in L. tetraura (above) except that the basal ends are separated for a somewhat I NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 153 greater distance. A posterior end (coll. 1063-40) terminates in 4 short, anal cirri, each about twice as long as wide at the base. A specimen (coll. 10-33) from the Galapagos Islands differs from the others in the collection in that there are no hooks for 34 segments (in- stead of 42-46) and the segments are crossed dorsally by a broader, trans- verse stripe. However, the postsetal lobes and the prostomial parts have about the same shape and proportions, and the maxillary formula is the same. I have found no limbate setae in posterior segments. This individ- ual is questionably referred to L. simplex because of the earlier appear- ance of hooded hooks and the absence of posterior limbate setae. Holotype. — AHF no. 47. Type locality. — Puerto Refugio Bay, Angel de la Guardia Island, Lower California (coll. 1053-40). Distribution. — Gulf of California, in intertidal zones; questionably James Island, Galapagos. Lumbrineris bifilaris (Ehlers) Plate 9, Figs. 196-206 Lumbriconereis bifilaris Ehlers, 1901, pp. 139-141, pi. 18, figs. 1-10. Collections.— A91 -35 (1) ; 915-39 (1) ; 1130-40 (7) ; 1131-40 (3) 1133-40 (1); 1137-40 (1); 1142-40 (1); 1195-40 (1); 1200-40 (1) 1229-41 (1); 1254-41 (1); 1264-41 (1); 1275-41 (2); 1276-41 (1) 1299-41 (1); 1314-41 (1); 1316-41 (3); 1321-41 (8); 3915 Burch, off Redondo Beach, California, in 30-75 fms (1). After much hesitation and rechecking the specimens listed above, I have referred these collections to L. bifilaris Ehlers, originally described from Chile, even though they differ from the original in several interest- ing and perhaps important details. These individuals may be character- ized as follows. The body is robust, usually pale, with an acutely pointed, short, prostomial lobe (pi. 9, fig. 205). Simple, hooded hooks are pres- ent from the first, or not until the fourth to twelfth, parapodia. Acicula are yellow. Anterior parapodia have a broadly rounded postsetal lobe and a small, papillar superior process (pi. 9, fig. 201) which gives rise, farther back, to the presetal lobe. In median and posterior segments pre- setal and postsetal lobes come to be long, acutely pointed, distinctly bi- labiate (pi. 9, figs. 204, 199). Anterior hooks are simple, at first with a long, slender, hooded region (pi. 9, fig. 203) with many fine teeth at the distal end (pi. 9, fig. 202) ; between segments 15 and 25 they are progressively thicker, with a shorter hood, the distal hook provided with 4 larger and several fine teeth (pi. 154 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 9, fig. 206). At about parapodia 38, the inferior limbate setae disappear and thereafter the dorsalmost limbate setae are gradually replaced by hooded hooks. From about segment 50 only one limbate seta may be pres- ent, or 3-4 may continue through a long region nearly to the posterior end (pi. 9, fig. 199). Acicula usually number 4 in anterior parapodia and 3 in median and posterior parapodia. The proboscidial armature consists of well-developed maxillae and mandibles. The carriers are short (pi. 9, fig. 197, for an individual from coll. 1195-40) or longer (pi. 9, fig. 198, for one from coll. 1137-40 J. Forceps are long, falcate; maxillae II have a broad, long, basal portion, and 5 teeth on each cutting edge; maxillae III and IV each have one tooth (pi. 9, figs. 197, 198). Mandibles are long, slender, with wide, flaring distal ends and long, slender basal ends for a longer (pi. 9, fig. 200) or shorter (pi. 9, fig. 196) distance. In 2 collections (1130-40 and 1137-40) maxilla II has 5 teeth left and only 4 right; in another (coll. 1264-41) it has 6 teeth left and 5 right; in still another (coll. 1142-40) maxilla II has only 4 teeth on each side. This is believed to fall within the range of possible variation in this species. L. bifilaris Ehlers (1901, p. 139), first described from Chile, was based on a single fragment only 35 mm long for 117 segments. In spite of its small size, it agrees with present individuals in having yellow acicu- la, strongly bilabiate parapodial lobes posteriorly, and simple, hooded hooks from the first parapodium, accompanied by limbate setae. It differs from our specimens most distinctly in the following: (1) it was origi- nally shown with a long, tapering prostomium, whereas in these the corresponding part is short, squat, triangular (pi. 9, fig. 205) ; (2) the maxillary carriers were first shown with long, slender ends, whereas here they are usually short, broad (pi. 9, fig. 197) ; (3) the maxillae were originally shown with 4 teeth on maxilla II, 2 teeth on III and 3 teeth on IV (the formula would thus be 1-1, 4-4, 2-2, 3-3), whereas in these specimens the formula is usually 1-1, 5-4 (or 5), 1-1, 1-1 — in this last respect (maxillary formula) they depart most widely. It may be possible that these individuals will need to be relegated to a new species. Moore (1911, pp. 291-294) ascribed numerous specimens from south- ern California to L. bifilaris Ehlers, stating, however, that there was "by no means complete identity." The color of acicula was not given ; but, since the description agrees in other respects with numerous individuals (referred to L. bicirrata, below), especially in the proboscidial parts and parapodial lobes, it would seem that the acicula were black. It appears also that there is a typographical error of "peristomium" for "prosto- mium" (Moore, 1911, p. 292, paragraph 3). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 155 Chamberlin (1919, pp. 327-328) reported L. bifilaris from the Gulf of California, south to between Panama and the Galapagos Islands, but described the acicula as blackish and illustrated the mandibles and maxil- lae about as they are in L. bicirrata (below). I take these to be, also, not the same as the species as herein defined, but probably L. bicirrata, below. L. chilensis Kinberg (1865, p. 569) from Valparaiso, Chile, may be- long to L. bifilaris Ehlers (but Kinberg's name is the older), since it also has bilabiate parapodia posteriorly and yellow [?] acicula, but the pro- stomium is shown to be broad and flat. Distribution. — Chile, north to southern California; in depths of 4- 138 fms, based on these records. Lumbrineris minima, new species Plate 14, Figs. 308-314 Collections.— 903-Z9 (1) ; 905-39 (1) ; 1441-41 (3) ; 1442-41 (3) ; 1445-42 (5); 1447-42 (1). This is a long, slender species, resembles a drilonereid because of its extreme slenderness and its minute parapodia. Mature individuals, with large eggs, measure only about 2 mm wide and over 100 mm long for 255 segments (nearly complete). The prostomium is elongate, conical, slightly depressed, nearly \\i, times as long as wide (pi. 14, fig. 311), slightly paler than the rest of the body. There are no eyespots or other color markings. The first 2 apodous rings are subequal in length, but eacR is shorter than the first setigerous ring (pi. 14, fig. 311). Parapodia are small throughout, but already from the first one are about as conspicu- ous as any others because of the spreading setal fascicle and the broad, postsetal lobe. In the type (coll. 905-39) the first 12 parapodia are provided with only simple, bilimbate setae in addition to about 3 yellow acicula. In another (coll. 903-39) simple hooks are already present from the first setiger. A ninth parapodium has the proportions and parts shown in pi. 14, fig. 309. From the thirteenth parapodium there are 2 slender, simple, hooded hooks in the middle part of the setal fascicle, accompanied by 3 superior and 2 inferior bilimbate setae. A hooded hook from an anterior segment has a long, hooded region (pi. 14, fig. 310) as typical of the genus when hooks are present. Farther back the postsetal lobe becomes slenderer and only slightly longer, is directed obliquely upward, but does not noticeably elongate before a postmedian region. Thereafter the pre- setal lobe gradually elongates so as to surpass the postsetal one and is thereafter the longer (pi. 14, fig. 308). An unequally bilabiate condition 156 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 is thus attained far back in the posterior fourth of the body. Setae and acicula are pale or yellow. From about the fiftieth segment the limbate setae are entirely lacking; only one to 3 simple hooks are present. The proboscidial armature is characteristic. Mandibles are very thin, pale, translucent; they have a broad, flaring, cutting edge and long, slender, free ends (pi. 14, fig. 313). Maxillary carriers are longer than broad, proportionately massive, slightly incised laterally (pi. 14, fig. 314). Maxillae I (forceps) are falcate; maxillae II have 4 teeth on either side, the distalmost tooth the largest, decreasing in size basally; maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth, but IV is a broad, flat plate. In one specimen (coll. 903-39) the maxillary carriers are pro- portionately shorter than in the type, but in other respects the parts are similar. L. minima belongs to a group of Lumbrineris species in vi^hich (1) long, simple, hooded hooks are present in some anterior segments, (2) acicula and setae are yellow, (3) posterior parapodial lobes are bilabiate, and (4) the maxillary formula is 1-1, 4-4, 1-1, 1-1. L. minima differs from nearly related species in that the presetal lobe comes to extend dis- tally beyond the postsetal one (pi. 14, fig. 308), the maxillary carriers are comparatively massive, and the mandibles have slender, free basal ends (pi. 14, fig. 314) ; also, the body form is exceedingly long and slender. Holotype. — AHF no. 48. Type locality. — Anaheim Slough, California (coll. 905-39). Distribution. — Anaheim Slough and Mission Bay, southern Cali- fornia ; intertidal ; in sandy mud flats. Lumbrineris bicirrata (Treadwell) Plate 9, Figs. 207-212 Lumbrinereis bicirrata Treadwell, 1929, pp. 1-3, figs. 1-2. ?L. bifilaris Moore, 1911, pp. 291-294, figs. 135-142; Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 327-328, pi. 60, figs. 6-9, pi. 61, fig. 1 ; Treadwell, 1923, p. 9; Moore, 1923, p. 257 {not Ehlers, 1901). Collections.— ^16-3,^ (1); 879-38 (2); 888-39 (1); 914-39 (1); 981-39 (1); 990-39 (9); 994-39 (1); 996-39 (about 5); 1010-39 (1); 1012-39 (1); 1028-39 (1); 1130-40 (1); 1132-40 (1); 1133-40 (1); 1160-40 (1); 1182-40 (1); 1191-40 (3); 1192-40 (1); 1195-40 (1); 1200-40 (1); 1214-40 (1); 1220-40 (2); 1228-41 (1); 1229-41 (1); 1237-41 (1); 1253-41 (1); 1265-41 (1); 1267-41 (1); 1268-41 (1); NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 157 1283-41 (1); 1288-41 (4); 1289-41 (4); 1295-41 (1); 1301-41 (2) ; 1304-41 (1); 1316-41 (4); 1318-41 (4); 1321-41 (4); 1326-41 (1); 1333-41 (1); 1356-41 (1). The prostomium is usually shorter than long, more or less acutely pointed in front, or depressed conical. Preserved individuals are usually entirely pale, sometimes almost white; there are no eyespots. Simple, hooded hooks are absent from the first few segments, but may be present already from the fourth (coll. 1191-40) or not until the twenty-third segment (coll. 1028-39) or a little later (pi. 9, fig. 210) ; they are no- where conspicuous when first present because they are typically slender and few in number, but usually increase in number posteriorly and are gradually replaced by heavier, shorter hooded hooks, as typical of pos- terior segments. Acicula are dark to black (in coll. 1028-39 and 1191-40 they are dusky to dark along part of their length but clear at the tip and base). Acicula number 5 to 6 in parapodia in anterior segments, are acutely pointed, with long drawn-out, pale tips that project from the parapodial lobe, but usually diminish to about 3 in posterior parapodia, where they are blunt and do not project from the parapodial lobe. Parapodia are at first short, truncate, the presetal and postsetal parts nearly equaling one another in length; the postsetal part soon elongates but is still truncate (pi. 9, fig. 210) ; it continues thus through a long median region. In a postmedian region, sometimes not before the one hundred-tenth segment, both lobes elongate and come to be more or less equally bilabiate (pi. 9, figs. 209, 208). Setae are at first entirely simple limbate, accompanied by one to a few simple hooks from about parapodia 4 to 23 (usually about 5 to 9). Limbate setae are continued through a long median region ; they are more or less completely absent by about the eighty-sixth setiger and are gradually replaced by the thicker, simple, hooded hooks (pi. 9, fig. 212) ; in the posterior, bilabiate region hooks alone are present, or occasionally a slender limbate seta is found even far back. The maxillary carriers are longer than broad, basally blunt (pi. 9, fig. 207) ; the forceps (maxilla I) are falcate; maxilla II has 5 teeth on either side, but the basal tooth is sometimes so blunt as to appear absent, or is present only as a slight boss; maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth (pi. 9, fig. 207). The mandibles are broad, flare distally, and have slender basal ends (pi. 9, fig. 211). In many respects L. bicirrata comes very near to L. bifurcata (Mc- intosh) (1885, p. 241) from south Japan, in 345 fms, except that in the latter the second maxillary plate has 6 teeth on either side and the pros- 158 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 tomial lobe is comparatively somewhat longer. The specific significance of these differences, however, may be questioned, because the observable variability in a species in a single population is sometimes greater. With- out collections from the western Pacific it is not possible to make com- parison or to substantiate a possible synonymy. Mcintosh's name is the older. L. bifilaris Moore (1911, pp. 291-294, figs. 135-142) from southern California differs from that of Ehlers (1901) in having black, not yel- low, acicula; also the proboscidial armature and the distribution of hood- ed hooks in anterior segments of the body are as in L. bicirrata as herein interpreted. L. bifilaris Chamberlin (1919, pp. 327-328, pi. 60, figs. 6-9, pi. 61, fig. 1) from off western Mexico is also believed to belong here, since it too has black acicula, maxillae and mandibles have the same pro- portions, and parapodial parts are seemingly the same. Distribution. — Puget Sound, Washington ; central and southern Cali- fornia, south to western Mexico. Subintertidal to 200 fms. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards Plate 9, Figs. 213-216 Crossland, 1924, pp. 10-15, figs. 8-14; Fauvel, 1923, pp. 431-432, fig. 171; Monro, 1933, pp. 84-85. Collections.— \69-3A (1); 211-34 (1); 257-34 (1); 259-34 (1); 374-35 ( 1 ) ; 445-35 ( 1 ) ; 533-36 ( 1 ) ; 563-36 ( 1 ) ; 745-37 ( 1 ) ; 747-37 (1); 814-38 (1); 893-38 (1); 909-38 (1); 913-39 (1); 975-39 (2) 981-39 (25); 985-39 (1); 990-39 (11); 1018-39 (1); 1026-39 (1) 1075-40 (8); 1078-40 (2); 1093-40 (1); 1121-40 (1); 1125-40 (5) 1126-40 (2); 1130-40 (1); 1133-40 (1); 1146-40 (1); 1160-40 (1) 1173-40 (1); 1191-40 (2); 1192-40 (1); 1193-40 (1); 1194-40 (1) 1205-40 (1); 1220-40 (5); 1232-41 (2); 1236-41 (1); 1240-41 (1) 1264-41 (1); 1271-41 (1); 1289-41 (10); 1321-41 (3) ; 1325-41 (1) 1334-41 (2); 1355-41 (1); 1356-41 (1); 1359-41 (1); Moss Beach, San Mateo County, south to Point Loma, California, shore to 42 fms (many) ; A 4-39 (1) ; A 13-39 (3) ; A 14-39 (1) ; ?A 15-39 (2 an- terior ends) ; A 52-39 (1). The prostomium is depressed conical, usually a little longer than broad. Composite hooded hooks (pi. 9, fig. 216) are present through the first 18 to 23 parapodia; a fourth parapodium is provided with about 5 such hooks accompanied by 5 limbate setae and 3 yellow acicula. The parapodial lobes are not distinctive ; the postsetal lobe is longer than the presetal one as usual in the genus ; in anterior segments it is about as in NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 159 those farther back (pi, 9, fig. 213), but in some of the latter it tends to stand more or less obliquely upward, whereas in anterior segments the postsetal lobe is directed laterally. Posterior parapodia have typically only 2 yellow acicula and usually lack limbate setae, though an occasional slender one may accompany the simple, hooded hooks. Mandibles are large, strong, the base slightly incised (pi. 9, fig. 214) ; maxillae are likewise strong. The carriers are broad, laterally in- cised, and frayed at their base (pi. 9, fig. 215). Forceps are falcate; maxilla II has 4 teeth right, 5 left, or 6 right and 5 left, the distalmost sometimes merely a small projection (pi. 9, fig. 215) ; maxilla III has 2 well-defined teeth on either side, and maxilla IV has a single tooth on each side. Collection 1232-41 contains 2 gravid, egg-laden individuals; in these the first 30 segments and the last 20 to 30 segments lack gonadial prod- ucts, but a long intermediate region is closely packed with reddish or salmon-colored eggs. The latter are nearly spherical (save for distortion due to crowding) and measure about 0.22 mm across. Distribution. — L. latreilli is known from widely scattered areas, and may be considered cosmopolitan. It has remained almost unreported from the Western Hemisphere; Monro (1933, p. 84) reported it from Gor- gona Island and the Galapagos Islands. L. nasuta Verrill (1900) from Bermuda may be the same. Since the species has turned up so frequently in the collections, it appears to be a very common species in the eastern Pacific, chiefly below the intertidal zones. The present records extend the range from central California, south to Peru, west to the Galapagos Islands, and in the Gulf of Mexico to Colombia and Panama. Its bathy- metric range includes intertidal to 275 fms (based on these collections). Lumbrineris latreilli japonica Marenzeller Marenzeller, 1879, pp. 137-138, pi. 5, fig. 3; Crossland, 1924, pp. 15- 32, figs. 15-40. Co//ec/fo72^.— 533-36 (1); 887-38 (1); 893-38 (1); 1193-40 (1); 1289-41 (6) ; ?1295-41 (6, juveniles) ; 1321-41 (1) ; Portuguese Bend, California, shore (1); east of San Pedro breakwater, dredged (frag- ments) ; Moss Beach, San Mateo County, California, shore (many). This subspecies has sometimes been regarded identical with L. latreilli Audouin and Edwards (above) (Fauvel, 1923, p. 431). The former is here retained as a distinct subspecies to include a group of individuals in which acicula are black; in the stem species they are yellow. Among 160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 specimens examined, this seems to be a constant feature. In other respects there is surprising uniformity. In both there is variation in the dentition of the second maxillary plate ; this plate usually has 4 teeth, but occasion- ally 5 or even 6 teeth are present. The postsetal parapodial lobe is simi- larly somewhat prolonged, as in the stem species, but there is little differ- ence in those of anterior and posterior regions, except that those farther back may be directed somewhat obliquely upward. Crossland (1924, p. 29) has made an interesting observation on the color of acicula in an individual from the Maldive Archipelago ; in this there are yellow acicula in anterior parapodia, 4 yellow and one brown aciculum in the twentieth segment, 4 yellow and 2 brown acicula in the thirtieth segment, and a single black aciculum in far posterior parapodia, showing a transition of color from anterior to posterior regions. A similar transition is reported below for other species (L. californiensis and L. index). Distribution. — L. latreilli japonica is widely known in the Indo- Pacific (Crossland, 1924) but has not been reported from the eastern Pacific. The collections at hand extend the range from Central Califor- nia, south to the Gulf of California, Mexico ; it occurs in intertidal zones to 40 fms. Lumbrineris inflata Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 289-291, pi. 19, figs. 128-132, pi. 20, figs. 133, 134; 1923, p. 257. L. albifrons Crossland, 1924, pp. 50-55, figs. 65-72; Monro, 1933, p. 85. Collections.— 559-36 (1) ; A 12-30 (1). The prostomium is depressed globular, broad in front. Composite hooded hooks are present from the first setiger, but are weakly articulate, as originally described. The maxillaiy foiTnula is unique in that the sec- ond plate has 5 teeth on either side ; maxilla III has 3 or 4 teeth on a side ; maxilla IV has 2 teeth on a side. Acicula are clear yellow. The postsetal lobe in posterior parapodia is elongate, digitate, directed laterally or ob- liquely upward. L. cingulata Treadwell (1921, pp. 97-98) from the West Indian re- gion (not Ehlers, 1897, p. 76) may belong here, since maxillae III and IV have 3 and 2 teeth, respectively; parapodia have similarly elongate, postsetal lobes and the outline of mandibles seems to be the same. In it, however, the hooks of the anterior region were not described beyond the statement that there was in the fifth somite [third setiger] a "hooded NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 161 seta." L. cervtcalis Treadwell (1922, p. 176, figs. 14-21) from Friday Harbor, Washington, has similar parts and is probably also the same. Distribution. — Northeast Pacific, south to the Gulf of California; Gulf of Mexico ; below the intertidal. Lumbrlneris limicola, new species Plate 11, Figs. 230-237 Collections.— \202-A0 (1); 1204-40 (1). This is a large, robust species, the length of 81 segments is 84 mm; the width is 10 with parapodia, 6 mm without. The prostomium is short, equitriangular, but with blunt tip; it is depressed, considerably narrower than the body rings. The first (apodous) ring is little longer than the third, the second is about 2/3 as long as the first. Parapodia are conspicuous from the first and become increasingly so farther back; they are provided with a well-defined postsetal lobe throughout, and with full, spreading, laterally directed setal fascicles (pi. 11, figs. 234-237). The notoacicular papilla is about equally noticeable through the 81 segments; it is located at the dorsal, inner corner of the parapodium near the body wall. The presetal lobe remains low, cushion- like; but in the first 5 or so segments there is a small, papillar swelling at its dorsal portion. The postsetal lobe is large from the first, obliquely tri- angular, but between segments 30 and 35 its dorsoectal edge elongates gradually to form, farther back, the long postsetal lobe. Setae are disposed in full, spreading ranks through a long, anterior region, at least through 44 segments; thereafter the long, limbate setae and composite hooks disappear. The first parapodium is provided with 7 or 8 long, bilimbate setae above, 12 long shafted, composite hooks medi- ally, and 5 or 6 inferior, bilimbate setae; these are accompanied by 5 slender, yellow acicula. A third parapodium, slightly larger than the first, is shown in pi. 11, fig. 234. Farther back there is a gradual increase in size of parapodia and number of setae in each fascicle. An eighteenth parapodium (pi. 11, fig. 235) has a triangular postsetal lobe, 5 clear yellow acicula, and many limbate setae and composite hooded hooks. By the forty- fourth, the composite setae are nearly absent save for one or 2, and replaced by simple, hooded hooks (pi. 11, fig. 236) ; there are typi- cally 4 larger, clear yellow acicula in addition to the hooks. Thereafter the postsetal lobe elongates and is somewhat erect ; the limbate setae may continue through at least 81 segments, but singly in parapodia, when present. 162 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Setae and acicula are pale throughout. Anterior composite hooks have a shaft that is slenderer and longer than that farther back, but in other respects the hooks resemble one another. In transitional parapodia (forty- fourth and vicinity) a composite hook is still fairly long appendaged (pi. fl, fig. 232). Simple hooks in more posterior parapodia have a larger tooth and several smaller ones distally (pi. 11, fig. 233). The proboscidial armature is heavy, dark to black except for the calci- fied portions. The mandibles are thick, strong, somewhat calcified dis- tally, nearly 3 times as long as broad, the basal ends are free from one another for a short distance (pi. 11, fig. 230). The maxillary carriers are longer than broad, the basal ends frayed. Forceps (maxillae I) are fal- cate; maxilla II has 4 well-defined teeth on either side, increasing in size distally; maxillae III and VI have each a heavy, thick tooth, but the third maxilla on the left side has a small boss below, faintly resembling a second tooth (pi. 11, fig. 231). L. Ibnicola comes near to L. inflata (above) in having composite hooks in anterior segments, elongate postsetal lobes posteriorly, and yel- low acicula, but the maxillae are very different and the body and para- podia far more robust ; also, the prostomium is here short, triangular, in L. inflata it is depressed, subglobular. The specific name refers to its habitat, in mud. Holotype. — AHF no. 49. Type locality. — Off Point Fermin, California, in 16-18 fms (coll. 1202-40). Distribution. — Off southern California, in shallow dredgings. Lumbrineris index (Moore) Plate 12, Figs. 254-256 Lumbrinereis japonica index Moore, 1911, pp. 288-289, pi. 19, figs. 119- 127; MacGinitie, 1935, p. 692. Collections.— nZZAO (1); 1134-40 (1); 1136-40 (11); 1137-40 (1); 1142-40 (2); 1156-40 (1); 1163-40 (1); 1223-41 (1). The prostomium is short, a little broader than long, squat, bluntly rounded in front. Slender, composite, hooded hooks are present in the first 25 to 33 segments, entirely replaced by simple hooks thereafter. Parapodia are conspicuous throughout because of the length of the post- setal lobe, which is directed laterally. In the first 15 to 18 parapodia the postsetal lobe is broad, but with a dorsal prolongation (pi. 12, fig. 255). These parapodia are supported by 3 black acicula and provided with 5 or 6 superior limbate setae, 4 to 6 composite hooks, and one to several NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 163 inferior limbate setae. By the thirtieth parapodium, the postsetal lobe is longer, slenderer; a thirty-fifth parapodium is shown in pi. 12, fig. 254; it is supported by 2 dark and one light brown aciculum and has 3 dorsal limbate setae and 3 simple hooks. Farther back the posterior lobe con- tinues to be about as long, but the limbate setae gradually drop out ; also, only a single black aciculum occurs in far posterior parapodia (pi. 12, fig. 256). The notopodium is represented throughout by a reduced, embedded fascicle bearing a few slender, colorless rods. The maxillary formula appears to be fairly constant in the specimens examined. Maxilla II has 4 teeth on a side, increasing in size distally, maxilla III has 2 well-defined teeth on a side, and maxilla IV has a single, sharp tooth on each side. The carriers are sometimes shorter than originally shown (Moore, 1911, pi. 19, fig. 126), but the mandibles are about the same. Distribution. — L. index is known to occur only off southern Cali- fornia, in depths of 16 to 704 fms. Lumbrineris californiensis, new species* Plate 12, Figs. 257-262 Collections.— m^-3^ (1); 889-38 (2); 892-38 (1); 1003-39 (1) 1126-40 (6); 1130-40 (7) 1160-40 (2); 1163-40 (1) 1191-40 (1); 1197-40 (1) 1235-41 (1); 1236-41 (1) 1321-41 (1); 1332-41 (2) 1024-39 (1); 1026-39 (1); 1120-40 (1) 1131-40 (2); 1142-40 (1); 1143-40 (2) 1171-40 (1); 1178-40 (2); 1181-40 (1) 1202-40 (1); 1205-40 (2); 1219-40 (1) 1237-41 (2); 1241-41 (3); 1275-41 (2) 1341-41 (1); 1358-41 (2); 3823 Burch, San Pedro, California, in 10 fms (1). Many large, robust individuals of a species believed to be undescribed have been recovered from southern California. Length of 191 segments (posteriorly incomplete) is 85 mm; another (coll. 889-38) of 195 seg- ments measures about 130 mm long. The prostomium is more or less de- pressed conical, longer than wide at the base, narrower than the first segments. The first (apodous) segment is about 1^2 times as long as the second, but the second is about as long as the first setigerous ring. The first parapodia are proportionately tiny, increase in size rapidly to about the fifteenth to twentieth segment, after which they are conspicuous. The anteriormost parapodia have an auricular postsetal lobe (pi. 12, fig. * The description of L. ligulata Berkeley (1941, p. 38) has just been received, after the completion of this manuscript. It nearly approaches this species, but the maxillary dentition differs and the color of acicula is not given. 164 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 258), but the presetal portion is reduced. A fifth parapodium is provided with 3 superior limbate setae, 3 composite, hooded hooks, and 2 inferior limbate setae, together with 3 yellow acicula. Farther back, the lobes enlarge so that by the twenty-fifth the presetal lobe comes to be nearly as long as the postsetal, but both are broadly rounded (pi. 12, fig. 259). By the ninety-eighth setiger the postsetal portion has become larger and longer, but both lobes are still comparatively short. After the one-hun- dredth segment both presetal and postsetal portions come to be long, nearly equally bilingulate (pi. 12, fig. 260). Composite hooks (pi. 12, fig. 261) are present from the first to about the twenty-fourth to thirtieth setiger, or a little beyond. Among 9 speci- mens examined, one had composite hooks through 24 segments, 2 through 26 segments, 5 through 29 segments, and one through 34 segments. Those in the first few segments are slenderer and have a longer appendage than those farther back, but even in transitional segments (between setigers 25 and 27) the appendage is still fairly long (pi. 12, fig. 261). By the twenty-sixth parapodium, or shortly thereafter, the composite hooks are more or less completely replaced by simple hooks (pi. 12, fig. 262) re- sembling the composite ones in size and form but lacking the articula- tion. Farther back the simple hooks have a shorter hooded region, but the toothed edge of all is about the same, provided with a major blunt tooth, 2 or 3 smaller ones, and a series of minute dentations. Limbate setae are present through a long region, but are practically or entirely absent by the one hundredth parapodium, or before. The proboscidial armature is not unique ; the mandibles have slender basal ends, flare broadly to a dark, but somewhat calcified, cutting edge. The maxillae have large carriers that are longer than broad and laterally incised. Maxillae I (forceps) are falcate; maxillae II have 4 teeth on either side, the distalmost tooth the largest; maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth. L. calif or niensis has affinities with L. quasibifilaris Monro (1937, p. 297) from the Gulf of Aden, in which the following characters also are present. Composite hooks are present from the first parapodium, contin- ued through a considerable anterior region; acicula are black; posterior parapodial lobes are strongly bilabiate. L. calif orniensis, however, diflers in that the prostomial lobe is short, not long lanceolate; the bilabiate parapodial lobes are developed only after about the one-hundredth seg- ment, not already by the twenty-sixth; the posterior lobe of anterior parapodia is auricular, not cirriform. The proboscidial armature was not described for the specimen from the Gulf of Aden. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 165 Holotype. — ^AHF no. 50. Type locality. — East side of San Nicolas Island, California, in 30 fms (coll. 1120-40). Distribution. — Common in dredgings in sandy and muddy bottoms, off southern California, north to Carmel Bay ; in depths of 6 to 225 fms. Lumbrineris cruzensis, new species Plate 12, Figs. 263-269 Collections.— \2^^A\ (2) ; 1304-41 (1). L. cruzensis is smaller than most lumbrinerids; length of 90 seg- ments, somewhat incomplete posteriorly, is only 30 mm; width, with parapodia, about 2 mm. The prostomium is short, bluntly conical, and lacks pigment pattern (preserved). Anterior parapodia have short, blunt, presetal lobes that appear some- what inflated and longer, triangular postsetal lobes; a sixth parapodium has the proportions shown in pi. 12, fig. 268. Farther back these parts be- come gradually slenderer, but the clearly bilabiate (pi. 12, fig. 269) con- dition is not attained until about setiger 57 to 60, and thereafter both presetal and postsetal lobes are slender, cirriform, about equally long, ap- proximating the length of their respective parapodial base, but much slenderer. Proceeding back, both lobes increase their length, but the post- setal comes to surpass the presetal one (pi. 12, fig. 269). Composite hooks (pi. 12, fig. 264) are present through setigers one to 16 (or near that), accompanied by limbate setae and about 2 to 4 yellow acicula. A sixth parapodium is provided with 5 superior limbate setae, 4 composite hooks, and one smaller, inferior bilimbate seta, and 2 yellow acicula. A twelfth parapodium is provided with 4 limbate setae, 4 composite hooks resembling those in front, an inferior limbate seta, and 4 yellow acicula. Anterior hooded hooks have a comparatively short ap- pendage, but it decreases slightly in length from the first to sixteenth parapodium. One from the twelfth parapodium is shown in pi. 12, fig. 264. The slender, limbate setae persist through a long anterior region, but are perhaps entirely absent from the posterior half of the body; the one subsuperior in position is the last to drop out. Acicula typically num- ber 4 (to 2) in anterior parapodia; here they taper distally to a blunt point, but have a long, pointed, translucent hood that projects from the parapodial lobe. In posterior segments they typically number only 2 in a parapodium, are somewhat thicker and blunter distally, and lack the hood ; all are straight. 166 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Simple hooded hooks replace composite hooks from about the six- teenth segment; they are usually few in number (about 2, 3, or 4) and are accompanied by 2 yellow acicula. A sixtieth parapodium has 3 simple hooks and 2 acicula (pi. 12, fig. 265). The hooks have a larger basal tooth and 5 or 6 smaller ones at the end (pi. 12, fig. 263). Mandibles are long, fused for most of their length, but the basal ends are slender; the distal portion is broadly flaring (pi. 12, fig. 266). The maxillary carriers are a little longer than broad, laterally incised, and terminate basally in pointed ends (pi. 12, fig. 267). The forceps (maxilla I) are falcate; maxilla II has 4 teeth on either side, and maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth (pi. 12, fig. 267). L. cruzensis differs from nearly related species which also have pos- terior bilabiate parapodia, anterior segments provided with composite hooks, and acicula yellow, in that the proboscidial armature is different and the posterior parapodial lobes are slenderer. Holotype. — AHF no. 51. Type locality. — 5 mi. south of Fraser Point, Santa Cruz Island, Cali- fornia, in 74-103 fms (coll. 1288-41). Distribution. — Off Santa Cruz Island, California, in 55-103 fms. Lumbrineris pallida, new species Plate 12, Figs. 270-274; Plate 13, Figs. 275-277 Collections. — 1205-40 (about 15 anterior ends) ; 1245-41 (about 6 anterior ends) ; ?1131-40 (1 fragment). A small, translucent (preserved) form with large, red eggs is be- lieved to represent an undescribed species. A slender piece of 84 segments measures 26 mm long; another of 82 segments measures 24 mm long. Large eggs are present from segment 31 to the ends of these pieces; hence they are believed to be adults. As no specimens in the collections are complete, the nature of posteriormost parapodia cannot be ascertained. The prostomium is broad, depressed, anteriorly rounded (pi. 12, fig. 272). The first few segments are sufficiently translucent that the pro- boscidial armature may be seen through the body wall. Parapodia are no- where conspicuous, but in anterior segments the setae extend laterally in fan-shaped fascicles. Here also the postsetal lobe is broad, auricular, but far surpassed by the laterally directed setae. A fifth parapodium has the proportions shown in pi. 12, fig. 274; it is provided with 2 or 3 dusky brown acicula, 2 superior limbate setae, 3 composite hooded hooks, and 2 inferior limbate setae. The presetal lobe is low, cushionlike. From about the tenth to fifteenth segment, the postsetal lobe is gradually reduced in NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 167 length but continues to exceed the presetal one in length. A seventeenth parapodium has the proportions shown in pi. 12, fig. 273; it is provided with 2 dark brown acicula, 4 limbate setae (omitted from the figure), and 2 simple hooded hooks. Parapodia continue small through the oviger- ous region, or to the ends of the pieces in the collections, but none is pos- teriorly complete. A single, limbate seta may continue through about the thirty-fourth parapodium; thereafter only 2 or 3 simple hooks, accom- panied by 2 dark brown acicula, are present; this arrangement is con- tinued through about 84 segments. Composite hooded hooks (pi. 13, fig. 275) are present from the first setiger through 15 or 16 segments; they are accompanied by broadly bi- limbate setae (pi. 13, fig. 276). Farther back the composite hooks are re- placed by simple hooded hooks (pi. 13, fig. 277). Acicula appear dark under low, dusky brown under high, magnification. Setae and hooks are pale. The proboscidial armature is dark. Mandibles are clear except for light brown areas marking the scars of muscle attachment; they have slender basal ends and a dentate cutting edge distally (pi. 12, fig. 271). Maxillae have long, laterally incised carriers, broad falcate forceps, and maxillaiy plates that are clearly toothed on their cutting edges; maxillae II have 4 teeth each; maxillae III and IV have each a sharp tooth on either side; the fourth plates are attached to a large, flat, brown plate (pi. 12, fig. 270). The large, reddish eggs are more or less spherical, number 4 to 8 in a segment, and measure not quite 0.2 mm in diameter. Holotype. — AHF no. 52. Type locality. — South side of San Nicolas Island, California, in 24- 34fms (coll. 1205-40). Distribution. — Southern California and off Todos Santos Island, Mexico, in 24-57 fms. Lumbrineris januarii (Giube) Plate 13, Figs. 278-284 Lumbriconereis brasiliensis Kinberg, 1865, p. 570 (not Grube, 1856). Lumbriconereis januarii Grube, 1878, p. 91. Collection.— A 3S-39 (1). A single collection has revealed this unusual species, which has not been reported on since first described by Kinberg (1865, p. 570) from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, except for a change of name by Grube (synonymy above). The original brief description was inadequate to permit identi- 168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 ficatlon. Through the courtesy of Professor Si'xten Bock, of the Swedish State Museum at Stockholm, I have been able to see the original and verify its characters; the presence of composite setae (or also hooks) in an anterior region at once sharply sets this off from other species of Lumbrineris. Length of 223 segments is about 80 mm. The prostomium is longer than wide, depressed conical (pi. 13, fig. 278). Composite setae (pi. 13, figs. 281, 284) are present from the first setiger, accompanied by simple, bilimbate setae and 3 or 4 yellow acicula. A twelfth parapodium has the structures as shown in pi. 13, fig. 281. Composite setae continue through about 23 to 29 setigers ; in the next few segments, that is, about setigers 24 to 29, the middle part of the fascicle contains, in addition to a few composite pointed setae, one or 2 composite hooks; the inferiormost and superiormost setae are simple, pointed. Thereafter, composite setae are completely replaced by simple, hooded hooks (pi. 13, fig. 283). A pos- terior parapodium is shown in pi. 13, fig. 282. Slender, bilimbate setae persist through a few more segments, but are absent in median and pos- terior segments. A small notopodial papilla is visible just above the dorsal base of the parapodium throughout the length. Mandibles are very long, slender, fused for nearly their entire length, the sides nearly parallel except for the broadly flaring distal end (pi. 13, fig. 280). Maxillae (pi. 13, fig. 279) have long, broad carriers, about twice as long as wide; forceps (maxilla I) are falcate; maxilla II has a broad, brown, chitinized base, articulating with the main toothed piece, which has 5 teeth on either side; maxilla III has a broad edge, provided with several (4 or 5) minute dentations on the cutting edge; maxilla V has a single tooth on either side. This was originally designated L. brasiliensis Grube (?) by Kinberg (1865, p. 570) and briefly described as follows: "Lobus cephalicus ro- tundato-elongatus ; segmentis buccalibus longior, quorum anterius est posteriore longior. Maxillae pan's II: i 4-dentatae, paris IV: i 1-dentae; pedes prominentes apice elongato; setae limbatae: simplices et articu- latae." In our specimen, maxilla II has 5 teeth (not 4) on a side; the proboscidial armature of the type specimen in Stockholm is no more available ; since the distalmost tooth in ours is smaller than the others, it is likely that the original describer might have overlooked it. Kinberg obviously saw the articulate limbate setae, but, in so far as I am aware, this character has not been recorded for any species since described. I am referring the single specimen from Tobago to the Brazilian species chiefly because of this unique feature. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 169 Grube (1878, p. 91) indicated that Kinberg's specimen was not the same as his (1856, p. 159) from Rio de Janeiro, therefore proposed the name L. januarii, without, however, adding to the original account. This name is not to be confused with L. janeirensis ( Augener) ( 1934, p. 388) also from Rio de Janeiro. Distribution. — L. januarii is now known only from 2 widely spaced areas — Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (Kinberg), and Tobago, West Indies; the latter is from 9-18 fms. Genus NINOfi Kinberg Type N. chilensis Kinberg Ninoe gemmea Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 283-285, pi. 19, figs. 101-109. N. palmata Treadwell, 1914, p. 197 (not Moore, 1903). Collections.— 996-Z9 (1) ; 1183-40 (2) ; 1200-40 (1) ; 3915 Burch, off Redondo Beach, California, in 30-75 fms ( 1 ) . This species is characterized in having its branchiae developed at about segments 10 to 50; acicula are dark. Distribution. — Monterey, south to San Diego, California; in depths of 30 to 160 fms; in soft, dark mud. 170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Family Arabellidae, new name = Laidea Kfnberg The name Arabellidae is proposed to retain, distinct from the Lumbri- neridae, a group of the superfamily Eunicea; the chief representative genus is Arabella Grube. The body is more or less cylindrical, plain, lumbrinerid in shape; the prostomium lacks appendages but may have eyespots. Maxillae (rarely absent as in Biborin Chamberlin) are typi- cally provided with a pair of long, slender carriers to which a median, unpaired piece is attached on the ventral side. The maxillary pieces us- ually include 5 paired pieces in 2 parallel rows (rarely reduced in num- ber). The mandibles, situated on the lower side of the proboscis (rarely absent as in Drilonereis nuda Moore), consist of a pair of flattened plates, more or less fused along their median line. Parapodia are uniramous, the notopodium represented only by an embedded notoacicular fascicle or also a minute, papillar lobe, the neuropodium with only a fleshy lobe from which the setae or also acicula project. Dorsal and ventral cirri are ab- sent. Setae are of one kind only, simple limbate, somewhat geniculate, with cutting edge smooth or dentate. Acicula are embedded {Arabella Grube) or project from the parapodium {Drilonereis Claparede). The Arabellidae have their nearest affinities with the Lysaretidae, to which they bear resemblances in the kind of proboscidial parts, setal and other parapodial structures, but the Arabellidae lack the branchial struc- tures and the small nuchal antennae common to the Lysaretidae; except for these parts the similarities are striking. The Arabellidae differ from the Lumbrineridae most conspicuously in these same parts, since the lat- ter have their nearest affinities with the Eunicidae. The separation of this group was first recognized by Kinberg (1865, p. 571), who erected the family Laidea. Kinberg defined it as follows: "10 maxillae; no prostomial antennae; branchiae cirrose, mamilliform or none." It should be noted, however, that Larymna Kinberg was included in this family; but, since it has 3 prostomial antennae, it is actually a Lysaretidae. The complete classification proposed by Kinberg follows: Maxillae I dentate, not uncinate [i.e., not falcate] Eyes 2, branchiae none Lais Eyes none, branchiae mamilliform .... Notocirrus Maxillae I dentate, uncinate [i.e., distally falcate] Maxillae I unequal Larymna Maxillae I equal Aracoda Although Arabella Grube had been erected many years earlier (1851), it was entirely omitted from Kinberg's scheme; also, none of the NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 171 brackets above would include it, since Arabella has dentate forceps (maxillae I), has typically 4 eyes and lacks branchiae. Lais Kinberg, the type of the family Laidea, was later shown to be preoccupied and replaced by Notopstlus Ehlers (1868, p. 406) ; this author added nothing to the original account nor consulted the type materials. Unfortunately, the genus Lais is known only through a single species, L. acuta Kinberg, which is incompletely known. Ehlers thought Notopsilus nearly related to Notocirriis Schmarda (p. 174) ; it may be even nearer to, if not identi- cal with, Arabella Grube, since it lacks projecting acicula and has similar maxillary parts. Kinberg's specimens include 4 anterior ends ; they origi- nated from the La Plata region, Argentina, and are novi^ deposited in the Swedish State Museum. The prostomium is long, depressed conical, nearly as long as the first 4 rings. The maxillary apparatus lies in setigers 2 to 6; the carriers are long, slender, extend through 3 rings. Setae are entirely simple, geniculate, pointed, the flange being smooth in some, dentate in others; parapodia have no heavy projecting acicula. The Arabellidae are here believed to include the following genera. 1. Arabella Grube (1850), p. 172. This includes both Notocirrus and Aracoda Schmarda, in part, also Maclovia Grube, and questionably Lais Kinberg with its synonym Notopsilus Ehlers. 2. Biborin Chamberlin (1919) with a single species, B. ecbola Chamberlin. 3. Drilonereis Claparede (1870), p. 177. 4. Labidognathus Caullery (1914), p. 180. 5. Notocirrus Schmarda (1861), Ehlers revised, p. 174. Key to Genera of Arabellidae 1. Parapodia provided with heavy, projecting acicula (pi. 13, fig. 289) 2 1. Parapodia without such projecting acicula 3 2. Maxillae I strongly falcate, with (pi. 13, fig. 299) or without teeth at the base Drilonereis, p. 1 77 2. Maxillae I dentate throughout entire length (pi. 13, fig. 286) or only slightly falcate distally .... Notocirrus, ^. 11 A 3. Maxillae absent Biborin Chamberlin 3. Maxillae well developed 4 4. Free living ; maxillae I strongly dentate ; other maxillary pieces with numerous teeth Arabella, p. 172 172 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 4. Endoparasitic; maxillae I simple, falcate, without dentations; other maxillary plates weak or with a single tooth .... Labidoffnathus, p. 180 Another genus, Pterothrix Chamberlin (1919, p. 325), was erected for Notocirrus scoticus Mcintosh, but it is believed to be based on frag- ments of 2 species, a Drilonereis and an Arabella (Fauvel, 1923, p. 451). Laranda Kinhtrg (1865, p. 573) is indeterminable (p. 135). Genus ARABELLA Grube Type A. iricolor (Montagu) Arabella Grube is known from the Western Hemisphere through 6 (or 7) species, of which one {A. dubia, below) is doubtfully to be con- sidered here. The most widely present, A. tricolor, has been described or reported under various names from many parts of the Americas; the others are much less known. They are: 1. A. iricolor (Montagu), p. 173. 2. A. mutans (Chamberlin), p. 173. 3. A. semimaculata (Moore), p. 173. 4. A. setosa Treadwell (1921, p. 113) from Tobago, Jamaica, and other West Indian regions. 5. A. spinifera Moore (1906, p. 501) from Buzzards Bay, Massa- chusetts. A. mimetica Chamberlin (1919, p. 12) from southern California may be distinct, although its identity with A. iricolor (Montagu) has been suggested (Berkeley, 1932, p. 313). Another species, A. dubia Treadwell (1922, p. 160), first described from Samoa, has been reported from the Galapagos Islands by the same author (1928, p. 477) ; since the Samoan specimen is a Drilonereis, the individual from the Galapagos may also not be an Arabella. A. attenuata Treadwell (1906, p. 1172), from Cali- fornia, is also a Drilonereis (p. 177) as shown in the description, "a very broad, bluntly rounded aciculum extends to some distance from the apex [of the parapodium]." Three of the 5 species listed above are represented in our collections. Key to Species of Arabella 1. Some inferiormost setae with hooded tip . A. mutans, p. 173 1. No setae with hooded tip 2 2. Parapodial lobes short throughout; prostomium with 4 eye- spots; smaller, slenderer A. iricolor, p. 173 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 173 2. Postsetal lobe in posterior parapodia elongate, directed obliquely- upward; prostomium usually lacks eyespots in adult; larger, more robust A. semimaculata, p. 173 Arabella Iricolor (Montagu) Lumbriconereis splendida Leidy, 1855, p. 15 "iLumbriconereis longissirna Gnibe, 1856, p. 158. ?Notocirrus margaritaceus Quatrefages, 1865, p. 368. Lumbriconereis opalina Verrill, 1873, p. 594. Aracoda multidentata Ehlers, 1887, p. 112. A. maculosa Verrill, 1900, p. 651. A. lagunae Chamberlin, 1919, p. 12. Fauvel, 1923, pp. 438-439, fig. 175; Berkeley, 1932, p. 313. Collections.— 5A5-36 (1); ?770-38 (1); 904-38 (1); 906-38 (2) 913-38 (1); 1024-39 (1); 1053-40 (1); 1077-40 (1); 1104-40 (1) 1123-40 (1); 1208-40 (3); 1210-40 (1); 1218-40 (5); 1222-41 (4) 1224-41 (1); 1260-41 (1); 1284-41 (3); 1311-41 (1); 1315-41 (1) 1342-41 (1); 1437-41 (5); 1446-42 (2); 1447-42 (1); A 14-39 (1) A 15-39 (1); A 20-39 (3). The synonymy listed above includes records from the Western Hemisphere. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan; both sides of the Americas. Largely intertidal, it occurs less commonly to 46 fms. Arabella semimaculata (Moore) Aracoda semimaculata Moore, 1911, pp. 295-297, figs. 143-149. A. munda Chamberlin, 1919, p. 176; 1919, pp. 258-259. Hartman, 1938, p. 12. Collections.— ?>1S-?>S (2); 902-38 (2); 904-38 (1); 910-39 (2); 913-39 (1) ; 1063-40 (5) ; 1092-40 (2) ; 1208-40 (about 50) ; 1209-40 (1); 1210-40 (2); 1218-40 (9); 1310-41 (1); 1315-41 (1); 1415-41 (1); 1441-41 (1); 1443-41 (1) ; 1447-42 (1). Distribution. — California, south to Peru; usually intertidal, rarely to depths of 46 fms. Arabella mutans (Chamberlin) Cenothrix mutans Chamberlin, 1919, pp. 329-333, pi. 61, figs. 1-9, pi. 62, fig. 1. Monro, 1928, pp. 91-92; 1933, pp. 88-89; 1933, pp. 260-261. Collections.— 662-37 (1) ; 704-37 (1) ; 957-39 (1). 174 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 In these specimens, maxilla I of the proboscis has a strongly falcate tip and numerous teeth at the base, about as shown by Crossland (1924, p. 72, fig. 90), hence not as shown by Chamberlin (1919, pi. 61, fig. 2), in which the distal end is shown without a falcate portion ; whether the latter condition is typical or the result of wear or breakage is not de- terminable. Distribution. — Tropical eastern Pacific, from the Gulf of California, south to Panama; also Easter Island (Chamberlin), Galapagos Islands, and Dry Tortugas, Florida (Monro). Genus NOTOGIRRUS Schmarda, Ehlers revised Type N. chilensis Schmarda The prostomium is plain, usually has 4 eyespots but lacks antennae. Parapodia are provided with only simple, bilimbate setae and a heavy, projecting aciculum. The proboscidial armature is much as in Arabetla (above), i.e., the carriers are long, slender, with a median unpaired piece; maxillae I are dentate for their entire length, lack a distal falcate tip; other maxillary pieces are more or less dentate. Mandibles are propor- tionately large, strong, much as in Arabella. Notocirrus resembles Drilonereis Claparede in having heavy, project- ing acicula, and Arabella Grube, in its proboscidial parts. It was origi- nally described (Schmarda, 1961, pp. 116-119) to include 5 species, but has since been revised (Ehlers, 1868, p. 406) to retain only one of these, N. chilensis Schmarda; the other species have been referred to other genera. However, Ehlers' original revisional statement, "verkiimmerte Bauch-cirrus," was later emended by him (Ehlers, 1897, p. 80). Mc- intosh (1910, p. 400) again revised the genus to include A^. scoticus Mcintosh (1869) from Scotland, but Fauvel (1923, p. 451) considers the latter to be based partly on a Drilonereis, partly on an Arabella species. The following species, all from the Western Hemisphere, are be- lieved to belong to Notocirrus Schmarda. 1. N. chilensis Schmarda (1861, p. 116) from Chile. 2. A^. lorum Ehlers (1897, p. 78) from the Strait of Magellan. 3. A^. virginis (Kinberg) (1865, p. 573) off southern South America. Notocirrus zonata Moore (1903, p. 455) from Japan was described from a posterior end only; thus its proboscidial formula is not known. Arabella attenuata Treadwell (1906, p. 1172) from Monterey Bay, California, may belong here (but see p. 176). Another species, N. cali- forniensis (below), is believed to be new to science. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 175 Key to Species of NOTOCIRRUS 1. Prostomium lacks eyespots A^^. virginis Kinberg and N. chilensis Schmarda (From their descriptions, I am unable to separate these 2 species.) 1. Prostomium with 4 eyespots 2 2. Maxillae II with 3 teeth on one side and 7 or 8 on the other; parapodial acicula brown A^. lorum Ehlers 2. Maxillae II with 7 teeth on one side and 13 on the other; parapodial acicula clear yellow . . N. calif or niensis, p. 175 Only one species, A^. calif or niensis, is present in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation. Notocirrus californiensis, new species Plate 13, Figs. 285-290 Collections.— 990-39 (1); 1126-40 (1); 1205-40 (3). The general shape is long, slender, attenuate ; length of a 60-segmented piece (posteriorly incomplete) is 38 mm; its width is 0.8 to 0.9 mm. The segments are simple rings, smooth, appear slightly moniliform, their length about two thirds their width. Color in alcohol is brownish red. The prostomium is acutely pointed, longer than wide, with 4 eyespots near the posterior margin (pi. 13, fig. 287) ; the prostomium is paler than the peristomium or rest of the body. The proboscis has an armature resembling that of Arabella species, but the first maxillae are dentate along their entire inner margin ; the other maxillary pieces are highly dentate. The paired carriers are very long, slender, the unpaired piece much shorter, reduced (pi. 13, fig. 286). Maxilla I has 9 teeth on the right side, 7 on the left; maxilla II has 7 teeth right, 13 left; maxilla III has 6 teeth right, 7 teeth left ; maxilla IV has 6 teeth on either side ; and maxilla V has a single tooth on either side. The maxillary apparatus, re- tracted, lies normally in setigerous segments 2 to 5. The mandibles are black, proportionately large, longer than wide; the parts are fused for a short distance along the median edge (pi. 13, fig. 285). Retracted, they lie normally in the first and second setigers. The first 2 rings are apodous. Parapodia are relatively small, but already from the first parapodium they have a long, digitate, postsetal lobe. At the fifth setiger there are 4 broadly bilimbate setae superiorly and 1 2 similar setae below; between them a heavy, deep yellow aciculum pro- jects for a distance nearly half that of the free length of the setae. The setae in anterior parapodia are smooth (pi. 13, fig. 290) or almost so, at 176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 the cutting edge, but more posteriorly some are toothed (pi. 13, fig. 288). Farther back the postsetal lobe continues long, similar to that in anterior parapodia, and the aciculum projects in like manner (pi. 13, fig. 289). A^. calif orniensis may be characterized as follows : the prostomium is long, pointed, provided with 4 eyespots; mandibles are fairly large, long- er than wide; maxillae are strongly dentate, with long, slender carriers and a greatly reduced unpaired piece; parapodia are tiny but have an elongate postsetal lobe throughout, acicula are deep yellow, setae are broadly bilimbate. Arabella attenuata Treadwell (1906, pp. 1172) from Monterey Bay, California, might be considered in comparison, since it too has heavy projecting acicula. It was characterized as follows: with 4 eyespots on the prostomium, maxillae dentate, stout acicula project from parapodia. In these respects it approaches more nearly to Notocirrus than to Ara- bella. It has a much shorter prostomium than N. calif orniensis, since the width was shown to be nearly equal to the length, and the eyespots were shown to be arranged in a straight line. The maxillae were described as follows: "Right maxillae with 4-toothed plates, increasing in size from before backward [in retracted proboscis?] ; first with 4 equal teeth, sec- ond with 5 teeth, increasing in size from before backward ; third with 4 or 5 much larger teeth than occur on either of the others ; fifth with 6 or 8 prominent teeth. The left maxillary plates were too badly broken to be described. A long, narrow, light brown chitinous rod terminates the maxillae posteriorly." The meaning is not quite clear. It is not certain whether the "4-toothed plates" means that there are 4 plates with teeth (since a fifth plate is designated farther on) or whether there are plates with 4 teeth, since some have more teeth. Also, there is some doubt if the designated first maxilla should be what is normally called maxilla I or maxilla V (or even IV). If the first is actually maxilla IV (or V), the formula on the right side would be maxilla V with 4 teeth, IV with 5 teeth. III with 4 or 5 teeth, maxilla II not given, maxilla I with 6 or 8 teeth. Also, the carriers are described as "a long, narrow, light brown chitinous rod," a structure difficult to correlate with characters in this family. Because of these differences, A^. calif orniensis is considered to be distinct. It differs from other species of the genus as indicated in the key above. Holotype. — AHF no. 53. Type locality. — San Nicolas Island, California, in 20-23 fms. (coll. 1205-40). Distribution. — This has been taken three times, in shallow dredging, in fine black and green sand, off southern California, in depths of 8 to 23 fms. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 177 Genus DRILONEREIS Claparede Type D. filum (Claparede) Drilonereis is nearly related to Arabella Grube but differs most nota- bly in its proboscidial parts and parapodial structures. The mandibles are typically more reduced, or even absent {D. nuda Moore) ; the maxillary carriers are proportionately smaller, the unpaired piece sometimes very short ; maxilla I is usually falcate, but sometimes also dentate at its base ; the other maxillary pieces, especially II, may be toothed, and III and IV are often reduced to sharp fangs ; maxilla V is usually reduced or absent. Parapodia are uniramous, provided with only simple, bilimbate setae, and a stout, projecting aciculum. The dorsal cirrus is very tiny or absent, and ventral cirri are absent. The prostomium is usually greatly depressed, spatulate, rarely provided with eyespots. The form of the body is often very long, slender, attenuate, rarely much larger. Crossland (1924, p. 57) records a length of 430 mm and width of 3.5 mm for D. major, from the Red Sea; typically species are much smaller. More species have been attributed to this genus from the Western Hemisphere than from all the rest of the world taken together. It is difficult or even impossible to distinguish some of them from their de- scriptions, and their affinities to one another are obscure. A revision of the genus is needed. These include the following species, 1. D. attenuata (Treadwell) (1911, p. 5) from Florida. (This was originally described as Aracoda, later referred to Drilonereis [Treadwell, 1921, p. 107] ; but, since it is said to lack heavy pro- jecting acicula and the prostomium is oval, with eyespots, its allo- cation to this genus is still in doubt.) 2. D. brunnea Treadwell (1921, p. Ill) from the West Indies. 3. D. canadensis Mcintosh (1903, p. 161) from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. 4. D. debilis (Ehlers) (1887, p. 113) from Florida. 5. D. falcata Moore, p. 179. 6. D. filum (Claparede), p. 180. 7. D. heterognatha Grube (1878, p. 101) from Desterro [Florian- opolis], Brazil. 8. D. intermedia Grube (1878, p. 100) from Desterro, Brazil. 9. D. longa Webster (1879, p. 240) from Virginia, p. 178. 10. D. magna Webster and Benedict (1887, p. 725) from Maine, p. 178. 11. D. nw^a Moore, p. 178. 178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 12. D. pinnata Treadwell (1921, p. 110) from the West Indies. 13. D. quadriciispis Grube (1878, p. 100) from Desterro, Brazil. 14. D. similis Treadwell (1921, p. Ill) from the West Indies. 15. D. spatula (Treadwell) (1911, p. 6) from Florida. 16. D. tenuis (Ehlers) (1901, p. 145) from the Strait of Magellan. Three of the above, D. heterognatha, D. interfnedia, and D. qiiadri- cuspis, originating from Brazil, are very inadequately known. Seven others, D. attenuata, D. hrunnea, D. debilis, D. longa, D. pinnata, D. similis, and D. spatula, have been reported from the West Indian region alone, but the relations of all these to one another are not at all clear. D. longa Webster differs from others in that parapodia in a far posterior region are uniquely bilabiate, both pre- and postsetal lobes about equally prolonged. I have collected numerous examples at Beaufort, North Caro- lina, in sandy shoals at low water. In life it is bright pink to red, very long, slender, stringlike, breaking up when slightly pulled. D. magna Webster and Benedict also inhabits sandy shoals at Beaufort, North Carolina, but is a much more robust species; here the parapodial base is stout, large, the postsetal lobe comparatively small, short, triangular. Setal fascicles, at least in an anterior region, are heavy, with 10 or more bilimbate setae in a bundle, in addition to the heavy, yellow aciculum. Three species, D. nuda, D. falcata, and D. filum, are represented in the collections. Key to Species of Drilonereis 1. Mandibles absent D. nuda, p. 178 1. Mandibles present 2 2. Maxillae I (forceps) without dentations at base; mandibles longer than broad D. filum, p. 180 2. Maxillae I with dentations at base; mandibles short, broad, proportionately small D. falcata, p. 179 Drilonereis nuda Moore Plate 13, Figs. 297-302 Moore, 1909, pp. 254-256, pi. 8, figs. 21-23; Monro, 1933, pp. 86-87, fig. 35. Collections.— 90^-?,9 (1); 910-39 (1); 1159-40 (1); 1210-40 (5); 1211-40 (1); 1251-41 (1); 1283-41 (1); 1289-41 (1); 1442-41 (2); 1446-42 (2). D. nuda is typically a very long, slender, almost cylindrical species, dark purplish in life and strongly iridescent. A specimen from Mission 1 NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 179 Bay measures 240 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, and consists of about 800 setigers; it is thus a much slenderer species than D. falcata (below). The prostomium is almost equitriangular in shape, lacks eyespots (pi. 13, fig. 302). Parapodia are short, tiny, but the postsetal lobe throughout is longer than the presetal one. In anterior parapodia (pi. 13, fig. 297) there are 3 or 4 superior limbate setae and a heavy, yellow, projecting aciculum (pi. 13, fig. 301); in posterior segments the parapodial parts are similar (pi. 13, fig. 298), but the setae are more broadly limbate and the aciculum is slenderer (pi. 13, fig. 300). Mandibles are totally lacking. The maxillae have long, very slender carriers with a broad, unpaired piece over half as long (pi. 13, fig. 299) ; forceps have a strongly curved fang and about 6 teeth at the base; max- illae II have 6 teeth on either side, maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth ; a fifth one is lacking. Distribution. — D. nuda is known from Monterey Bay, California, south to Pacific Panama ; usually it is intertidal ; the greatest bathymetric record (above) is 69 to 79 fms. Drilonereis falcata Moore Moore, 1911, pp. 298-299, pi. 20, figs. 150-154. CollectiQns.-^2>A-?>l (1); 879-38 (2); 892-38 (1); 1009-39 (1); 1010-39 (1); 1133-40 (1); 1435-41 (1). This is a much more robust, thicker species than Z). nuda (above). The mandibles are short, broad. Maxillae have forceps with strong, fal- cate end and numerous teeth at the base, differing therein from D. filum (below). Maxillae II have numerous teeth along the cutting edge of a long, slender piece; maxillae III have one longer and 4 or 5 smaller teeth proximally. Acicular spines are yellow, those in posterior segments slightly bent distally. Posterior postsetal lobes are somewhat prolonged and directed obliquely upward. D. falcata has been known only through its original account. Monro (1933, p. 88) suggested its identity with D. filum (below), but there are differences, especially in the proboscidial armature. Distribution. — Originally described from Monterey Bay, California, the present records extend the range through southern California, south to Lower California and western Mexico; it is intertidal to depths of 49-172 fms. 180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Drilonereis filum (Claparede) Fauvel, 1923, p. 436, fig. 174; Monro, 1933, p. 88. Collection.— 1130-40 (2). Included in this collection are an anterior end of 66 segments and another shorter anterior piece. Parapodia and prostomial parts are much as in D. falcata (above), but the proboscidial armature is different. Here maxillae I are strongly falcate, without teeth at the base, maxillae II have 8 or 9 teeth on a side, decreasing in size basally, maxillae III and IV have each a single tooth. A fifth plate is lacking. The mandibles are united to one another for a short distance, the 2 pieces proportionately longer than in D. falcata. Distribution. — D. filum, originally described from the Mediterra- nean Sea, has been reported from other extra-American places. Monro (1933, p. 88) has recorded it from Gorgona Island, Panama, in 15 fms, and Ehlers (1887, p. 113) described Aracoda debilis from Florida, which may belong here. The present record is the first from California. Genus LABIDOGNATHUS Caullery Type L. parasiticus Caullery This genus has affinities with Drilonereis Claparede in its proboscidial armature; the maxillary carriers are long, slender, with a median, un- paired piece ; forceps are htzvy, falcate ; the other maxillary pieces are re- duced, without dentate edge. Mandibles are probably absent. The para- podia lack heavy, acicular, projecting spines, and setae consist entirely of smooth limbate ones. It is endoparasitic, in the body cavity of other chaetopods. Labidognathus forcipes, new species Plate 13, Figs. 291-296 Collection.— 1251-41 (1). A single specimen has been taken from the body cavity of a Eunice fragment (see below) ; it is posteriorly incomplete, 140 segments measure about 30 mm long. The body is lumbrinerid in shape and form. The prostomium is flat, slightly depressed, a little longer than broad, anteri- orly bluntly rounded ; it has neither eyespots nor pigment pattern. The prostomium is weakly set off from the peristomium by a shallow groove. The first 2 segments are apodous, the first a little longer than the second (pi. 13, fig. 294). NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 181 Parapodia are small, inconspicuous throughout, the postsetal lobe longer than the presetal one, but not developed in any unique respect. Anterior parapodia (pi. 13, fig. 295) resemble those farther back (pi. 13, fig. 296) except that the postsetal lobe is slightly longer in the latter. Setae include only smooth, slender (pi. 13, fig. 292) bilimbate ones, number 3 or 4 in a parapodium, and are accompanied by a single, yellow aciculum. Mandibles are believed to be absent. Maxillae are dark, with long, slender, black carriers and a slender, unpaired piece nearly two thirds as long; this is dark for a short distance near its point of attachment but pale, translucent beyond ; its point of attachment is on a ventral boss of the forceps, as seen in lateral view (pi, 13, figs. 291, 293). The forceps are heavy, broad, conspicuous, well hooked, and provided with a sharp, distal tooth. Maxillae II are weakly developed, each consists of a flat plate, practically without teeth; they may be almost functionless in this species. Maxillae III and IV have each a single, sharp tooth (pi. 13, fig. 291). The functional parts of the maxillae consist entirely of sharp pointed pieces, perhaps serving as a piercing mechanism. This specimen was removed from the coelomic cavity of a fragment of Eunice, possibly E. antennata Savigny. The host consists of a branchial region of only 26 segments, from an area where the branchial filaments decrease rapidly from a 7-filamented to a one-filamented condition. This portion has large, nearly mature eggs. In the parapodia the acicular hooks are clear yellow, distally tridentate, and the parapodial bases have dark patches dorsally, as is typical for E. antennata. Since it is known to range in this locality, the host is tentatively referred to this species. Labidognathus Caullery has heretofore been known through only a single species, L. parasiticus Caullery (1914, p. 490) from the body cavity of a terebellid, taken near Timor, Dutch East Indies, in 73 meters. The external parts, including parapodia and appendages, are greatly reduced, the prostomium lacks eyespots, and the proboscidial armature is greatly reduced, much as in our specimen. No mention is made of mandibles, nor are they illustrated ; hence they are also perhaps absent. The maxillae consist of heavy forceps, long carriers, and several smaller pieces, but the relation of the parts is not quite clear. The un- paired carrier is shown detached, perhaps an unnatural condition; maxil- lae II are shown as rectangular, edentate plates, followed by an unpaired plate and another distal paired plate. L. forcipes differs from L. parasiti- cus in having a longer unpaired carrier and 3 pairs of plates in addition to the maxillary forceps. It is parasitic in eunicids. 182 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Holotype. — ^AHF no. 54. Type locality. — San Benito Island, Mexico, in 66-81 fms, body cavity of Eunice. Distribution. — San Benito Island, Mexico, in 66-81 fms, in coarse gray sand. NO. 1 HARTMAN: POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 183 Family Lysaretidae Kinberg The family Lysaretidae comprises a small group, with few genera and species. The oldest species known, Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny), is well nigh cosmopolitan in distribution. The family name, however, was erect- ed, not for this species, but for a single species and genus, Lysarete brasi- liensis Kinberg (1865) from Brazil. Ehlers (1887, pp. 107-108, pi. 33) recovered this species in a collection from Florida, greatly enhancing the original brief account, so that its relation to other members of the family is now clearly set forth. Many authors since Kinberg have preferred to regard the Lysaretidae either as a subfamily, Lysaretinae (Chamberlin, 1919, p. 325; Fauvel, 1923, p. 426, and others) or even as a group of the subfamily Lumbri- nereinae (Treadwell, 1921, p. 94). Their affinities are unquestionably with members of the superfamily Eunicea (as herein used), since they have the proboscidial armature which is a distinctive feature of the en- tire group. Aside from that, they have the long, maxillary carriers and the median, unpaired ventral piece in common with the Arabellidae (above). They lack ventral cirri; the prostomium is anteriorly broadly rounded, provided with a transverse row of eyespots near the posterior margin; there is a pair of eversible nuchal organs; there are often 3 small, simple antennae at the posterodorsal margin of the prostomium. The Lysaretidae are unique in that the dorsal cirri are enlarged, fol- iaceous. Maxillae typically consist of 5 paired plates and a pair of long carriers with a median unpaired piece. In Aglaurides Ehlers the carriers are greatly prolonged basally (pi. 14, fig. 304), much as in Arabella Grube. In Halla Costa (Fauvel, 1923, p. 426) they are similarly pro- longed. In Lysarete Kinberg, however, they are notably shorter, and the dentition of the large basal plates differs. In Iphitime Marenzeller, a parasitic genus, the entire maxillary armature is greatly reduced, the plates little more than strong hooks and the setal structures also hooklike, adapted for clinging. Enonella Stimpson (1853, p. 34) is known only through a very incomplete account, based on a collection from Grand Manan, Bay of Fundy. The prostomial lobe is shown somewhat as that of an Iphitime, but it is too incompletely known to detemiine its actual status. The preferred use of the 2 names, Aglaurides Ehlers {^Aglaura Savigny) and Oenone Savigny, has already evoked much discussion; the clearest account has been set forth by Fauvel (1917, pp. 240-254) in a discussion on A. fulgida (Savigny). Fauvel favors the use of Aglaurides rather than that of the older Oenone Savigny, regarding the latter in- 184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 valid, since it was originally based on an error, even though its type, O. lucida Savigny, has been shown conclusively to be the same as A. fulgida. In the first account of Oenone, the presence of 3 prostomial antennae had been overlooked. Okuda (1937, p. 289) follows this revision. Although the laws of priority might dictate the use of the older name, Oenone (next in age to Aglaura Savigny, which has been shown to be preoccu- pied by Ehlers, 1868), the most lucid revision (Fauvel, 1917) has pre- ferred the use of A glaurides ; the latter is therefore used below. Other genera that have been referred to the Lysaretidae but which have come to be regarded as synonyms include Andromache Kinberg, a synonym of A glaurides Ehlers (Ehlers, 1868, p. 407), Cirrobranchia Ehlers (1868, p. 408), a synonym of Halla Costa (Fauvel, 1923, p. 426), and Danymene Kinberg (1865, p. 571), perhaps the same as Aglaurides (Chamberlin, 1919, p. 326). Larymna Kinberg (1865, p. 49) from Mossambique is an indeterminable lysaretid, since its dorsal cirri are also long, foliaceous, and maxillae are much as in Aglaurides, as I was able to confirm by examination of the fragmentaiy type in the Swedish State Museum. The following 4 genera are herein considered to be valid. 1. Aglaurides Ehlers, with type A. fulgida (Savigny) (Fauvel, 1917, pp. 240-254). 2. Halla Costa, with type H. partJienopeia (delle Chiaje) (Fauvel, 1923, p. 426). 3. Iphitime Marenzeller, with type /. doderleini Marenzeller (1902, p. 579). 4. Lysarete Kinberg, with type L. brasiliensis Kinberg (Ehlers, 1887, p. 107). Key TO Genera of Lysaretidae 1. With 2 anterior, apodous segments 2 1. With a single, anterior, apodous segment . Aglaurides, p. 185 2. Parasitic; maxillary parts reduced to simple fangs Iphitime Marenzeller 2. Free living; maxillary parts dentate 3 3. Maxillaiy carriers greatly prolonged basally; maxillary plate I with numerous well-defined teeth .... Halla Costa 3. Maxillary carriers considerably shorter; maxillary plate I with a single heavy fang distally and a few weakly developed teeth below Lysarete Kinberg NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 185 The Lysaretidae have been recorded from the Western Hemisphere through 4 genera and 4 species, but one of them (Oenone brevimaxillata Treadwell) is beh'eved to be synonymous with another {Lysarete bra- siliensis Kinberg), and another {Enonella bicarinata Stimpson) is ques- tionable. ( 1 ) Aglaurides fulgida Savigny is known throughout the West Indian region and is further reported below. (2) Lysarete brasiliensis Kinberg, originally described from Brazil, was later redescribed and re- corded from Florida (Ehlers, 1887, pp. 107-108, pi. 33, figs. 1-8). I have collected the same species from Lemon Bay, Florida, from masses of de- bris in the intertidal zone. (3) Oenone brevimaxillata Treadwell (1931, pp. 1-3, figs. 4-9) from Mexico (whether east or west coast is not known) is probably the same as Lysarete brasiliensis. The 3 prostomial antennae are about as long as those of the latter, but no mention is made of eye- spots. The first 2 segments are shown apodous, but the same region is said to be uniannulate ventrally; acicula are black, as in L. brasifiensis ; the maxillary plates are similarly dentate, but the division between max- illary plates and carriers appears to be misplaced in the more recent de- scription ; the free ends of the mandibles are shown much shorter in O. brevimaxillata than is typical for L. brasiliensis, but this may be due to foreshortening. (4) Enonella bicarinata Stimpson (1853, p. 34, fig. 25) from the Bay of Fundy, is too incompletely known to identify beyond family. Only 2 species, therefore, are definitely known to be present from the Western Hemisphere. One of them (below) has been collected through numerous examples by the Velero III, the other has been col- lected by the author. Genus AGLAURIDES Ehlers Type A. fulgida (Savigny) Aglaurides fulgida (Savigny) Plate 14, Figs. 303-307 Oenone diphyllidia Ehlers, 1887, pp. 109-111, pi. 34, figs. 1-7. Fauvel, 1917, pp. 240-255, pi. 5, figs. 52-55; Okuda, 1937, pp. 289-290, fig. 35. A. diphyllidia Treadwell, 1921, pp. 116-119, pi. 7, figs. 13-16, text figs. 429-434. Collections.— \U-33 (posterior fragment); 247-34 (1); 298-34 (1) ; 375-35 (1) ; 460-35 (2) ; 464-35 (1) ; 473-35 (3) ; 530-36 (2) ; 634-37 (1); 638-37 (4); 867-38 (1); 1042-40 (2); 1077-40 (1); 1091-40 ( 1 ); 1 1 10-40 (4) ; A 44-39 ( 1 ) . This species has already been made well known through numerous excellent accounts (see synonj'^my above). Considerable discussion has evolved about the form and structure of the maxillae. In some individuals 186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 they have been shown to be uniquely asymmetrical (Ehlers, 1887, pi. 34, fig. 6, Fauvel, 1917, pi. 6, fig. 54, and others) ; in this condition the first plate on the left side is much smaller than maxilla II and very different from the corresponding plate I on the right side (pi. 14, fig. 305). In some other individuals the maxillae have been shown to be symmetrical (Treadwell, 1921, fig. 422). A precisely similar condition has been shown for A. symmetrica Fauvel (1914, pi. 7, fig. 4), which was first thought to be merely a variety of A. fulgida but later (Fauvel, 1919, p. 388) erected to the rank of species. Unfortunately for this view, our col- lections contain some interesting evidence on this controversy. Among the numerous collections listed above, the significance of this character was sampled from 2 individuals taken at random from one of the collections (473-35). In the first individual the maxillae were sym- metrical, the parts as shown in pi. 14, fig. 304. In this the carriers are long, slender, with median unpaired piece about as long as the paired carriers, but wider. In the second individual from the same collection the maxillary plates on the left side were strikingly different, the basal plate (I) much the smaller, provided with numerous teeth at the cutting edge, and plates II to IV provided with more numerous teeth than the com- parable plates in the first individual. The unpaired carrier was the same. The homologous plates, I to IV, in the 2 individuals, are strikingly dif- ferent, but in all other respects the individuals compare favorably. They are here considered to belong to a single species. A pair of mandibles (pi. 14, fig. 306), a median parapodium (pi. 14, fig. 307), and a subacicular hook (pi. 14, fig. 303) are shown from an individual with symmetrical maxillary plates. Distribution. — A. fulgida has been widely reported from Bermuda, south through the West Indian region. In so far as I know, it has been reported only once from the eastern Pacific, by Monro (1933, p. 91) from Coiba Island, Panama, in 5-10 fms. These records indicate that it may be common from the Gulf of California, south at least to Indepen- dencia Bay, Peru. It is commonly intertidal; its greatest bathymetric range, based on present records, is 22 fms. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 187 Family Dorvilleidae Chamberlin The family Dorvilleidae is usually recognized through only 2 genera, Dorvillea Parfitt and Ophryotrocha Claparede and Metchnikoff. Repre- sentatives of this family depart widely from others of the superfamily Eunicea, largely because of the great differences in their proboscidial armature, their parapodial parts, and their comparatively minute size. These 2 genera are separable as follows. 1. Prostomium with conspicuous palpi and antennae, the latter often distinctly moniliform, and both sometimes prolonged, ten- tacular ; maxillae consist of 4 series of pieces, each with numer- ous chitinous plates Dorvillea, p. 187 1. Prostomium with greatly reduced palpi and antennae, appear- ing papillar; maxillae with 2 series of pieces, each consisting of less than 10 pieces; prostomium and segments with rows of cilia Ophryotrocha, p. 191 Genus DORVILLEA Parfitt Type D. rubrovittata (Grube) Includes Anisoceras Grube (1856), Prionognathus Keferstein (1862), Staurocephalus Grube ( 1855 ) , Stauroceps Verrill ( 1900) , Stauro- n^rm Verrill (1900), and TelonereisYtrnW (1900). The rules of nomenclature dictate the use of Dorvillea Parfitt (1866), since the first 3 names in the synonymy above have been shown to be preoccupied and the last 3 are predated (Chamberlin, 1919, p. 339). Both Staurocephalus Grube and Stauronereis Verrill have received wide acceptance but should give way to Dorvillea. No satisfactory attempt has yet been made to divide the numerous species of this genus, although Crossland (1924, p. 93) has pointed out some interesting differences concerning the presence or absence of a nuchal papilla and forked setae. The second appears to be of considerable significance, but unfortunately this character remains unknown for some species. Another significant feature concerns the presence or absence of dorsal cirrophore and acicula; most species are of the first kind. Many species of Dorvillea have been described, or reported, from the Western Hemisphere. The list below includes 20, but some are so poorly known as to be unrecognizable, and some others are undoubtedly syno- nyms. They are as follows : 188 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 1. D. angolana (Augener), first described from West Africa, reported from Colon, Panama (Monro, 1933, p. 93). (This may be con- specific with D. cerasina (Ehlers).) 2. D.annulata (Moore) (1906, p. 225) from Washington. 3. D. articulata (Hartman), p. 189. 4. D. australiensis (Mcintosh), first described from Bass Straits, re- ported from Juan Fernandez (Augener, 1913, p. 299). 5. D. bioculata (Grube) (1856, p. 62) from Puntarenas, Costa Rica. 6. D. caeca (Webster and Benedict) (1884, p. 721) from Massa- chusetts. 7. D. cerasina (Ehlers), p. 190. 8. D. erythrops (Verrill) (1900, p. 649) from Bermuda. (This is in- distinguishable from D. melanops, below.) 9. D. gracilis (Hartman), p. 189. 10. D. grubei (Kinberg) (1865, p. 574) of? Brazil. 11. D. melanops (Verrill) (1900, p. 648) from Bermuda. 12. D. moniloceras (Moore), p. 190. 13. D. pallida (Verrill) (1873, p. 595) from New England. (This may be conspecific with D. rudolphii (delle Chiaje).) 14. D. polydonta (Verrill) (1900, p. 650) from Bermuda. (This is probably identical with D. rudolphii [Fauvel, 1923, p. 446].) 15. D. pseudorubrovittata Berkeley (1927, p. 409) from Nanaimo, British Columbia. 16. D. rubra (Grube) (1856, p. 60) from St. Croix, West Indies. 17. D. rubrovittata (Grube), p. 190. 18. D. rudolphii (delle Chiaje), p. 191. 19. D. sociabilis (Webster) (1879, p. 243) from Virginia. 20. D. vittata (Grube) (1856, p. 61) from Puntarenas, Costa Rica. Among those listed above, the following are known to have forked setae : D. annulatus, D. articulata, D. caeca, D. rudolphii, and D. pallida. The following lack forked setae: D. angolana, D. cerasina, D. monilo- ceras, D. pseudorubrovittata, D. rubra, and D. vittata. Two other characters of outstanding significance are presence or ab- sence of dorsal cirrophore and dorsal acicula, and presence or absence of eyes. In the list above, only one species, D. gracilis, lacks dorsal cirro- phore and dorsal acicula, and only one, D. caeca, lacks eyes. Key TO Species of Dorvillea 1. Prostomium without eyes; parapodia with some simple forked setae D. caeca (Webster and Benedict) 1. Prostomium with eyes 2 ) , NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 189 2. Parapodia without dorsal cirrophore or dorsal acicula . . . D. gracilis, p. 189 2. Parapodia provided with dorsal cirrophore and dorsal acicula 3 3. Some parapodia provided with simple forked setae .... 4 3. Parapodia without simple forked setae 6 4. Some composite hooks with greatly prolonged appendage . . D. annulata (Moore) 4. Composite hooks without such long appendages 5 5. Neuropodial lobes diverge distally . . D. articulate, p. 189 5. Neuropodial lobes do not diverge distally D. rudolphii, p. 191 6. Prostomium with nuchal papilla . . . D. rubra (Grube) 6. Prostomium without nuchal papilla 7 7. Palpi and antennae smooth or at least not moniliform . . . D. rubrovittata, p. 190 7. Antennae moniliform, at least in part 8 8. Antennae longer than palpi, with about 12 or 13 articles; palpi with or without terminal article 8a 8. Palpi longer than antennae 9 a. Palpi with a terminal article D. pseudorubrovittata Berkeley a. Palpi without terminal article , D. melanops (Verrill) 9. Palpi smooth, lacking terminal article, nearly twice as long as annulated antennae 10 9. Palpi with short terminal article, only slightly longer than an- tennae ; parapodia with inferior lobe exceeding superior lobe in median and posterior regions . . . , D. cerasina, p. 190 10. Parapodia of middle and posterior regions widen distally; ap- pendage of composite hooks 2 to 3 times as long as wide . . D. moniloceras, p. 190 10. Parapodia do not widen distally; appendage of composite hooks 4 to 5 times as long as wide .... D . vittata {Gvxxht) Dorvillea gracilis (Hartman) Stauronereis gracilis Hartman, 1938, pp. 100-101, figs. 36-38. Collection. — 905-38, Anaheim Slough, California, shore (3). Distribution. — California ; intertidal. Dorvillea articulata (Hartman) Stauronereis articulatus Hartman, 1938, pp. 101-102, figs. 39-44. Collections.— ^9A-3^ ( 1 ); 995-39 (1); 1208-40 (2); 1289-41 (1); 1347-41 (1); 1369-41 (1). Distribution. — California; intertidal to 49 fms. 190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Dorvillea cerasina (Ehlers) Stauronereis cerasina Hartman, 1940, p. 214, pi. 34, figs. 38-41. ? Stauronereis angolanus Monro, 1933, p. 93. Collections.— A9^-?>6 (5); 639-37 (1); 662-37 (1); 683-37 (2) ; 728-37 (1); 1101-40 (2) ; A 7-39 (1);A 15-39 (2). Distribution. — Tropical eastern Pacific and West Indian region; in- tertidal to depths of 15 fms. Dorvillea moniloceras (Moore) Stauronereis moniloceras Moore, 1909, pp. 256-259, pi. 8, figs. 24-29; Treadwell, 1914, p. 197; Hartman, 1938, p. 100, fig. 45. Berkeley, 1927, pp. 410-411. Collection. — Moss Beach and Pacific Grove, California, shore (3). Colors in life are as follows: the prostomium, tentacles, and para- podia are white; the 4 eyes are black; the peristomium has dorsally 2 transverse red bands separated by a narrow white stripe; each of the succeeding segments is white with 2 conspicuous transverse red bands alternating with the white stripe. The prostomium is truncate to broadly rounded in front ; at its post- erior margin it is united to the peristomium medially by a narrow fold, but there is no distinct nuchal papilla. The parapodia are conspicuous, fleshy, the superior portion of the neuropodium longer than the inferior part (Hartman, 1938, fig. 45). Simple forked setae are absent. Berkeley (1927, p. 410) referred some individuals from Nanaimo, British Columbia, to this species with some doubt, considering them pos- sibly the same as D. vittata (Grube). The latter, as red escribed by Treadwell (1921, pp. 123-125), appears to have diiiferently propor- tioned parapodia and composite hooks with longer appendages. Monro ( 1933, p. 92) thought it perhaps a variety of D. rudolphii (delle Chiaje), but the latter is provided with simple forked setae. Distribution. — California; ?Nanaimo, British Columbia (Berkeley). Intertidal, among red coralline algae. Dorvillea rubrovittata (Grube) Staurocephalus rubrovittatus Fauvel, 1923, pp. 445-446, fig. 177. Collection. — A 12a-39 (1). Distribution. — In so far as I am aware, this has remained unreported from the Western Hemisphere; the single record is from the Caribbean Sea. NO, 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 191 Dorvillea rudolphii (delle Chiaje) Staurocephalus rudolphii Fauvel, 1923, pp. 446-447, fig. 178; Monro, 1933, pp. 92-93. Collection.— A 32-39 (1). The distribution and synonymy of this species have been discussed by others (Fauvel, 1923, p. 447, Monro, 1933, p. 92). It is believed to in- clude S. pallida Verrill, perhaps S. polydonta Verrill, and S. longicornis Ehlers. Distribution. — West Indian and Caribbean seas; eastern Pacific; in shallow seas and intertidal. Genus OPHRYOTROGHA Claparede and Metchnikoff Type O. puerilis Claparede and Metchnikoff Ophryotrocha puerilis Claparede and Metchnikoff Plate 15, Figs. 325-330 Fauvel, 1923, pp. 450-451, fig. 180; Augener, 1936, p. 349; Hartmann and Huth, 1936, pp. 389-439, 17 figs. O.sp. Coe, 1940, p. 177. Collections. — La Jolla, California, and Beaufort, North Carolina. A species of this genus, believed to be the widely known O. puerilis, has been found to occur on both east and west coasts of America. The total length of about 23 segments is only a few mm. Color in life is pale flesh. The prostomium and body segments are surrounded by rows of cilia (pi. 15, fig. 325), but the prostomial antennae are inconspicuous. The maxillary apparatus is dark brown, chitinous. The mandibles consist of a pair of bifurcated pieces (pi. 15, fig. 327), the distal ends delicately crenulated (pi. 15, fig. 328), the posterior parts long, slender. Maxillae consist of a pair of strong forceps (pi. 15, fig. 327) and plates. The lat- ter are of 2 kinds, including 3 pairs of sharply dentate ones basally and 4 pairs of delicately crenulate ones distally (pi. 15, fig. 326). The first 2 segments are apodous; the next has parapodia provided with single superior and inferior setae and 2 median ones (pi. 15, fig. 330). All other parapodia have one or a few superiormost capillary setae, 3 or more compound setae (pi. 15, fig. 329) in the middle part of the fascicle, and 2 or a few inferiormost capillaries. The interesting phases of sexual reversal (Hartmann and Huth, 1936, and Coe, 1940) have been the subject of illuminating experimentation. Distribution. — Cosmopolitan, in warmer waters. Contamination in culture tanks at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, at La Jolla, California; among debris and attached organisms, in intertidal zones; Beaufort, North Carolina. 192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 LITERATURE CITED Andrews, E. A. 1891. Report upon the Annelida Polychaeta of Beaufort, North Carolina. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 14, pp. 277-302, pis. 12-18. 1891. Reproductive organs of Diopaira. J. Morph. Philadelphia, vol. 5, pp. 113-124, 2 pis. Arwidsson, I. 1908. Uncinisetidae Bidenkap, eine aus Versehen aufgestellte Polychaeten- familie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber einige nordische Maldaniden. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, vol. 33, pp. 267-277, 2 figs. AuDOUiN and Milne Edwards. 1834. Recherches pour servir a I'histoire naturelle du littoral de la France on recueil de memoires sur I'anatomie, la physiologic, la classifica- tion et les moeurs des animaux de nos cotes. Paris, vol. 2, 290 pp., 8 pis. AUGENER, H. 1906. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alex- ander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, and on the east coast of the United States, 1877 to 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake, Lieut. Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., commanding. West- indische Polychaeten. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 43, pp. 91-196, 8 pis. 1913. Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger siid- west-australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Polychaeta I, Errantia, vol. 4, Lief. 5, pp. 65-304, 2 pis., 42 figs. 1918. Polychaeta. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Herausgeg. von W. Michaelsen, vol. 2, Lief. 2, pp. 67-625, 6 pis. 1922. Ueber litorale Polychaeten von Westindien. Sitzber. Ges. natf. Freunde, Berlin, pp. 38-53. 1923. Polychaeten von den Auckland-und Campbell-Inseln. I. Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kj0b., vol. 75, pp. 1-115, 44 figs. 1924. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition 1914-16. Poly- chaeten von Neuseeland. I. Errantia. Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kj0b., vol. 75, pp. 241-441, 11 figs. 1925. Ueber westindische und einige andere Polychaeten-typen von Grube (Oersted) Kr0yer, Morch und Schmarda. Pub. Univ. zool. Mus. K0benhavn, no. 39, 47 pp., 2 figs. 1927. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Fauna van Curasao. Resultaten eener Reis van Dr. C. J. van der Horst in 1920. Polychaeten von Curasao. Zool. Nat. Mat. Amsterdam, vol. 25, pp. 39-82, 9 figs. 1931. Die bodensassigen Polychaeten nebst einer Hirudinee der Meteor- Fahrt. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 44, pp. 279-313, 11 figs. 1932. Antarktische und Antiboreale Polychaeten nebst einer Hirudinee. Scientific Results of the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1927-1928. Norske Vidensk.-Akad. Oslo, pp. 1-86, 1 pi. 1933. Polychaeten von den Galapagos-Inseln. The Norwegian Zoological Expedition to the Galapagos Islands 1925, conducted by Alf Wolle- baek. VI. Nyt Mag. Naturv. Oslo, vol. 73, pp. 55-66, 1 fig. 1934. Polychaeten aus den zoologischen Museen von Leiden und Amster- dam. IV. Schluss. Zool. Meded. Leiden, vol. 17, pp. 67-160, 31 figs. Baird, W. 1870. Remarks on several genera of Annelides belonging to the group Eunicea, with a notice of such species as are contained in the collec- tion of the British Museum and a description of some others hitherto undescribed. J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 10, pp. 341-361. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 193 Benham, W. B . 1927. Polychaeta. British Antarctic Terra Nova Expedition. 1910. Nat. Hist. Rep. Zool., vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 47-182, 6 pis. Berkeley, E. 1927. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. Part 3, Leodicidae to Spionidae. Contr. Canad. Biol. Toronto, n.s., vol. 3, pp. 405-422, Ipl. Berkeley, E. and C. 1932. On a collection of littoral Polychaeta from the west coast of Van- couver Island. Contr. Canad. Biol. Toronto, n.s., vol. 7, pp. 309-318. 1935. Some notes on the poljxhaetoiis annelids of Elkhorn Slough, Mon- terey Bay, California. Amer. Midland Nat., vol. 16, pp. 766-775. 1938. Rhamphobrachium longisetosum, sp. n., with some observations on the regeneration of the specialized anterior setae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., sen 11, vol. 1, pp. 428-435, figs. 1-8. 1939. On a collection of Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Mexico. Ibid., ser. 11, vol. 3, pp. 321-346, 12 figs. 1941. On a collection of Polychaeta from southern California. Bull. South- ern Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pp. 16-60, 18 figs. Blainville, H. de 1825. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, dans lequel on traite methodi- quement des differens etres de la nature, consideres soit en eux- memes d'apres I'etat actuel de nos connaissances, soit relativeraent a I'utilite qu'en peuvent retirer la medicine, I'agriculture, le commerce et les arts. Vol. 34, pp. 408-455. 1828. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles . . . Vol. 57, pp. 368-501. Bosc, L. A. G. 1802. Histoire naturelle des vers, contenant leur description et leurs moeurs; avec figures dessinees d'apres nature. (Paris, Deterville). Vol. 1, pp. 1-324. [The figures herein quoted were not published until 1830, in a second edition.] Caullery, M. 1914. Labidognathus parasiticus n.g., n.sp. Cas nouveau d'endoparasitisme evolutif chez les Euniciens. C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris, vol. 77, pp. 490- 493, 1 fig. Chamberlin, R. V. 1918. Polychaetes from Monterey Bay. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 31, pp. 173-180. 1919. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 48, 514 pp., 80 pis. 1919. New polychaetous annelids from Laguna Beach, California. J. Ent. and Zool. Pomona College, Claremont, California, vol. 11, pp. 1-23. Coe, W. R. 1940. Divergent pathways in sexual development. Science, N.Y., vol. 91, no. 2356, pp. 175-182. Crossland, C. 1903. On the marine fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from collections made by Cyril Crossland in the years 1901 and 1902. Polychaeta, pt. 2. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 129-144, 2 pis., 4 figs. 1904. The marine fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa. . . Pt. 3, with which is incorporated the account of Stanley Gardiner's col- lection made in the Maldive Archipelago in the year 1899. Ibid., pt. 1, pp. 287-330, 3 pis., figs. 43-46. 194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 1924. Ehlers, E. 1868. 1869. 1875. 1887. 1897. 1901. 1905. 1912. Fauvel, p. 1914. 1917. 1919. 1919. 1923. 1930. 1932. 1933. Gravier, C. 1900. 1909. Polychaeta of tropical East Africa, the Red Sea and Cape Verde Islands collected by Cyril Crossland and of the Maldive Archi- pelago collected by Professor Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. The Lumbriconereidae and Staurocephalidae. Ibid., pt. 1, pp. 1-106, 126 figs. Die Borstenwiirmer nach systematischen und anatomischen Unter- suchungen dargestellt. Leipzig. 748 pp., 24 pis. Die Neubildung des Kopfes und des vorderen Korperteils bei poly- chaeten. Anneliden. Erlangen. pp. 3-24. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Verticalverbreitung der Borstenwiirmer im Meere. Z. vviss. Zool. Leipzig, vol. 25, pp. 1-102, 4 pis. Reports on the results of dredging, under the direction of L. F. Pourtales, during the years 1868-1870, and of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), and in the Caribbean Sea (1878- 79), in the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake. Report on the Anne- lides. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 15, 333 pp., 60 pis. Polychaeten. Hamburger Magalhaenischen Sammelreise. Hamburg, Friedrichsen & Co., 148 pp., 9 pis. Die Polychaeten des magellanischen und chilenischen Strandes. Festschrift zur Feier des Hundertfiinfzigjahrigen Bestehens der koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. 232 pp., 25 pis. Berlin. Anneliden der Sammlung Schauinsland. (Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific, Schauinsland 1896-97.) Zool. Jahrb. Jena Syst., vol. 22, pp. 281-302, pi. 9. Die bodensassigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutschen Tiefsee Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn. Tiefsee Exped., Valdivia, vol. 16, pp. 1-168, 23 pis. Sur les Polychetes rapportees M. Ch. Gravier de San-Thome. Bull. Mus. Paris, pp. 66-70. Annelides polychetes de I'australie meridionale. Arch. zool. exp. gen. Paris, vol. 56, pp. 159-277, 5 pis. Annelides polychetes de Madagascar, de Djibouti et du Golfe Persique. Ibid., vol. 58, pp. 315-473, 3 pis. Annelides polychetes de la Guyane frangaise. Bull. Mus. Paris, vol. 25, pp. 472-479, 2 figs. Polychetes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, 488 pp., 181 figs. Supplement to the littoral fauna of Krusadai Island in the Gulf of Manaar. Annelida Polychaeta of the Madras government museum. Bull. Madras Govt. Mus., n.s., Nat. Hist., sec. 1, pp. 1-72, 18 figs. Annelida Polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Museum, vol. 12, pp. 1-262, 9 pis., 40 figs. Annelides polychetes du Golfe du Pei Tcheu Ly de la Collection de Musee Hoang ho Pai ho. Pub. Mus. Hoangho Pai ho Tien-Tsin, vol. 15, pp. 1-67, 6 figs. Contribution a I'etude des Annelides polychetes de la mer Rouge. Premiere Partie. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, sen 4, vol. 2, pp. 137- 282, 6 pis. Annelides polychetes recueilles a Payta (Perou) par M. le Dr. Rivet. Arch. Zool. exp. gen. Paris, ser. 4, vol. 10, pp. 617-659, 3 pis. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 195 Gray, J. E. 1847. Grube, E. 1840. An account of Palolo, a sea worm eaten in the Navigator Islands. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, pp. 409-410. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wurmen des Adriatischen und Mittel- meers, Konigsberg, J. H. Bon, pp. 61-88, 1 pi. Die Familien der Anneliden. Arch. Naturgesch. Berlin, vol. 16.1, pp. 249-364. Annulata Oerstediana. Naturhist. Foren. Vidensk. Medd. K0ben- havn, pp. 44-62. Resultate einer Revision der Euniceen. Jber. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult., vol. 44, pp. 66-68. Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859. Zool. Theil, vol. 2, pt. 3, Anneliden. Vienna, pp. 1-48, 4 pis. Ueber neue Anneliden. Jber. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult., vol. 45, pp. 50-52. 1869. Ehlers Entdeckung fossiler Euniciden und eine neue Diopatra. Ibid., vol. 46, pp. 58-59. Untersuchungen iiber die Familie Eunicea. Ber. naturw. Schles. Gesells., pp. 37-62. Systematischen Untersuchungen iiber die Familie Eunicea. Jber. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cult., vol. 55, pp. 79-104. Beschreibungen von neuen Anneliden des zoologischen Museums zu Berlin. Sitzber. Ges. natf. Freunde Berlin, pp. 109-117. 1850. 1856. 1866. 1868. 1868. 1878. 1878. 1881. Hansen, A. 1882. Recherches sur les Annelides recueillies par M. le professeur Edouard van Beneden pendant son voyage au Bresil et a la Plata. Mem. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, vol. 44, pp. 1-29, 7 pis. Hartman, O. 1938. Descriptions of new species and new generic records of polychaetous annelids from California of the families Glyceridae, Eunicidae, Stauronereidae, and Opheliidae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 43, pp. 93-112, 63 figs. 1939. The polychaetous annelids collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. 98, pp. 1-22, 3 figs. 1939. New species of polychaetous annelids from southern California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, pp. 157-162, 2 pis. 1942. The identity of some marine annelid worms in the United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 92, pp. 101-140, 8 figs. Hartmann, M. and Huth, W. 1936. Untersuchungen iiber Geschlechtsbestimmung und Geschlechtsum- wandlung von Ophryotrocha puerilis. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Zool. Phys., vol. 56, pp. 389-439, 17 figs. Hilton, W. A. 1918. Notes on annelids collected during 1917 at Laguna Beach. J. Ent. and Zool. Pomona College, Claremont, California, vol. 10, pp. 60-62. Hoagland, R. 1919. Polychaetous annelids from Porto Rico, the Florida Keys and Ber- muda. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N.Y., vol. 41, pp. 571-591, 4 pis. 196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 1920. Polychaetous annelids collected by the U.S. Fisheries steamer Alba- tross during the Philippine Expedition of 1907-1909. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 100, pp. 603-635, 7 pis. HORST, R. 1922. On some polychaetous annelids from Curagao. Bijdr. Dierk. Amster- dam, Feest-Nummer, vol. 22, pp. 193-201, 2 figs. IZUKA, A. 1912. The Errantiate Polychaeta of Japan. J. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, vol. 30, pp. 1-262, 24 pis. Johnson, H. P. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston See. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-437, 19 pis. Johnston, G. 1865. A catalogue of the British non-parasitical worms in the collection of the British Museum. London, 366 pp., 20 pis. KiNBERG, J. G. H. 1857-1910. Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden under befal of C. A. Virgin aren 1851-1853. Vetenskapliga lak- ttagelser pa Konung Oscar den Forstes befallning utgifna delen. Zoologi. 3. Annulater. Uppsala and Stockholm. 1865. Annulata nova. Ofv. Vetensk. Akad. Forh. Stockholm, vol. 21, pp. 559-574. Leidy, J, 1855. LUDWIG, H. 1905. Contributions towards a knowledge of the marine invertebrates off the coast of Rhode Island and New Jersey. J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 3, pp. 135-158, 6 pis. Ein endoparasitischer Chaetopod in einer Tiefsee Ophiure. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, vol. 29, pp. 397-399. MacGinitie, G. E. 1935. Ecological aspects of a California marine estuary. Amer. Midland Nat., vol. 16, pp. 629-765, 21 figs. McIntosh, MV. C. 1869. On the structure of the British nemerteans, and some new British annelids. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 25, pp. 305-433, 13 pis. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polychaeta collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Challenger Reports, Zool., vol. 12, xxxvi -|-554 pp., 94 pis., maps. 1903. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., sen 7, vol. 12, pp. 128-166, 4 pis., 9 figs. 1910. A monograph of the British Annelids. Vol. 2, pt. 2, Polychaeta. Syllidae to Ariciidae. Ray Society, London, pp. 233-524, 27 pis. Marenzeller, E. von 1879. Siidjapanische Anneliden, I. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. VTien, vol. 41, pt. 2, pp. 109-154, 6 pis. 1902. Siidjapanische Anneliden, HI: Aphroditea, Eunicea. Ibid., vol. 72, pp. 563-582, 3 pis. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 197 Monro, C. C. A. 1924. On the Polychaeta collected by H.M.S. Alert, 1881-1882. Families Polynoidae, Sigalionidae, and Eunicidae. J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 36, pp. 37-64, 24 figs. 1928. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition 1914-16. On the Polychaeta collected by Dr. Th. Mortensen off the coast of Panama. Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kj0b., vol. 85, pp. 75-103, 19 figs. 1930. Polychaete worms. Discovery Reports, vol. 2, pp. 1-222, 91 figs. 1933. The Polychaeta Errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon in the Panama region and the Galapagos Islands during the expedi- tion of the S.Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 1, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. 1933. The Polychaeta Sedentaria collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon in the Panama region, and the Galapagos Islands during the expe- dition of the S.Y. St. George. Ibid., pt. 2, pp. 1039-1092, 31 figs. 1936. Polychaete worms, II. Discovery Reports, vol. 12, pp. 59-198, 34 figs. 1937. The John Murray Expedition 1933-34. Scientific Reports. Poly- chaeta. Vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 243-321, 28 figs. Moore, J. P. 1903. Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 55, pp. 401-490, 5 pis. 1904. New Polychaeta from California. Ibid., vol. 56, pp. 484-503, 2 pis. 1906. Additional new species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific. Ibid., vol. 58, pp. 217-260, 3 pis. 1908. Some polychaetous annelids of the northern Pacific coast of North America. Ibid., vol. 60, pp. 321-364, 4 figs. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, Cali- fornia. Ibid., vol. 61, pp. 235-295, 3 pis. 1911. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. 3. Euphrosynidae to Goniadi- dae. Ibid., vol. 63, pp. 234-318, 7 pis. 1923. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. 4. Spionidae to Sabellariidae. Ibid., vol. 75, pp. 179-259, 2 pis. Okuda, S. 1937. Parfitt, E. 1866 Polychaetous annelids from the Palau Islands and adjacent waters, the South Sea Islands. Bull. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 7, pp. 257- 316, 59 figs. Description of a Nereis new to science. The Zoologist, sen 2, vol. 1, pp. 113-114, figs. Pearse, a. S. 1936. Estuarine animals at Beaufort, North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell sci. Soc. Chapel Hill, vol. 52, pp. 174-222, 2 pis. POURTALES, L. F. DE 1869. Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream at great depths. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 1, pp. 103-120. QUATREFAGES, M. 1865. Histoire naturelle des Anneles marins et d'eau douce. Paris, de Roret, 2 pts., 794 pp. 198 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 RiOJA, E. 1941. Datos para el conocimiento de la fauna de poliquetos de las costas del Pacifico de Mexico. An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, vol. 12, pp. 669-746, 9 pis. St. Joseph 1888. Les Annelides polychetes des cotes de Dinard. Pt. 2. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sen 7, vol. 5, pp. 141-338, 8 pis. Sars, G. O. 1872. On some remarkable forms of animal life from the great deeps off the Norwegian coast. I. Partly from posthumous manuscripts of the late Professor Dr. Michael Sars. Christiania, Br0gger and Christia, 82 pp., 6 pis. Savigny, J. 1809. Description de I'figypte, ou recueil des observations et des recherches qui ont ete faite en Egypte pendant I'expedition de I'armee frangaise, public par les ordres de sa majeste I'empereur Napoleon le grand. Histoire naturelle, vol. 1. Paris. Pt. 3. Systemes de diverses classes d'animaux sans vertebres, pp. 1-128. SCHMARDA, L. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853-57, vol. 1: Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Annel- iden, pt. 2. Spengel, J. N. 1882. Oligognathus bonelUae eine schmarotzende Eunicee. Mitt. Stat. Neapel, vol. 3, pp. 15-52, 3 pis. Stewart, C. 1881. On a supposed new boring annelid. J. Roy. Micr. Soc. London, pt. 2, vol. 1, pp. 717-719, 1 pi. Stimpson, W. 1853. Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, or the region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Smithson. Contr. Knowledge, vol. 6, pp. 1-67, 3 pis. Treadwell, a. L. 1902. The polychaetous annelids of Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 20 (for 1900), pt. 2, pp. 181-210, 81 figs. 1906. Polychaetous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the Steamer Albatross in 1902. Ibid., vol. 23 (for 1903), pt. 3, pp. 1145- 1181, 81 figs. 1911. Polychaetous annelids from the Dry Tortugas, Florida. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N.Y., vol. 30, pp. 1-12, 29 figs. 1914. Polychaetous annelids of the Pacific coast in the collections of the Zoological Museum of the University of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 13, pp. 175-234, 2 pis. 1917. Polychaetous annelids from Florida, Porto Rico, Bermuda and the Bahamas. Pap. Dept. Mar. Biol. Carnegie Inst., vol. 11, pp. 255- 272, 3 pis. 1921. Leodicidae of the West Indian region. Pub. Carnegie Inst., Wash- ington, vol. 15, pp. 1-131, 467 figs., 9 pis. 1922. Polychaetous annelids collected at Friday harbor. State of Washing- ton, in February and March, 1920. Pub. Carnegie Inst. Washington, vol. 18, pp. 171-181, 37 figs. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 199 1923. Polychaetous annelids from Lower California with description of new species. Amer. Mus. Nov., N.Y., no. 74, pp. 1-11, 8 figs. 1926. Polychaetous annelids collected by Captain R. A. Bartlett in Alaska in 1924, with descriptions of new species. Amer. Mus. Nov., N.Y., no. 223, pp. 1-8, 17 figs. 1928. Polychaetous annelids from the Arcturus oceanographic expedition. Zoologica, New York, vol. 8, pp. 449-489, 3 figs. 1929. Two new species of polychaetous annelids from the Argentine coast. Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 75, pp. 1-5, 6 figs. 1929. Lumbrinereis bicirrata, a new polychaetous annelid from Puget Sound. Amer. Mus. Nov., N. Y., no. 338, pp. 1-3, 7 figs. 1931. New species of polychaetous annelids from California, Mexico, Porto Rico and Jamaica. Amer. Mus. Nov., N.Y., no. 482, pp. 1-7, 21 figs. 1931. Contributions to the biology of the Philippine Archipelago and ad- jacent regions. Four new species of polychaetous annelids collected in the United States fisheries steamer Albatross during the Philip- pine Expedition of 1907-1910. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 100 (6), pp. 313-321, 4 figs. 1934. New polychaetous annelids. Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. 91, no. 8, pp. 1-9, 2 pis. 1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. 8. Polychaetous annelids from the west coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California, and Clarion Island, Zoologica, N.Y., vol. 22, pp. 139-160, 2 pis. 1939. New polychaetous annelids from New England, Texas, and Puerto Rico. Amer. Mus. Nov., N.Y., no. 1023, pp. 1-7, 25 figs. Verrill, a. E. 1873. Results of recent dredging expeditions on the coast of England. Amer. J. Sci. New Haven, sen 3, vol. 5, pp. 1-16, 98-106. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish. Washington, vol. for 1871-72, pp. 295-778. 1874. Explorations of Casco Bay by the U.S. Fisheries Commission, in 1873. Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. Mass., vol. 22, pp. 340-395, 6 pis. 1875. Brief contributions to zoology from the Museum of Yale College. No. 33. Results of dredging expeditions off the New England coast, in 1874. Amer. J. Sci. New Haven, ser. 3, vol. 10, pp. 36-43, 2 pis. 1880. Notice on recent additions to the marine Invertebrata, of the north- eastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and critical remarks on others. Pt. 2. Mollusca, with notes on Annelida, Echinodermata, etc., collected by the U.S. Fish Com- mission. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, pp. 356-405. 1882. New England Annelida. Pt. 1. Historical sketch, with annotated list of the species hitherto recorded. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 4, pp. 285-324, 10 pis. 1885. Notice of recent additions to the marine Invertebrata of the north- eastern coasts of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and critical remarks on others. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 8, pp. 424-448. 1900. Additions to the Turbellaria, Nemertina and Annelida of the Ber- mudas, with revisions of some New England genera and species. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 10, pp. 595-671, 1 pi. 200 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Webster, H. E. 1879. Annelida Chaetopoda of the Virginian coast. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 9, pp. 202-269, 11 pis. 1884. Annelida from Bermuda, collected by G. Brown Goode. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 25, pp. 305-327, 6 pis. Webster, H. E. and J. E. Benedict 1884. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Provincetown and Wellfleet, Mass. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1881, pp. 699-747, 8 pis. 1887. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Eastport, Maine. Ibid., for 1885, pp. 707-755, 8 pis, WiLLEY, A. 1905. Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Supp. Rep., pt. 4, pp. 243- 324, 8 pis. Wilson, E. B. 1882. Early stages of some polychaetous annelids. Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., vol. 2, pp. 271-299, 4 pis. WiREN, A. 1886. Haematocleptes terebellidis. Nouvelle annelide parasite de la faraille des euniciens. K. svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol. 11, no. 12, pp. 3-10, 2 pis. 202 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 1 Figures 1-8, Rhamphobrachium longisetosum: Fig. 1, maxillae in dorsal view ; Fig. 2, mandibles from same specimen, to same magnification ; Fig. 3, a branchial parapodium, with setae indi- cated ; Fig. 4, a fourth parapodium, with setae indicated; Fig. 5, composite spiniger from fifteenth parapodium; Fig. 6, a sub- acicular hook from same parapodium; Fig. 7, one of 2 subacicu- lar hooks from parapodium shown in fig. 3 (figs. 5-7 to same magnification) ; Fig. 8, pectinate seta from same parapodium. Figures 9-14, Diopatra cuprea: Fig. 9, a slender limbate seta with narrow wings and nearly smooth cutting edge; Fig. 10, a sub- acicular hooded hook; Fig. 11, tip of a larger, bidentate hook (one of 6 or 7) from second parapodium; Fig. 12, one of 9 to 12 pectinate setae from a median parapodium; Fig. 13, second parapodium, in anterior view, setae omitted (specimen from Lemon Bay) ; Fig. 14, tip of a smaller bidentate hook from second parapodium. Figures 15-20, Diopatra ornata: Fig. 15, tip of bidentate hook from second parapodium; Fig. 16, mandibles from a young individual (coll. 1206-40) ; Fig. 17, second parapodium in anterior view, setae omitted (coll. 910-39) ; Fig. 18, distal end of pectinate seta, pressed flat, to show numerous teeth; Fig. 19, subacicular hook from an anteromedian parapodium; Fig. 20, maxillary ap- paratus from same individual as that shown in fig. 16. Figures 21-23, Diopatra splendidissima: Fig. 21, subacicular hooded hook from an anteromedian segment. Fig. 22, pectinate seta from an anteromedian parapodium; Fig. 23, bidentate hooded hook from second parapodium. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 1 204 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 2 Figures 24-36, Diopatra ohliqua: Fig. 24, pectinate seta from an an- teromedian parapodium (coll. 770-38) ; Fig. 25, tip of largest of 4 acicula from same parapodium; Fig. 26, distal end of bidentate hook from second parapodium, from same individual; Fig. 27, anterior end in ventral view, from same collection ; Fig. 28, second parapodium in anterior view, setae omitted, showing bifid presetal lobe (coll. 369-35) ; Fig. 29, subacicular hook from an anteromedian parapodium (coll. 770-38) ; Fig. 30, an occa- sional upper subacicular hook from a far posterior parapodium; Fig. 31, tip of a pointed limbate seta, showing toothed edge, from an anteromedian parapodium (coll. 369-35) ; Fig. 32, max- illae, with carriers, forceps and maxillae II, in dorsal view (coll. 770-38) ; Fig. 33, mandibles, from same specimen, to same magnification ; Fig. 34, fascicle of 4 acicula, showing acutely pointed tips; Fig. 35, one of 8 to 10 pectinate setae from a far posterior parapodium (coll. 820-38) ; Fig. 36, one of 2 subacicu- lar hooks from a far posterior parapodium. Figures 37-43, Diopatra tridentata: Fig. 37, pectinate seta; Fig. 38, second parapodium, in anterior view (coll. 948-39) ; Fig. 39, carriers and base of forceps (coll. 1126-40) ; Fig. 40, mandibles from same individual; Fig. 41, portions of 2 tubes, showing an- nulations; Fig. 42, tridentate hook from second parapodium (coll. 1126-40) ; Fig. 43, bidentate subacicular hook from same specimen. Figures 44-48, Diopatra neotridens: Fig. 44, mandibles in ventral view; Fig. 45, maxillary parts from same individual, to same magnification; Fig. 46, base of an inner lateral tentacle show- ing ceratophore and portion of style with pigment stripes ; Fig. 47, second parapodium in anterior view, setae omitted ; Fig. 48, portion of a larger branchia showing branchial stem, dorsal cirrus, and 5 of 12 whorls of filaments, enlarged. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 2 ooimm OSiam 206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 3 Figures 49-54, Diopatra neotridens : Fig. 49, 2 of 5 acicula from a median segment, enlarged ; Fig. 50, hooded hook from second parapodium, with third tooth resembling a boss; Fig. 51, distal end of a pectinate seta; Fig. 52, tip of subacicular hook from median segment; Fig. 53, tip of hooded hook from same para- podium as that shown in fig. 50 ; Fig. 54, another hooded hook from same parapodium. Figures 55-60, Onuphis zebra (coll. 769-38) : Fig. 55, one of 2 sub- acicular hooks from thirty-sixth parapodium; Fig. 56, thirty- sixth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 57, second parapodium in anterior view, from same individual, to same magnification ; Fig. 58, tridentate hooded hook from second parapodium; Fig. 59, tip of aciculura from thirty-sixth parapodium; Fig. 60, one of 3 pectinate setae from same parapodium. Figures 61-66, Onuphis peruana (coll. 835-38): Fig. 61, maxillary carriers and base of forceps; Fig. 62, mandibles in ventral view, from same individual, to same magnification; Fig. 63, one of 4 composite spinigers from seventh setiger; Fig. 64, one of 2 subacicular hooks from twenty-fourth setiger; Fig. 65, one of 4 similar tridentate hooks from second setiger; Fig. 66, 2 acicula from seventh setiger, in front and side views. Figures 61-Ti, Onuphis microcephala: Fig. 67, third parapodium in anterior view, hooks indicated ; Fig. 68, pectinate seta from fifty- eighth parapodium; Fig. 69, pseudoarticulate, tridentate hook from third parapodium ; Fig. 70, heavy acicular hook from fifth parapodium; Fig. 71, fifty-eighth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 72, neuropodium of same, enlarged to show distribution of hooks, acicula, and setae, limbate setae cut off near their base; Fig. 73, maxillae in dorsal view; Fig. 74, mandibles in ventral view, from same individual, to same magnification; Fig. 75, subacicular hook from fifty-eighth parapodium. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 3 aoinia luizmo. 208 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 PLATE 4 Figures 76-85, Onuphis nehulosa: Fig. 76, mandibles; Fig. 77, an- terior end of adult male, showing spotted pigment pattern ; Fig. 78, maxillae in dorsal view; Fig. 79, transitory hooded hook from third parapodium; Fig. 80, bidentate, subacicular hook from twentieth parapodium; Fig. 81, fifth parapodium in pos- terior view, setae omitted ; Fig. 82, composite, tridentate hook from first parapodium; Fig. 83, another similar seta from same parapodium, to same magnification ; Fig. 84, simple hooded hook from fifth parapodium, to same magnification; Fig. 85, composite spiniger from fifth parapodium, to same magnification. Figures 86-89, Nothria stigmatis cirrata (coll. 1048-40): Fig. 86, one of 3 pectinate setae from a median parapodium; Fig. 87, one of 4 composite spinigers from twelftli parapodium; Fig. 88, subacicular hook from a median parapodium; Fig. 89, one of 2 acicula from twelfth parapodium (figs. 86-89 to same mag- nification). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 4 Qoimm 210 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 5 Figures 90-98, Onuphis 'vexillaria: Fig. 90, heavy acicular hook from eighth setiger; Fig. 91, another from same fascicle, with distal tooth broken off ; Fig. 92, twenty-fifth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 93, one of 2 subacicular hooks from a median seg- ment; Fig. 94, tridentate hook from second parapodium; Fig. 95, sixth parapodium (first branchial) in anterior view (coll. 767- 38) ; Fig. 96, one of 5 pectinate setae from about the eightieth parapodium; Fig. 97, acicular hook from sixth parapodium (its accompanying hook is similar but pseudocomposite) to same magnification (coll. 767-38) ; Fig. 98, second parapodium in anterior view, from s-ame collection. Figures 99-104, Nothria iridcscens: Fig. 99, subacicular hook from a median parapodium; Fig. 100, longer, slenderer, tridentate hook from second parapodium (coll. 1149-40) ; Fig. 101, transitory hook from same fascicle; Fig. 102, a heavier hook from same fascicle; Fig. 103, distal end of largest of 4 tridentate hooks from fifth parapodium (coll. 1130-40) ; Fig. 104, bidentate hook from fifth parapodium, lacking hood (same collection). Figures 105-112, Nothria conchylega: Fig. 105, second parapodium in posterior view, with lamellar presetal process; Fig. 106, an- terior end in dorsal view, showing proportions of prostomium and first parapodia, dorsal cirrus on left side abnormally bifur- cated; Fig. 107, posterior parapodium with branchia and dorsal cirrus, setae indicated; Fig. 108, eighth parapodium in anterior view, setae indicated; Fig. 109, unworn bidentate hook from first parapodium; Fig. 110, one of 2 subacicular hooks from median segment; Fig. Ill, pectinate seta from same para- podium; Fig. 112, hooded bidentate hook from second parapodium. Figures 113-117, Nothria elegans (coll. 887-38): Fig. 113, tridentate hook from second parapodium; Fig. 114, bidentate hook from same parapodium; Fig. 115, bidentate hook from third para- podium; Fig. 116, heavier tridentate hook from same fascicle; Fig. 117, slenderer, tridentate hook from same fascicle (figs. 113- 117 to same magnification). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 5 212 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 6 Figures 118-122, Eunice longicirrata: Fig. 118, tenth parapodium (coll. 633-37) ; Fig. 119, one of 2 subacicular hooks from a pos- terior parapodium, from same individual; Fig. 120, one of 6 composite hooks from same parapodium; Fig. 121, one of 2 sub- acicular hooks from a posterior parapodium (coll. A 13-39) ; Fig. 122, composite hook from same parapodium (figs. 120-126 to same magnification). Figures 123-126, Eunice filamcntosa (coll. 1063-40): Fig. 123, tip of subacicular hook, showing beaked teeth ; Fig. 124, distal end of an aciculum; Fig. 125, subacicular hook; Fig. 126, distal end of a composite hook. Figures 127-134, Eunice afuerensis (coll. 391-35): Fig. 127, anterior end in dorsal view, showing abnormal double peristomial cirrus on right side; Fig. 128, maxillae in dorsal view; Fig. 129, third parapodium (first branchial) in anterior view; Fig. 130, com- posite seta from thirtieth parapodium; Fig. 131, pectinate seta; Fig. 132, composite hook from tenth parapodium; Fig. 133, sub- acicular hook from twenty-ninth parapodium; Fig. 134, com- posite hook from third parapodium (figs. 130-134 to same mag- nification). Figures 135-139, Eunice afra (coll. 634-37) : Fig. 135, composite hook from thirtieth parapodium; Fig. 136, thirtieth parapodium; Fig. 137, distal end of a dark aciculum from fifty-eighth para- podium; Fig. 138, distal end of subacicular hook from same parapodium; Fig. 139, tenth parapodium. Figures 140, 141, Eunice mutilata (coll. 466-35) : Fig. 140, composite seta from tenth parapodium; Fig. 141, tenth parapodium in an- terior view, setae and acicula indicated. Figures 142-144, Eunice guanica (coll. A 50-39) : Fig. 142, distal end of composite hook; Fig. 143, distal end of light brown sub- acicular hook; Fig. 144, distal end of light brown aciculum (figs. 142-144 to same magnification). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 6 214 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 7 Figures 145-150, Eunice tridentata: Fig. 145, dark aciculum from a posterior parapodium (coll. 217-34) to same magnification as fig. 147; Fig. 146, tip of subacicular hook shown in next figure, enlarged; Fig. 147, dark subacicular hook from a posterior parapodium ; Fig. 148, 2 composite hooks from tenth parapo- dium, with accessory teeth somewhat worn away (coll. 444-35) ; Fig. 149, an unworn composite hook with sheath, from same parapodium; Fig. 150, tenth parapodium in anterior view, with large dorsal cirrus and smaller branchia, setae indicated (coll. 444-35). Figures 151-153, Eunice rubra (coll. A 13-39): Fig. 151, distal end of a composite hook; Fig. 152, distal end of a tridentate sub- acicular hook; Fig. 153, distal end of an aciculum (figs. 151- 153 to same magnification). Figures 154-156, Eunice antennata: Fig. 154, distal end of an acicu- lum from a posterior parapodium (coll. 287-34) ; Fig. 155, dis- tal end of a subacicular tridentate hook from a posterior para- podium (coll. 633-37) ; Fig. 156, composite hooded hook from same parapodium as that in fig. 154 (figs. 154-156 to same magnification). Figures 157-163, Eunice (Nicidion) cariboea (all save fig. 161 from coll. 634-37) : Fig. 157, composite bidentate hook from thirty- eighth parapodium; Fig. 158, subacicular hook from same para- podium; Fig. 159, mandible in ventral view; Fig. 160, maxillae in dorsal view; Fig. 161, first branchial (222nd) parapodium, showing large branchia and small dorsal cirrus (coll. 249-34) ; Fig. 162, pectinate seta from a far posterior parapodium, later- ally inrolled; Fig. 163, parapodium from segment 105, with aciculum and subacicular hook indicated. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 7 216 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 8 Figures 164-174, Eunice americana (coll. 1130-40) : Fig. 164, anterior end in ventral view, maxillae and mandibles partly everted, the mandibles showing the characteristic winglike tips; Fig. 165, mandibles in ventral view; Fig. 166, distal ends of 2 subacicu- lar hooks from a posterior parapodium; Fig. 167, maxillary car- riers and base of forceps; Fig. 168, seventeenth parapodium with branchia, setae indicated (to same magnification); Fig. 169, a pair of acicula from a posterior parapodium; Fig. 170, distal end of a composite, bidentate hook from a median para- podium; Fig. 171, a similar hook from a fifth parapodium, one of about 35; Fig. 172, a similar seta with tridentate tip (en- larged) ; Fig. 173, one of 5 composite hooks from tenth last seg- ment; Fig. 174, portion of tube showing branched structure (figs. 166, 170, 171, 173 to same magnification). Figure 175, Lumbrineris tetraura: anterior end in dorsal view (coll. 473-35). Figures 176, 177, Lumbrineris acuta: Fig. 176, mandibles; Fig. 177, maxillae in dorsal view, from same specimen, to same mag- nification. Figure 178, Eunice (Nicidion) carihoea: tenth parapodium in an- terior view, setae indicated (coll. 634-37) (magnification same as for fig. 177). Figures 179-183, Marphysa sanguinea: Fig. 179, distal end of com- posite spiniger from a posterior parapodium; Fig. 180, distal end of a black aciculura from same parapodium; Fig. 181, tridentate pectinate seta from same parapodium; Fig. 182, distal end of subacicular hook from same parapodium; Fig. 183, pectinate seta with 5 teeth from a posterior parapodium (figs. 179-183 to same magnification). Figures 184-188, Marphysa aenea: Fig. 184, pectinate seta with 7 teeth, from an anterior parapodium; Fig. 185, distal end of com- posite, bidentate hook; Fig. 186, distal end of subacicular biden- tate hook; Fig. 187, one of 4 or 5 large pectinate setae from a median parapodium; Fig. 188, one of about 10 fine pectinate setae from a median parapodium (figs. 184-188 to same magnifi- cation). Figure 189, Eunice americana: pectinate seta from a posterior para- podium, laterally inrolled (magnification as for fig. 188). Figures 190, 191, Lumbrineris tetraura: Fig. 190, maxillary carriers and plates I and II, in dorsal view; Fig. 191, mandibles in ven- tral view, from same individual, to same magnification. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 8 183 218 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 9 Figures 192-195, Lumbrineris tetraura: Fig. 192, tip of a posterior hook (coll. 1045-40) ; Fig. 193, tenth parapodium, specimen from Coiba Island; Fig. 194, nineteenth parapodium from same indi- vidual; Fig. 195, a far posterior parapodium from same indi- vidual (figs. 193-195 to same magnification). Figures 196-206, Lumbrineris bifilaris: Fig. 196, mandible in ventral view (coll. 1195-40) ; Fig. 197, maxillae from same specimen, in dorsal view (to same magnification) ; Fig. 198, maxillae with longer carriers in dorsal view (coll. 1137-40) ; Fig. 199, a far posterior parapodium (coll. 1131-40) ; Fig. 200, mandible from same specimen as that shown in fig. 198, to same magnification; Fig. 201, tenth parapodium in anterior view, setae and hooks indicated (the 4 acicula not shown) ; Fig. 202, tip of hook shown more fully in next figure; Fig. 203, simple hook from tenth parapodium (coll. 1195-40) ; Fig. 204, ninetieth parapo- dium in anterior view, setae and hooks indicated (magnification as for fig. 201) ; Fig. 205, outline of prostomium and anterior end in dorsal view (coll. 1195-40) ; Fig. 206, tip of hooded hook from ninetieth parapodium. Figures 207-212, Lumbrineris bicirrata: Fig. 207, maxillae in dorsal view, specimen from Washington ; Fig. 208, posterior para- podium from same individual ; Fig. 209, postmedian parapo- dium (coll. 1028-39) ; Fig. 210, twenty-fifth parapodium from same collection; Fig. 211, mandibles in ventral view from same as that shown in fig. 207 (figs. 208-211 to same magnification) ; Fig. 212, distal end of hooded hook from a posterior parapodium. Figures 213-216, Lumbrineris latreilli: Fig. 213, posterior parapo- dium in anterior view; Fig. 214, mandible in ventral view (coll. 1075-40) ; Fig. 215, maxillae in ventral view, left plates III and IV not shown, from same specimen (figs. 213-215 to same mag- nification) ; Fig. 216, composite hooded hook from fourth para- podium. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 9 i 220 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 ' PLATE 10 Figures 217-223, Lumbrineris bassi: Fig. 217, maxillae in dorsal view; Fig. 218, mandibles in ventral view, from same indi- vidual; Fig. 219, fifth parapodium in anterior view, setae indi- cated but 3 yellow acicula omitted (figs. 217-219 to same mag- nification) ; Fig. 220, hooded hook from a median parapodium; Fig. 221, sixteenth parapodium in anterior view, with setae and hooks indicated ; Fig. 222, a far posterior parapodium in an- terior view, with hooks indicated (figs. 221-222 to same mag- nification as fig. 217). Figures 224-229, Lumbrineris simplex (all save fig. 229 from coll. 1053-40) : Fig. 224, a tenth parapodium in anterior view, setae and acicula indicated; Fig. 225, a median parapodium in an- terior view, setae and hooks indicated ; Fig. 226, a far posterior parapodium in anterior view (figs. 224-226 to same magnifica- tion) ; Fig. 227, limbate seta from a median parapodium; Fig. 228, distal end of a hooded hook from same parapodium (figs. 227-228 to same magnification) ; Fig. 229, distal end of a hooded hook from a forty-second parapodium (coll. 1063-40). h NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 10 228 ' 0.03 irna 229 'I I I I 222 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 i PLATE 11 Figures 230-37, Lumhrineris limicola (coll. 1202-40) : Fig. 230, mandibles in dorsal view; Fig. 231, maxillae in dorsal view, from same individual, to same magnification; Fig. 232, com- posite hooded hook from forty-fourth parapodium; Fig. 233, simple hooded hook from eighty-first parapodium (figs. 232-233 to same magnification) ; Fig. 234, third parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 235, eighteenth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 236, forty-fourth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 237, eighty- first parapodium in anterior view (figs. 234-237 to same mag- nification). Figures 238, 239, Lumhrineris calif orniensis (coll. 1120-40) : Fig. 238, mandibles in ventral view; Fig. 239, maxillae in dorsal view, from same individual, to same magnification. Figures 240-247, Nothria stigmatis (Pillar Point) : Fig. 240, one of 2 composite spinigers from seventh parapodium; Fig. 241, mandi- bles in ventral view; Fig. 242, second parapodium in posterior view, setae and hooks omitted ; Fig. 243, hooded, articulate, tri- dentate hook from second parapodium; Fig. 244, one of 2 sub- acicular hooks from a median parapodium ; Fig. 245, pectinate seta from same parapodium (figs. 240, 243-245 to same magnifi- cation) ; Fig. 246, a seventh parapodium in anterior view, setae and hooks omitted (magnification as for fig. 242) ; Fig. 247, maxillary carriers and base of forceps (magnification as for fig. 241). Figures 248-253, Nothria stigmatis cirrata (coll. 1048-40): Fig. 248, mandible; Fig. 249, a slenderer, hooded, tridentate hook from second parapodium; Fig. 250, a heavier hook from same para- podium (figs. 249, 250 to same magnification) ; Fig. 251, max- illary carriers and base of forceps, from same individual and to same magnification as that in fig. 248; Fig. 252, second para- podium in anterior view, hooks indicated; Fig. 253, eighth para- podium in anterior view, position of setal structures indicated. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 1 1 224 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 12 Figures 254-256, Lumbrineris index (coll. 1136-40): Fig. 254, thirty- fifth parapodium in anterior view, with one pale and 2 dark neuroacicula ; Fig. 255, tenth parapodium in anterior view, from same individual, to same magnification; Fig. 256, a far posterior parapodium from same individual, in anterior view, to same magnification. Figures 2S7 -262, Lumbrineris californiensis (coll. 1120-40) : Fig. 257, ninety-eighth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 258, fifth para- podium, the 4 pale acicula not shown; Fig. 259, twenty-sixth parapodium, with simple and composite hooks in same fascicle, also dark and pale acicula; Fig. 260, a far posterior parapo- dium, the upper lobe is presetal, with one pale and one dark aciculum (figs. 257-260 to same magnification) ; Fig. 261, com- posite hook from twenty-sixth parapodium; Fig. 262, simple hook from same parapodium (figs. 261-262 to same magnification). Figures 263-269, Lumbrineris cruzensis (coll. 1288-41): Fig. 263, distal end of simple hook from sixtieth parapodium; Fig. 264, composite hook from twelfth parapodium (figs. 263, 264 to same magnification) ; Fig. 265, sixtieth parapodium in anterior view; Fig. 266, mandible in ventral viev/; Fig. 267, maxillae in dorsal view, plates III and IV on right side omitted; Fig. 268, sixth parapodium in anterior view ; Fig. 269, a far posterior para- podium, the shorter lobe is presetal (coll. 1304-41) (figs. 265- 269 to same magnification). Figures 270-274, Lumbrineris pallida (coll. 1205-40) : Fig. 270, max- illae in dorsal view, right plate II largely covered by that on left side; Fig. 271, mandibles in ventral view, from same indi- vidual, to same magnification ; Fig. 272, anterior end in ventral view, with first 2 setigers, setae, and hooks indicated on left side only; Fig. 273, seventeenth parapodium in anterior view, hooks indicated ; Fig. 274, fifth parapodium in anterior view, setae and hooks indicated (figs. 273, 274 to same magnification). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 12 0.1 mm 226 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 13 Figures 275-277, Lumbrineris pallida (coll. 1205-40) : Fig. 275, com- posite hooded hook from about tenth parapodium; Fig. 276, sim- ple limbate seta from same parapodium; Fig. 277, simple hooded hook from seventeenth parapodium (figs. 275-277 to same mag- nification). Figures 278-284, Lumbrineris januarii (coll. A 38-39): Fig. 278, anterior end, including first setiger, in dorsal view, enlarged; Fig. 279, maxillae in dorsal view; Fig. 280, mandibles in ventral view from same individual, to same magnification; Fig. 281, twelfth parapodium in anterior view, setae and hooks indicated ; Fig. 282, posterior parapodium in anterior view, hooks indicated (figs. 281, 282 to same magnification) ; Fig. 283, simple hooded hook from a median parapodium; Fig. 284, composite spiniger from twelfth parapodium (figs. 283, 284 to same magnification). Figures 285-290, Notoctrrus californiensis (coll. 1205-40) : Fig. 285, mandibles; Fig. 286, maxillae in dorsal view, the median un- paired piece pushed to one side, from same individual, to same magnification ; Fig. 287, anterior end in dorsal view, enlarged ; Fig. 288, distal end of dentate seta from a median parapodium; Fig. 289, a median parapodium, with setae and projecting acicula indicated; Fig. 290, smooth limbate seta turned so as to show bilimbate condition (same magnification as for fig. 288). Figures 291-296, Labidognathus forcipes (coll. 1251-41): Fig. 291, maxillae in dorsal view, the unpaired carrier pushed to one side; Fig. 292, one of 3 limbate setae from a sixth parapodium; Fig. 293, forceps and carriers seen from left side, showing great thickness of forceps at base and method of attachment of un- paired carrier; Fig. 294, anterior end in right lateral view; Fig. 295, an anterior parapodium in anterior view, setae indicated; Fig. 296, a posterior parapodium in anterior view (figs. 291, 293, 295, 296 to same magnification). Figures 297-302, Drilonereis nuda (Mission Bay): Fig. 297, anteri- or parapodium, position of setae and aciculum indicated ; Fig. 298, a posterior parapodium in anterior view, setae and acicu- lum indicated; Fig. 299, maxillae in dorsal view, the unpaired carrier pushed to the side (figs. 297-299 to same magnification) ; Fig. 300, distal end of aciculum, from a posterior parapodium; Fig. 301, distal end of aciculum, from an anterior parapodium, same individual (figs. 300, 301 to same magnification) ; Fig. 302, outline of prostomial lobe, enlarged. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 13 2 9 1 aoznrn 228 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 PLATE 14 Figures 303-307, Aglaurides fulgida (coll. 473-35): Fig. 303, one of 2 yellow subacicular hooks from a posterior parapodium; Fig. 304, maxillae in dorsal view, showing long carriers and sym- metrical maxillae I, unpaired carrier pushed to one side; Fig. 305, maxillary plates I to V from another individual from same collection, showing asymmetrical plates, the numbers I to V homologous with those in fig. 300; Fig. 306, mandible from same individual as that shown in fig. 304 (figs. 304-306 to same magnification) ; Fig. 307, median parapodium, setae and acicula indicated, in anterior view, enlarged. Figures 308-314, Lumbrineris minima (coll. 905-39) : Fig. 308, a far posterior parapodium, the longer lobe is presetal ; Fig. 309, ninth parapodium in anterior view, setae and acicula indicated, to same magnification; Fig. 310, one of 2 hooks from twelfth para- podium; Fig. 311, anterior end, including first setiger, in dorsal view, enlarged; Fig. 312, hooded hook from a far posterior parapodium (to same magnification as fig. 310) ; Fig. 313, man- dibles in ventral view; Fig. 314, maxillae in dorsal view, from same individual, to same magnification. NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 14 o.imm. 308 230 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 15 Figures 315-324, Nothria stigmatis intermedia: Fig. 315, second parapodium in posterior view, showing 2 acicula, a superior limbate seta, and 4 tridentate hooded hooks; Fig. 316, maxillary carriers, to same magnification; Fig. 317, composite spiniger from fourth parapodium; Fig. 318, a simple hooded hook from same parapodium, to same magnification; Fig. 319, subacicular hook from fourteenth parapodium; Fig. 320, distal end of acicu- lum from same parapodium; Fig. 321, fourth parapodium, showing distribution of setae, hooks, and acicula, to same mag- nification as fig. 315; Fig. 322, distal end of aciculum from eighth parapodium; Fig. 323, fascicle of 4 hooded hooks from second parapodium; Fig. 324, a superior limbate seta from eighth parapodium (figs. 322-324 to same magnification). Figures 325-330, Ophryotrocha puerilis: Fig. 325, anterior end in- cluding first setiger, in dorsal view, with ciliary rings indicated; Fig. 326, maxillary plates from one side, excluding forceps, one of lower teeth concealed from view; Fig. 327, mandibles and maxillary forceps with carriers; Fig. 328, distal end of mandi- ble; Fig. 329, composite seta; Fig. 330, simple limbate seta (figs. 326, 328-330 to same magnification). vo. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 15 330 aosmm 0.01 mill 232 ALLAX HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITION'S VOL. 10 PLATE 16 (Photographs by Dr. Robert L. Rutherford, all natural size.) Figures 331-333, Diopatra ohliqua: Fig. 331, part of tube with parch- mentlike membrane at base, from type collection (770-38) ; Figs. 332, 333, parts of 2 tubes collected from Peru (coll. 365-35). Figure 334, Diopatra neotiidens: part of tube from distal end (coll. 1057-40). NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 16 331 333 334 234 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 PLATE 17 (Photographs by Dr. Robert L. Rutherford, all natural size.) Figures 335, 336, Diopatra tridentata (coll. A 42-39): Fig. 335, por- tion of tube with outer coat of lower portion somewhat broken away, showing parchmentiike inner lining; Fig. 336, portion of another tube from the same collection, the upper end represents the distal opening. Figures 337, 338, Nothria lonchylega: Fig. 337, distal portion of tube seen from front (coll. 234-34); Fig. 338, another similar tube, seen from the side (coll. 1316-41). NO. 1 HARTiMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 17 335 336 337 338 236 ALLAX HAXCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 PLATE 18 (Photograph by Dr. Robert L. Rutherford, natural size.) Figure 339, Onuphis microccphala: Entire tube, unnaturally turned to show full length, from individual collected at Punta Cholia. I NO. 1 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS PL. 18 V-. 8 REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, in 1940, and in 1941. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM CALIFORNIA Including the Descriptions of Two New Genera AND Nine New Species (Plates 19-26) By OLGA HARTMAN The University of Southern California Publications Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions Volume 10, Numbers 2 and 3 Issued October, 1944 Price $2.50 The University of Southern California Press Los Angeles, California POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM CALIFORNIA Including the Description of Two New Genera and Nine New Species (Plates 19-26) By Olga Hartman The marine chaetopods of the Dillon Beach areas, in Marin and Sonoma counties, are much like those from other parts of northern and southern California. The 101 species, reported below, were collected during the summers of 1935 and 1941. Seven species and one subspecies are believed new to science, and some others are first records either from California or from the areas indicated. The collections are deposited in the Allan Hancock Foundation of The University of Southern Cali- fornia ; a duplicate set is at the University of California. The areas investigated include, in Marin County, the muddy sand flats of the upper end of Tomales Bay, the rocky shore of Tomales Point, which is the outer end of the peninsula forming the western shore of Tomales Bay, a long, sandy shore at Dillon Beach on the southern end of Bodega Bay, and a brackish tidal stream called Stempell Creek, empty- ing into Bodega Bay to the east and north ; and, finally, Bodega Lagoon in Sonoma County. The extensive beds of broad-leaved eel grass (Zostera), very abundant in Tomales Bay in the summer of 1935, are now practically gone. The general aspect of the bay is thus notably altered at low water, and the fauna there is, no doubt, significantly different. Special thanks are due Professor S. F. Light, of the University of California, Director of the Summer Laboratory of Marine Zoology; also, to students of Professor Light, who have aided in getting together these materials, especially Dr. Frank A. Pitelka, who made numerous collections in Tomales Bay, and Mr. Thomas L. Rodgers, who surveyed the sandy beaches, also Miss Marian Pettibone for special efforts in collection and preservation. I am deeply obliged to the Allan Hancock Foundation for granting leave and for the use of equipment and facilities. The following species, by families, were collected. Family Polynoidae 1. Arctonoe fragilis (Baird) 2. Arctonoe vittata (Gruhe) 3. Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg 4. Harmotho'e imbricata (Linnaeus) 5. Harmotho'e lunulata (delle Chiaje) 6. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore [239] 240 allan hancock pacific expeditions vol. 10 Family Chrysopetalidae 7. Paleanotus chrysolepis Schmarda Family Amphinomidae 8. Pareurythoe califortiica (Johnson) Family Hesionidae 9. Podarke pugettensis Johnson Family Phyllodocidae 10. Eteone dilatae Hartman 11. Eulalia aviculiseta Hartman 12. Eumida sanffuinea (Oersted) 13. Genetyllis castanea (Marenzeller) Family Syllidae 14. Exogone, sp. 15. Haplosyllis spongicola (Grube) 16. Odontosyllis phosphorea Moore 17. Odontosyllis parva Berkeley 18. PterosylliSj sp. 19. Sy llis alternata M.oore 20. Trypanosyllis adamanteus Treadwell 21. Trypanosyllis gemmipara Johnson 22. Typosyllis pulchra (Berkeley) Family Nephtyidae 23. Nephtys caecoides Hartman 24. Nephtys calif orniensis Hartman Family Nereidae 25. Neanthes brandti (Malmgren) 26. Neanthes lighti Hartman 27. Nereis eakini Hartman 28. Nereis latescens Chamberlin 29. Nereis mediator Chamberlin 30. Nereis neonigripes Hartman 3 1 . Nereis procera Ehlers 32. Nereis vexillosa Grube 33. P laty nereis agassizi (Ehlers) Family Glyceridae 34. Glycera americana Leidy 35. Glycera tenuis, new species 36. Glycera robusta Ehlers 37. Hemipodus borealis Johnson no. 2 hartman : polychaetous annelids 241 Family Goniadidae 38. Glycinde armigera Moore 39. Goniada maculata Oersted Family Eunicidae 40. Eunice longicirrata Webster 41. Marphysa stylobranchiata Moore Family Onuphidae 42. Diopatra ornata Moore 43. Nothria iridescens (Johnson) Family Lumbrineridae 44. Lumbrineris latreilli Audouin and Edwards 45. Lumbrineris zonata Johnson Family Arabellidae 46. Arabella iricolor (M.ontagu) 47. Drilonereis nuda Moore Family Orbiniidae 48. Naineris laevigata Grube 49. Orbinia johnsoni (Moore) 50. Scoloplos ac?neceps Chamberlin Family Spionidae 51. Boccardia proboscidea Hartman 52. Boccardia uncata Berkeley 53. Nerine cirratulus (delle Chiaje) 54. Polydora giardi Mesnil 55. Polydora brachycephala Hartman 56. Pygospio calif ornica Hartman 57. Spio, sp. 58. Streblospio benedicti Webster Family Magelonidae 59. Magelona pitelkai, new species Family Chaetopteridae 60. Phyllochaetopterus prolifica Potts Family Cirratulidae 61. Cirratulus cirratus (O. F. Miiller) 62. Cirriformia luxuriosa (Moore) 63. Cirriformia spirabrancha (Moore) 64. Dodecaceria fistulicola Ehlers 242 allan hancock pacific expeditions vol. 10 Family Capitellidae 65. Dasybranchus lu?nbricoides Grube 66. Mediomastus calif orniensis, new genus and species 67. Notomastus magnus Hartman 68. Notomastus tenuis Moore Family Maldanidae 69. Axiothella rubrocincta (Johnson) Family Opheliidae 70. Armandia bioculata Hartman 71. Ophelia limacina Kathke 72. Pectinophelia dillonensis Hartman 73. Pectinophelia ivillia/nsi Hartman 74. Polyophthalmus pictus Dujardin 75. Thoracophelia mucronata (Treadwell) Family Pectinariidae 76. Cistenides brevicoma (Johnson) 77. Pectinaria calif orniensis Hartman Family Sabellariidae 78. Phragmatopoma calif ornica (Fewkes) 79. Sabellaria cementarium Moore Family Ampharetidae 80. Schistocomus hiltoni Chamberlin Family Terebellidae 81. Amaea occidentalis, new species 82. Eupolymnia crescentis Chamberlin 83. Loimia montagui (Gruhe) 84. Pista elongata Moore 85. Pista pacifjca Berkeley 86. Polycirrus, sp. 87. Ramex calif orniensis, new genus and species 88. Spinosphaera oculata, new species 89. Terebella calif ornica Moore 90. Thelepus crispus Johnson Family Sabellidae 91. C hone mollis {^ush.) 92. Chone minuta, new species 93. Sabella media (^ush) 94. Eudistylia polymorpha (Johnson) NO. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 243 95. Eudistylia vancouveri (Kinberg) 96. Pseudopotamilla occelata Moore 97. Pseudopotamilla socialis, new species Family Serpulidae 98. Cruciffera zyffophora (Johnson) 99. Serpula vermicularis Linnaeus 100. Dexiospira spirillum (Linnaeus) lOL Laeospira borealis {Dz.\xd\n) The most practical reference for the nonspecialist continues to be Fauvel (1923, 1927, Faune de France). This gives excellent diagnoses and figures of many genera, although many occurring in the eastern Pacific are not included. American species, also, differ widely from the Euro- pean ones, except for a few which may be regarded cosmopolitan in distribution. An effort has been made herein to refer either to an illus- trated or to a diagnostic description for each species. It is hoped that the student will not rely only on the keys given below but will consult a more complete account for more certain identification. Measurements given are only approximate and are based largely on mature individuals. Family Polynoidae Key to Species 1. With 12 pairs of elytra, their surface more or less tubercled . . Lepidonotus caelorus 1. With 15 pairs of elytra, these more or less easily detached . . 3 Harmotho'e 1. With 18 pairs of elytra, these more or less firmly attached; free living or commensal Halosydna brevisetosa 1. With more than 20 pairs of elytra, the last few pairs noticeably smaller than those preceding ; usually pale in life ; typically com- mensal Arctonoe 2 2. Elytra ruffled at their outer margins, usually reddish or yellow in life; commensal with asteroids A. fragilis 2. Elytra nearly or quite smooth, pale or somewhat fuscus; com- mensal with moUusks, echinoderms, and other organisms, rarely free living A. vittata 3. Larger, typically over 20 mm long ; free living ; first pair of elytra usually pale, others dark H. imbricata 3. Usually smaller, typically less than 20 mm long; commensal with leptosynaptids ; elytra pale except for a dark spot near the center H. lunulata 244 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.10 Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg Kinberg, 1855, p. 385; Hartman, 1939, p. 34 (with synonymy). Polynoe brevisetosa Johnson, 1897, pp. 167-170, pis. 7, 8. This is very common throughout the Dillon Beach areas; it is free living under stones and in crevices, among mussels, and commensal in tubes of Thelepus crispus, Platynereis agassizi, and Pista pacifica. Both dark and light color phases abound. Length is about 30 to 60 mm. This was the first species of polychaete described from California; Kinberg collected it at Sausalito, in San Francisco Bay. Arctonoe vittata (Grube) Polynoe lordi Johnson, 1897, pp. 175-177, pis. 7, 8. Hartman, 1939, p. 29 (with synonymy). At Tomales Point, ocean side, it is commensal with Cryptochiton stelleri (Middendorff), Diadora aspera (Eschscholtz), Dermasterias imbricata (Grube) ; rarely it is free living. Length is about 40 to 50 mm. Arctonoe fragilis (Baird) Polynoe fragilis Johnson, 1897, pp. 179-181, pis. 7, 8. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it is commensal with species of Pisaster. Length is 45 to 65 mm. Lepidonotus caelorus Moore Moore, 1903, pp. 412-414, pi. 23; 1905, pp. 546-547, pi. 36. Hartman, 1938, p. 108; 1939, p. 44. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it was taken from kelp holdfasts. Length is 30 to 40 mm. Harmothoe imbricata (Linnaeus) Fauvel, 1923, p. 55, fig. 18. At Tomales Point and Dillon Beach, this occurs in rocky crevices and under sea urchins. Eggs are carried under elytra in June. Length is 30 to 45 mm. Harmothoe lunulata (delle Chiaje) Plate 20, Figs. 10-22 Fauvel, 1923, pp. 70-73, fig. 26; Berkeley, 1941, p. 21. H. lunulata var. pacifica Monro, 1928, pp. 559-560. Numerous collections come from Tomales Bay, especially from the burrows of Leptosynapta albicans (Selenka). Total number of segments NO. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 245 is 37, length 10 to 20 mm. The last elytra usually extend over the pygidial region so as to almost or entirely cover it. The dorsum is M^ell covered by the deeply imbricated elytra, which also extend laterally and cover about the proximal tvi^o thirds of the parapodial length but leave exposed the spinous tips of notosetae and the free portions of neurosetae (pi. 20, fig. 10). The prostomium is slightly longer than broad, with well-marked median sulcus, dividing it into 2 halves ; anterior margins are prolonged anteriorly as frontal, diverging processes between which median and lateral antennae emerge. Eyes are reduced, the first pair anterior to the middle of the prostomium and dorsolateral in position ; the posterior ones are nearer together and located near the posterior margin of the pro- stomium. Median and lateral antennae are clavate, with slight subdistal thickening; the lateral ones are only about half as long as the median, but all are similar in shape, and terminate in slender filaments. The median antenna has a heavy basal cirrophore, extending conspicuously between the prostomial lobes (pi. 20, fig. 11). Peristomial cirri are similar in length and form to the median antenna. A stout, curved seta is inserted near the middle of the cirrophore (pi. 20, fig. 11). Parapodia are heavy, well developed, project laterally; they are about two thirds as long as the width of the body in the median region. The notopodium is short, its setae disposed in a spreading whorl, the dorsalmost about half as long as the ventralmost ; the longest ones extend distally to the bases of the neurosetae. The neuropodium is longer, with presetal lobe distally oblique along its free end ; it terminates in a slender acicular lobe along its dorsal side ; the aciculum does not always project from it. The postsetal lobe is shorter and evenly rounded. The ventral cirrus is inserted proximally to the middle of the parapodial base; it has a papillar lobe at its base. Dorsal cirri are long, extend distally beyond neuropodia, and are inserted on elongate cirrophores (pi. 20, fig. 19). Notosetae are in fascicles of 20 to 30 ; they all resemble one another but are of varying lengths, the longest on the ventral side; their tips are bluntly conical, the spinous region narrow (pi. 20, figs. 21, 22) ; they are thicker than the neurosetae. The latter are in vertical series of 20 to 30 in a fascicle, directed laterally; each terminates distally in a falcate hook with a long, slender, accessory tooth ; the spinous region consists of 6 to 10 rows of pectinae (pi. 20, fig. 20). Elytra number 15 pairs, are easily detached ; they increase in size from the second to the thirteenth pair (pi. 20, figs. 13-17) and decrease again to the last pair (pi. 20, fig. 18). All have entire margins and almost 246 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 smooth surface; there is usually a small dark spot over the elytral scar and a larger dark area on the inner or also posterior portion (pi. 20, fig. 10). The elytrophoral scar is elongate in anteroposterior direction. Nephridial papillae are inconspicuous, directed upward between the bases of parapodia, from the ventral side. In life the color is pale except for dusky patches on elytra and cirri. H. lunulata and its several varieties (see Fauvel, 1923) have been reported from widely scattered areas of the Atlantic and Mediterranean seas. Recently Monro (1928, pp. 559-560) described a variety, pacifica, from the Galapagos in 4 to 6 fms. Berkeley (1941, p. 21) recorded the species from southern California. It has been described as both free living and commensal, with holothurians or other chaetopods, notably species of Marphysa, Arenicola, Polycirrus, and Mesochaetopterus. The individuals from Tomales Bay were taken from the burrows of a holothurian. Family Ghrysopetalidac Paleanotus chrysolepis Schmarda Heteropale bellis Johnson, 1897, pp. 163-164, pi. 6. Hartman, 1940, p. 201. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it occurs among Bryozoa and sponge masses. Length is 10 to 15 mm. Family Amphinomidae Pareurythoe calif ornica (Johnson) Eurythoe californica Johnson, 1897, pp. 159-161, pi. 5. Hartman, 1940, p. 203. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it is under stones and in crevices. Though common in southern California, it is seen only occasionally in central California. It is the only known representative of this family in these northern latitudes. Length is 30 to 40 mm. Family Hesionidac Podarke pugettensis Johnson Johnson, 1901, pp. 397-398, pi. 3; Hartman, 1940, p. 211. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it is commensal with Patiria miniata (Brandt) or species of Pisaster; it is sometimes free living, under stones. In life it is dark purplish brown. Length is 12 to 20 mm. NO. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 247 Family Phyllodocidae Key to Species 1. With 2 pairs of tentacular cirri on the first visible segment . . Eteone dilatae 1. With 4 pairs of tentacular cirri on the first visible segment . , 2 2. Prostomium veith a median, unpaired antenna 3 2. Prostomium M^ithout an unpaired antenna; first tentacular seg- ment dorsally reduced, ventrally distinct; dorsum and dorsal cirri often spotted w^ith rust-colored pigment Genetyllis castanea 3. Proboscis covered with numerous small papillae; first 3 tentacu- lar segments distinct from one another Eulalia aviculiseta 3. Proboscis smooth except for vrrinkles of contraction; first ten- tacular segment dorsally reduced . . . Eumida sanguinea Eteone dilatae Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 130-131, figs. 40-42. This occurs in burrows in fine sandy beaches, at Dillon Beach, between Perch Rock Point and Pelican Point. In life it is long, pale yellowish, or posteriorly green. Length is 50 to 60 mm. Genetyllis castanea (Marenzeller) Phyllodoce (Carobia) castanea Moore, 1909, pp. 239-240. Bergstrom, 1914, pp. 158-160, fig. 53. This is found in holdfasts and algal masses, at Tomales Point, ocean side, and at Perch Rock Point, Dillon Beach. Length is 20 to 40 mm. Eumida sanguinea (Oersted) Fauvel, 1923, pp. 166-167, fig. 59. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this occurs among rocks overgrown with algae and Bryozoa. Length is 20 to 25 mm. Eulalia aviculiseta Hartman Hartman, 1938, p. 122, figs. 1-6. This was taken at Tomales Point, ocean side, at Second Sled Road, and north of Perch Rock Point; it occurs among rocks and algal debris. Characteristically it is green with dark intersegmental furrows on the dorsum. Length is 20 to 30 mm. 248 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Family Syllidae Key to Species 1. Short, blunt, with few segments; dorsal cirri very long through- out; with conspicuous nuchal lappets on dorsal side of peri- stomium Pterosyllis 1. Longer, often threadlike; dorsal cirri otherwise 2 2. Prostomium covered over its posterior half with a nuchal hood 3 2. Prostomium without nuchal hood 4 3. Dorsum marked with dark pigment bands alternating with yel- low bands at irregular intervals . Odontosyllis phosphorea 3. Red in life; tiny Odontosyllis parva 4. Parapodia provided with only, or also, composite hooks ... 5 4. Parapodia provided with only simple, coarse, distally prolonged setae Haplosyllis spongicola 5. Minute; ventral and dorsal cirri reduced, inconspicuous; palpi fused throughout; median antenna of prostomium usually longer than the paired ones Exogone 5. Larger; ventral and dorsal cirri more or less conspicuous; palpi free from each other for some distance 6 6. Body more or less depressed ; proboscis with a saw-toothed edge (trepan) Trypanosyllis 7 6. Body not greatly flattened ; proboscis without a trepan ... 8 7. Dorsum with bold red, transverse stripes . T. geminipara 7. Dorsum with brownish, diamond-shaped spots on dorsum, seg- mentally arranged T. adamanteus 8. Setae all composite Typosyllis pulchra 8. Setae include simple and composite ones . . Syllis alternata Members of the family Syllidae are abundant in intertidal zones, but are very poorly known from California. The few species herein named are representative but by no means inclusive. Fauvel (1923) has given useful keys to some genera, and Berkeley (1938) has described some species from the American west coast. Odontosyllis phosphorea Moore Moore, 1909, pp. 327-328, pi. 15, figs. 8-10. This is found among eel grasses, in Tomales Bay and at Tomales Point, ocean side. Sometimes it occupies soft mucous tubes, on under surfaces of foreign objects. Length is 20 to 30 mm. NO. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 249 Odontosyllis parva Berkeley Berkeley, 1923, p. 6, figs. 1, 2. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it is found among sponge and Biyozoa masses, and crawling over mussels; at Dillon Beach it has been taken from algae; others come from Moss Beach, San Mateo County, south to Pacific Grove. Epitokous males and females, and gravid atokous females are included. Color in life is bright red. Length is 10 to 14 mm. The prostomium is broad, short, anteriorly truncate, as originally shown. Palpi are entirely ventral in position, free from each other, short, subglobular. In epitokous male individuals the 4 eyes are very dark, large, the 2 of a side fused with each other; in epitokous females and atokous individuals the eyes are pale red, smaller. The 3 prostomial antennae are short, cylindrical, the median one about a third again as long as the lateral ones. The nuchal hood is weakly trilobed and covers the prostomium less completely than originally shown. Ventral cirri are longer, foliaceous though equitriangular, not thick, blunt, as first shown. Specialized natatory setae are first present from the nineteenth setiger in male epitokes and from about the twenty-first in female epitokes. I believe the original description was based perhaps on an early epitokous male individual, since the 4 eyes are shown already large, dark, and the dorsal fascicle of natatoiy setae are shown just beginning to emerge from the parapodial lobes. TrypanosylHs adamanteus Treadwell Treadwell, 1914, pp. 235, 237, figs. 1-3. This comes from Second Sled Road, Dillon Beach, among algae and from barnacle clumps. The dorsum is marked with pale diamond-shaped patches, surrounded by dark pigment, segmentally arranged. Length is 30 to 45 mm. TrypanosylHs gemmipara Johnson Johnson, 1901, pp. 405-406, pi. 7, figs. 72-76; 1902, pp. 302-315, figs. 7-17. At Tomales Point, ocean side, this occurs among Bryozoa, sponge and Clavelina masses. In life it is broad, depressed ; it is pale, the seg- ments crossed, dorsally, by conspicuous, transverse red lines, and the dorsal cirri are tinged with a similar pigment. Length is 40 to 55 mm. Haplosyllis spongicola (Grube) Fauvel, 1923, pp. 257-258, fig. 95. At Tomales Point, ocean side, it occurs among sponge and Bryozoa clumps. Length is 40 to 60 mm. 250 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 SylHs altemata Moore Moore, 1908, pp. 323-325, figs, a-f ; Berkeley, 1938, pp. 37-38. At Second Sled Road, Dillon Beach, it is found among algae and in Mytilus beds; at Tomales "Point, ocean side, it is in sponge and Bryozoa clumps. In life it is usually pale, with segments crossed by narrow trans- verse black lines, segmentally arranged. Length is 20 to 30 mm. Typosyllis pulchra (Berkeley) Syllis pulchra Berkeley, 1938, pp. 34-35, fig. 1. At Second Sled Road, Dillon Beach, this was collected from Mytilus colonies by Hai-vey I. Fisher. The dorsum is chocolate brown, cirri are pale. Dorsal cirri have as many as 50 to 70 articles each, the successive rings closely crowded. An asexual stolon is present on many individuals ; it occurs singly, from any one of the following segments: 42, 43, 45, 47, 49, 52, 53, or 59. The stolon consists of about 25 setigers. Length is 25 to 30 mm. Pterosyllis, species Fauvel, 1923, p. 279. Several fragments come from Tomales Point, ocean side. Exogone, species Fauvel, 1923, p. 305; Berkeley, 1938, p. 44. At Dillon Beach and surrounding vicinities, this occurs among algae, sponge, and hydroid growths. It is one of the smallest syllids in these areas. External gestation is typical. Length is 4 to 7 mm. Family Nephtyidae JCey TO Species 1. Smaller; prostomium and first few segments with broad, dark pattern on the dorsal side Nephtys caecoides 1. Larger; prostomium with spread eagle pattern; first few seg- ments usually pale dorsally; inhabits fairly clean sandy beaches Nephtys calif orniensis Nephtys caecoides Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 148-149, fig. 63. This is common in Tomales Bay and Bodega Lagoon, in muddy sand flats. Length is 80 to 100 mm. NO. 2 HARTMAN : POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS 251 Nephtys californiensis Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 150-151, fig. 64. At Dillon Beach, it is common in fairly clean sandy beaches, particu- larly in shifting sands. Length is 150 to 300 mm. Family Nereidae Key to Species 1. Some notopodia provided with simple, heavy, dark brown hooks Platynereis agassizi 1. Notopodia without simple hooks 2 2. Notopodia provided with blunt, composite hooks and pointed, composite setae; area V of proboscis usually lacks paragnaths Nereis 4 2. Notopodia provided with only pointed composite setae; area V of proboscis usually with paragnaths Neanthes 3 3. Larger; typically marine; dorsal parapodial lobe broad, foliace- ous N. brandti 3. Smaller; typically in tidal stream beds; dorsal parapodial lobe not broad A^. lighti 4. Dorsal parapodial lobe in posterior region long, straplike . . A^. vexillosa 4. Dorsal parapodial lobe in posterior region sometimes somewhat prolonged but never straplike 5 5. Proboscis provided with many tiny paragnaths over both oral and maxillaiy rings A^. eakini 5. Proboscis otherwise 6 6. Paragnaths of proboscis all unusually tiny, inconspicuous; body greatly prolonged ; inhabits mud flats A^^. procera 6. Paragnaths of proboscis include some larger ones; body not nearly so prolonged 7 7. Parapodial lobes typically dark; dorsal lobe in posterior region does not come to be noticeably longer than those in median region A^. neonigripes 7. Parapodial lobes not dark 8 8. Larger; body uniformly colored bright green to drab brown; dorsal lobe in posterior region subrectangular, about 2 times as long as broad A^. mediator 8. Smaller; dorsum pale, marked with dark pattern of interrupted bars ; dorsal lobes in posterior parapodia not rectangular . . . N. latescens 252 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 10 Platynereis agassizi (Ehlers) Nereis agassizi Johnson, 1901, pp. 399-400, pi. 4. This is common throughout the Dillon Beach and Tomales areas, usually associated with algae ; at Tomales Point, ocean side, it constructs matted masses in narrow-leaved eel grass. Unlike most nereids, it is a tube dweller, and sometimes harbors Halosydna brevisetosa Kinberg. Length is 50 to 70 mm. Neanthes brandti (Malmgren) Hartman, 1938, p. 80; 1940, p. 219. At Tomales Bay, it is found in sand flats. Length is 200 to 500 mm. Neanthes lighti Hartman Hartman, 1938, pp. 80-81, figs. 1-4. At Stempell Creek, near the mouth, and in Tomales Bay, it occurs in sandy flats. It occupies vertical burrows open at the surface. It was found viviparous in June, 1941, by Miss Marian Pettibone. Length is 25 to 35 mm. Nereis vexillosa Grube Johnson, 1901, p. 399, pis. 3, 4. This is common at Second Sled Road, Perch Rock Point, and at Tomales Point, ocean side, in mussel and barnacle beds. Length is 80 to 150 mm. Nereis procera Ehlers Johnson, 1901, pp. 400-401, pis. 4, 5. This occurs in mud flats of Tomales Bay. It is long, slender; color in life is light red. Length is 100 to 140 mm. Nereis media